SECTION III SCOPE OF WORK - 12.11.2018 - Without WIW 215

EPC for Dammam Decentrilised WIF, WQ (Phase 2), Iraq
SECTION III - SCOPE OF WORK
Page 1 of 273
SECTION III SCOPE OF WORK
Table of Contents
1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................................... 7
1.1 DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................................................... 7
1.2 ACCRONYMS / ABBREVIATIONS ..................................................................................................................... 7
1.3 PURPOSE.......................................................................................................................................................... 10
1.4 WORK OVERVIEW .......................................................................................................................................... 11
1.5 PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK ...................................................................................................................... 13
1.6 STANDARD AND CODES PHILOSOPHY ..................................................................................................... 1415
2 SCOPE OF WORK....................................................................................................................................................... 15
2.1 SUMMARY OF THE SCOPE OF WORK ............................................................................................................ 15
2.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE SCOPE OF WORK: OVERVIEW .................................................................................. 17
2.3 SCOPE OF WORK LIMITS ................................................................................................................................ 23
2.4 DAMMAM WATER INJECTION SYSTEM .................................................................................................... 2423
2.5 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: GENERAL OVERVIEW ....................................................................................... 24
2.6 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: CIVIL WORKS .................................................................................................... 26
2.7 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: PIPING WORKS .................................................................................................. 32
2.8 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM AND IT& TELECOM WORKS . 37
2.9 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: ELECTRICAL WORKS .................................................................................... 4039
2.10 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: EQUIPMENT AND PACKAGES ........................................................................... 42
2.11 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: MATERIAL ENGINEERING AND CATHODIC PROTECTION WORKS ............... 43
2.12 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: CP DESIGN CRITERIA .................................................................................... 4544
2.13 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: TECHNICAL SECURITY REQUIREMENTS ........................................................ 45
2.14 ENGINEERING PROTECTION ...................................................................................................................... 4746
2.15 TECHNICAL PROTECTION .......................................................................................................................... 4746
2.16 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: FIREFIGHTING AND SAFETY DEVICES ............................................................ 48
2.17 TRAINING FOR COMPANY’S OPERATION PERSONNEL................................................................................ 48
2.18 RESPONSIBILITIES OF PARTIES ..................................................................................................................... 48
2.19 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES.......................................................................................................... 5251
2.20 WORK BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE (WBS) ................................................................................................. 5453
2.21 BATTERY LIMITS & POINT OF INTERFACE ............................................................................................... 5554
2.22 INTERFACE MANAGEMENT ....................................................................................................................... 5654
2.23 ACCESS TO THE SITE: EXISTING ROADS AND BRIDGES .......................................................................... 5857
Page 2 of 273
2.24 CONTRACTOR’S CAMPS ............................................................................................................................. 5857
2.25 SITE FOR CONTRACTOR’S CAMPS............................................................................................................. 5958
2.26 ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL POWER, AIR AND WATER .............................................................. 6059
2.27 WASTE MANAGEMENT .............................................................................................................................. 6059
2.28 DESIGN OF THE WORK AND THE FACILITIES ........................................................................................... 6159
2.29 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL .................................................................................... 6362
2.30 PLANNING, SCHEDULING AND COORDINATION ..................................................................................... 6463
2.31 CONSTRUCTABILITY .................................................................................................................................. 6564
2.32 STANDARDIZATION ................................................................................................................................... 6665
2.33 DOCUMENT CONTROL ............................................................................................................................... 6766
2.34 TECHNICAL AUDITING AND REVIEWS ..................................................................................................... 6867
2.35 SCOPE STATEMENT NOT EXHAUSTIVE .................................................................................................... 6867
2.36 CONTRACTOR TO PROCURE SECURITY SERVICES .................................................................................. 6968
2.37 CONTRACTOR’S COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITY PROCEDURES ............................................................. 6968
3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................................................... 7069
3.1 MANAGEMENT, PROJECT CONTROL AND COORDINATION .................................................................... 7069
3.2 PROJECT EXECUTION PLAN ....................................................................................................................... 7271
3.3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES ........................................................................................................................... 7675
3.4 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................................... 7877
3.5 SERVICES AND SUPPORT TO COMPANY ................................................................................................... 7877
3.6 INSPECTION SERVICES............................................................................................................................... 8281
4 ENGINEERING ....................................................................................................................................................... 8483
4.1 COMPANY REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................................................... 8483
4.2 GENERAL ENGINEERING ........................................................................................................................... 8786
4.3 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................... 8786
4.4 SURVEYS ..................................................................................................................................................... 9291
4.5 DETAILED DESIGN...................................................................................................................................... 9493
4.6 SIMOPS .................................................................................................................................................... 123122
4.7 PRE-COMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING ENGINEERING............................................................. 124123
4.8 ENGINEERING FINAL DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................................. 126125
4.9 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLETION ACTIVITIES ................................................................. 128127
4.10 RECOMMENDATIONS FROM SAFETY WORKSHOPS, 3D MODEL REVIEWS and COMPANY COMMENTS ON
FEED PROJECT DELIVERABLES....................................................................................................................... 128127
5 PROCUREMENT ................................................................................................................................................ 129128
5.1 SCOPE OF WORK ..................................................................................................................................... 129128
Page 3 of 273
5.2 CONTRACTOR PROCUREMENT PLAN ................................................................................................... 131130
5.3 PURCHASING DOCUMENTATION .......................................................................................................... 133132
5.4 ENQUIRIES, VENDORS AND PURCHASE ORDER .................................................................................. 134133
5.5 EXPEDITING ............................................................................................................................................ 136135
5.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL ................................................................................ 137136
5.7 SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS ..................................................................................................................... 138137
5.8 TWO YEARS SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS ................................................................................ 138137
5.9 SURPLUS MATERIALS ............................................................................................................................ 139138
5.10 PROCUREMENT CONTROL ..................................................................................................................... 141140
5.11 OTHER PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................. 141140
6 SUPPLY AND TRANSPORTATION .................................................................................................................... 142141
6.1 SUPPLY AND TRANSPORTATION SCOPE OF WORK ............................................................................. 142141
6.2 OTHER SUPPLY AND TRANSPORTATION REQUIREMENTS ................................................................. 144143
7 CONSTRUCTION ............................................................................................................................................... 144143
7.1 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF ACTIVITIES ................................................................................................... 144143
7.2 CONSTRUCTION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................... 144143
7.3 PREFABRICATION AND MODULARIZATION ......................................................................................... 151150
7.4 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................................... 151150
7.5 MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION ............................................................................................... 154153
7.6 TEMPORARY FACILITIES ....................................................................................................................... 155154
7.7 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTATION ..................................................................................................... 161160
7.8 FRAMED INSTRUCTION FOR SYSTEMS ................................................................................................. 165164
7.9 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION .......................................................................... 165164
8 COMPLETION, HANDOVER & PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK ................................................ 167166
8.1 GENERAL................................................................................................................................................. 168167
8.2 PROCESS .................................................................................................................................................. 168167
8.3 PREPARATION ACTIVITIES .................................................................................................................... 169168
8.4 MECHANICAL COMPLETION ................................................................................................................. 171170
8.5 COMMISSIONING .................................................................................................................................... 174173
8.6 HAND-OVER CERTIFICATE .................................................................................................................... 177176
8.7 START-UP AND PERFORMANCE TESTS ................................................................................................. 178177
8.8 PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE ......................................................................................... 179178
8.9 FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE ....................................................................................................... 180179
8.10 PROGRESS AND REPORTING.................................................................................................................. 180179
Page 4 of 273
8.11 PUNCH LIST ............................................................................................................................................. 181180
9 ATTACHMENT III A: STAGES LEADING TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF WORK ................................................ 182181
10 ATTACHMENT III B: CONTRACTOR’S HOME OFFICE EQUIPMENT LIST ....................................................... 183182
11 ATTACHMENT III C: CONTRACTOR’S WORKSITE OFFICE EQUIPMENT LIST ............................................... 185184
12 ATTACHMENT III D: REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTOR DOCUMENTS ..................................................... 188187
12.1 MINIMUM CONTRACTOR DOCUMENTS AND APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS ....................................... 188187
12.2 General ...................................................................................................................................................... 188187
12.3 Documents to be sent for COMPANY’s review/APPROVAL.......................................................................... 188187
12.4 Documents sent for information ................................................................................................................... 193192
12.5 Archive design ........................................................................................................................................... 194193
12.6 Scheduling ................................................................................................................................................. 194193
12.7 Startup to Provisional Acceptance and Final acceptance: ................................................................................. 195194
12.8 Financial Documents ................................................................................................................................... 195194
12.9 Historical maintenance record for each tagged equipment ............................................................................... 195194
12.10 Operating manual........................................................................................................................................ 196195
12.11 PERFORMANCE TEST logs....................................................................................................................... 197196
12.12 As built drawings ........................................................................................................................................ 197196
12.13 Copy of the regulatory records ..................................................................................................................... 198197
12.14 DOCUMENTS DISTRIBUTION AND SUBMITTAL TIMES........................................................................ 199198
12.15 DELIVERABLES LIST .............................................................................................................................. 199198
13 ATTACHMENT III E: TECHNICAL REVIEWS .................................................................................................... 200199
13.1 GENERAL................................................................................................................................................. 200199
13.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE TECHNICAL REVIEWS ....................................................................................... 200199
13.3 DUTIES & OBLIGATIONS IN RESPECT OF TECHNICAL REVIEWS ........................................................ 203202
13.4 CONTRACT SCHEDULE: PROVISIONS FOR TECHNICAL REVIEWS ...................................................... 204203
14 ATTACHMENT III F: Responsibility Matrix for ESP and related equipment supply, installation and operation ............. 205204
15 ATTACHMENT III G: CONTRACTOR DOCUMENTS: MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS .......................................... 210209
15.1 Generalities ................................................................................................................................................ 210209
15.2 Class of Document ...................................................................................................................................... 210209
15.3 CLASS OF APPROVAL ............................................................................................................................. 211210
15.4 GENERAL DOCUMENTS ......................................................................................................................... 212211
15.5 QA/QC DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................................................... 217216
15.6 HSE DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................................................... 226225
15.7 ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS .................................................................................................................. 227226
Page 5 of 273
15.8 PROCESS ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS.................................................................................................. 229228
15.9 TECHNICAL SAFETY ENGINEERING ..................................................................................................... 231230
15.10 PIPING & MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ................................................................................................ 233232
15.11 CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING .............................................................................................. 236235
15.12 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING .................................................................................................................. 239238
15.13 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING.................................................................. 243242
15.14 TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND IT ENGINEERING ................................................................................. 249248
15.15 SECURITY SYSTEM ENGINEERING ........................................................................................................ 254253
15.16 PAINTING, PROTECTIVE COATINGS, INSULATION AND CATHODIC PROTECTION ENGINEERING .. 257256
15.17 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING ......................................................................................................... 259258
15.18 PROCUREMENT & SUBCONTRACT DOCUMENTS ................................................................................. 259258
15.19 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS .............................................................................................................. 263262
15.20 PRE-COMMISSIONING & COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTS ................................................................... 267266
16 ATTACHMENT III H: COMPANY ITEMS ........................................................................................................... 272271
16.1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................... 272271
16.2 COMPANY ITEMS. ................................................................................................................................... 272271
Page 6 of 273
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 DEFINITIONS
All defined terms used shall have the meaning assigned to them in the FORM OF CONTRACT,
SECTION II – GENERAL CONDITIONS and/or this SECTION III – SCOPE OF WORK.
Other definitions not specifically mentioned hereunder but nevertheless appearing in various
parts of the text hereof in upper case text or lower case text set in parenthesis and inverted
commas shall be construes in accordance with definitions set out in SECTION II and shall also
be deemed to be such defined terms hereunder.
1.2 ACCRONYMS / ABBREVIATIONS
A/G Above Ground

API American Petroleum Institute
AFC Approved For Construction
AVL Approved Vendor List
ALARP As Low As Reasonably Practicable
API American Petroleum Institute
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineering
BA Breathing Apparatus
BL Battery Limit
CAD Software Computer-Aided Drawing Software
CCTV Closed-Circuit Television System
CMMS Computer Maintenance Management System
CP Cathodic Protection
CPF Central Processing Facility
CMS Completions Management System
CCR Central Control Room
DCS Distributed Control System
DOS Dropped Object Study
DTS Data Transmission System
ECP Entry Check Point (Security System)
EDMS Electronic Document Management System
E&I Electrical and Instrumentation
ENVID Environmental Hazard Analysis
EIV Emergency Isolation Valve
EO Early Oil
EPC Engineering, Procurement, Construction
ESD Emergency Shutdown
ESP Electric Submersible Centrifugal Pump
ESS Electrical Substation
ETSP Engineering, Technical And Special Protection
FAT Factory Acceptance Test
FEED Front End Engineering Design
FERA Fire and Explosion Risk Analysis
FCP First Commercial Production
Page 7 of 273
FCV Flow Control Valve

FFD Full Field Development
F&G Fire and Gas System
FGDS Fire and Gas Detection System
FOCL Fiber Optic Communication Line
FPD Flawless Project Delivery
GOC Go Completions
GTPP Gas Turbine Power Plant
GRV Glass Reinforced Vinyl Ester
HAZID Hazard Identification Study
HAZOP Hazard And Operability Study
HEMP Hazards And Effects Management Process
HMB Heat and Material Balance
HP High Pressure
HPSL High Pressure Sodium Lamp
HPU Hydraulic Power Unit
HSE Health, Safety, And Environment
HVAC Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
IA Instrument Air
ICCP Impressed Current Cathodic Protection
Integrated Control and Safety System (DCS, ESD,
ICSS
F&G)
IPF Instrument Protective Function
I/O Input Output
I&C Instrumentation and Control
ISO International Standards Organization
IRP Interposing Relay Panel
IT&Telecom Information Technology and Telecommunications
JB Junction Box
kBOPD (Thousand) Kilo Barrels of Oil Per Day
kBWPD (Thousand) Kilo Barrels of Water Per Day
KO Knock Out
LP Low Pressure
LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas
LSS Load Shedding System
LV Low Voltage
MAH Major Accident Hazard
MAX Maximum
MC Mechanical Completion
MCB Main Control Building
MCC Motor Control Centre
MCCB Molded Case Circuit Breaker
MDR Master Document Register
MEG Mono-Ethylene Glycol
MCT Multicore Cable Transit
MES Manufacturing Execution System
Page 8 of 273
MIN Minimum
MMS Machine Monitoring System
MOV Motor Operated Valve
MP Medium Pressure
MPFM Multi-Port Flow Meter
MPFS Multi-Port Flow Selector
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
MV Medium Voltage
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
NDE Non-Destructive Examination
NDT Non-Destructive Testing
NVQ National Vocational Qualification
O&M Operation and Maintenance
ODF Optical Distribution Frames (for fibre optics)
OLE Object Linking and Embedding
OHL Over-Head Line
OPC OLE for Process Control
OWS Oily Water Sewer System
P&IDs Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams
PAGA Public Address / General Alarm
PCS Process Control System
PDMS Product Data Management System
PLC Programmable Logic Controller
PMS Power Management System
P&IDs Process and Instrumentation Diagrams
PFDs/UFDs Process Flow Diagrams / Utility Flow Diagrams
PFP Passive Fire Protection
PS Performance Standards
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PSD Private Security Detail
PSV Pressure Safety Valve
PTW Permit to Work
PW Produced Water
PWTP Produced Water Treatment Package
PV Pressure (Control) Valve
QA Quality Assurance
QC Quality Control
QMS Quality Management System
QRA Quantitative Risk Assessment
RTU Remote Terminal Unit
RO Reverse Osmosis
ROW Right of Way
SAT Site Acceptance Test
SIL Safety Integrity Level
SIMOPS Simultaneous Operations Study
SLD Single Line Diagram
Page 9 of 273
SS Sub-station
SIH Satellite Instrument House
SIS Safety Instrumented System
SCE Safety Critical Elements
SoW Scope of WORK
SPIR Spare Parts Interchangeability Records
SIF Safety Instrumented Function
SIL Safety Integrity Level
SIS Safety Instrumented System
SWGR Switchgear
TSO Tight Shut Off
German: Technischer Uberwachungs-Verein;
TUV
English: Technical Inspection Association
TW Treated Water
U/G Under-Ground
UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply
VFD Variable Frequency Drive
VESDA Very Early Smoke Detection Apparatus
VSD Variable Speed Driver
WBS Work Breakdown Structure
WHCP Well Head Control Panel
WHP Well Head Pressure
WI Water Injection
WIS Water Injection System
WIW Water Injection Well
WSW Water Source Well
WIWPA/GA Water Injection Wells Public Address / General Alarm
WP Well Pad
WQ West Qurna
1.3 PURPOSE
1.3.1 The purpose of this SECTION III is to give description of the scope of WORK to be performed
by CONTRACTOR regarding FACILITIES which includes project management, engineering,
procurement, supply (and transportation), construction, PRE-COMMISSIONING,
MECHANICAL COMPLETION and COMMISSIONING of the WORK and the timely hand-
over thereof to COMPANY in READY FOR START-UP mode and thereafter for
CONTRACTOR to provide ASSISTANCE to COMPANY with the START-UP and
PERFORMANCE TEST of said WORK and with the commencement of COMPANY’S
operation of said FACILITIES and achieving of FINAL ACCEPTANCE of the WORK.
1.3.2 The scope of WORK to be performed by CONTRACTOR also includes those particular
services (the “Services”) to be provided by CONTRACTOR to COMPANY personnel when
deployed in CONTRACTOR’S home office and at WORKSHOPS and at the WORKSITE and
other premises where the WORK is to be carried out.
Page 10 of 273
1.3.3 This scope OF WORK document is to provide an overall description of the scope of WORK
to be performed by the CONTRACTOR on the basis of “Engineering, Procurement &
Construction” of certain FACILITIES together with various appurtenances and associated
works and comprising:
The main purpose of this Project regarding is to provide the following water injection facilities and
relevant utilities (including the requirement of E & I, CP, Monitoring and Controls) for the following
Well Pads:
WellPad 2 WIF
 Hook up no.2 (two) Water Supply Wells #19 and #21;

 No.1 (one) piping (flowline) to connect Water Supply Wells to Well Pad 2;
 Hook up of no. 2 (two) Water Injection Wells #32 and 86 (ex Production wells);
WellPad 8 WIF
 Hook up no.1 (one) Water Supply Well #20;

 No.1 (one) piping (flowline) to connect Water Supply Wells to Well Pad 8
 Hook up of no. 12 (onetwo) Water Injection Wells #215 and 238 (ex Production wells);
WellPad 10 WIF
 Hook up no.2 (two) Water Supply Wells #23 and #24;

 Hook up of no.3 (three) Water Injection Wells #WQ11, 301 and 303 (ex Production wells);
WellPad 12 WIF
 Hook up no.1 (one) Water Supply Well #25;

 Hook up of no.3 (three) Water Injection Wells #361, 363 and 381 (ex Production wells);
1.4 WORK OVERVIEW

COMPANY is planning to develop its upstream production facilities and infrastructure to meet
a target of 0.8 MMBOPD of production in the West Qurna-2 oil field in Southern Iraq.
The West Qurna-2 field is located in the southeastern part of Iraq, 64 km westwards from Basrah
and 75 km to south-west from Zubair Oil Field.
The West Qurna-2 field occupies lower reaches of the Tigris and Euphrates rivers, which
confluence constitutes the Shatt Al Arab River. The relief of the area is described as a plateau of
low-lying coastal sand plain having an elevation 5 to 50 m. Tectonically the West Qurna-2 is
assigned to platform slope of the Mesopotamian Foredeep Basin. The contract area of the West
Qurna-2 field lies in the northernmost part of the Rumaila Field.
The northern part of the field is intersected by Euphrates River. Width of riverbed is 300-400 m
and depth is 8 - 8,5 m. The river banks are low. The PROJECT area territory is partly under
Page 11 of 273
water and 4-5 m high dams are filled in meridional and lateral directions to protect the territory
against flooding.
Part of the territory along southern and northern bank of Euphrates River is occupied by a
network of rural inhabitant areas and palm woods. The area is in subtropical climate, summer
temperature reaches over +55°С, minimum winter temperature is -5°С. The average annual
amount of precipitation is less than 200 mm.
Basrah, Qurna and Medina towns are interconnected with a paved road. The nearest rail road
stretches away from Basrah in latitudinal direction. Technical water is to be supplied from rivers
and lakes, potable water is provided from inhabitant areas.
West Qurna-2 field refers to Mesopotamian petroleum basin situated within Arabian Peninsula
and occupies the water area of Arabian Gulf. The main target of exploratory and development
drilling in the West Qurna-2 field are the upper cretaceous Mishrif limestone (Cenomanian stage)
and the lower cretaceous Yamama formation.
Environmental Conditions of the FACILITIES area.
The design of the FACILITIES shall comply with the follow environmental conditions:
Altitude : < 1000 amsl
Pollution level : Heavy
Dust storm : 21.5 days /

year
Thunder storm : 15 days / year
Design maximum wind velocity : 40.2 m/s
Ice loading : None
Earthquake (as per Uniform Building Code) : Zone 1

(Basrah)
Design maximum ambient temperature : 55 °C / 40 °C

outdoor/indoor
Highest maximum temperature for 6 hours a day : 55 °C
Maximum daily / yearly average : 40 °C / 30 °C
Design minimum ambient temperature : -5 °C / 0 °C

outdoor/indoor
Highest one day variation : 25 °C
Page 12 of 273
Sun temperature in direct sunlight : 85 °C
Maximum ground temperature at 100 mm depth : 35 °C
Maximum relative humidity at 40°C : 86%
Minimum relative humidity : 18%
Yearly average humidity : 38% / 44%
1.5 PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK

1.5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall perform the WORK in accordance with terms and conditions of
this CONTRACT. Any WORK not expressly detailed in the CONTRACT or in the drawings
or documents furnished to the CONTRACTOR, but necessary for the proper COMPLETION
of the WORK and necessary to meet the requirements for which the WORK is intended, shall
be carried out by the CONTRACTOR at the CONTRACTOR’s expense, just as if such
WORK had been specifically mentioned or shown in the drawings or documents.
1.5.2 The WORK shall be performed safely and with due diligence and efficiency and in line with
requirements of SECTION IX of the CONTRACT, and in accordance with sound principles
and competent practices in the engineering and construction industry, shall strictly comply
with the provisions of this CONTRACT and all specifications and drawings referred to in this
CONTRACT or thereafter furnished by the COMPANY, shall comply with any conditions or
warranties implied by law, shall be first class in every particular and shall be free from faults
or defects in construction and workmanship and in any design or engineering furnished by the
CONTRACTOR.
1.5.3 The completed WORK shall be, in all respects, fit for the purpose intended by the
COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR guarantees the COMPANY that all materials and supplies
furnished by the CONTRACTOR for the WORK shall be new, merchantable of the most
suitable grade, and fit for their intended purposes. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each
VENDOR for all materials to be incorporated into the FACILITIES described, a VENDOR’s
warranty for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR, and the COMPANY. The COMPANY may
assign all of its rights for enforcement of CONTRACTOR’s Guarantees under this
CONTRACT.
1.5.4 CONTRACTOR shall be fully liable for the adequacy, stability and safety of all of its and its
SUBCONTRACTORs operations and methods of construction.
1.5.5 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the whole power, water, waste water disposal and
other utilities which may be required for WORK performance. CONTRACTOR shall arrange
connection to the said utility systems at his own expenses, invite a third party APPROVED
by the COMPANY for the purposes to supply and install any hardware and equipment
required for such services utilization by the CONTRACTOR and for measurement of the
Page 13 of 273
consumed quantity of utility services. Pursuant to item 1.5 above, unless otherwise provided
in this CONTRACT, the CONTRACTOR shall provide all labour, supervision, designs,
engineering, materials, tools, equipment and facilities and other items specified in this
CONTRACT necessary for the completion of the WORK (unless otherwise specified by the
COMPANY).
1.5.6 COMPANY shall provide only those specific items as expressly listed in SECTION X,
COMPANY PROVIDED ITEMS.
1.5.7 CONTRACTOR shall reinstate any areas disturbed during the WORK including any
temporary access ways and/or storage areas. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure the protection
of all adjacent natural environment, property or facilities from damage by construction
activities and is responsible for the restoration of the areas surrounding the WORK to their
original state.
1.5.8 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for removal and disposal of all scrap, debris, and
other items, not needed for the final use of the WORK, in a safe and environmentally friendly
manner. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for removing all construction plant,
construction temporary facilities and excess construction materials from the WORKSITE
following the COMPLETION of the FACILITIES or any separate part thereof.
1.5.9 The CONTRACTOR is informed that the WORKS shall be executed inside and adjacent to
operational facilities and due consideration shall be taken into account of the BROWNFIELD
nature of the works; which will require full compliance to COMPANY’S permit to work
systems and close coordination of construction activities with COMPANY. Compliance to
COMPANY permit to work system requirements is included in CONTRACTOR’S scope of
WORK.
1.5.10 CONTRACTOR shall undertake to engineer and execute CONSTRUCTION,

MECHANICAL COMPLETION, PRE-COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING with
minimum impact on the operational facility, with an objective to reduce the facility shutdown
requirements to a minimum.
1.5.11 CONTRACTOR shall meet the requirements of the COMPANY and this CONTRACT with
respect to quality, safety, operability and maintainability of the FACILITIES.
1.5.12 CONTRACTOR is reminded that the performance of the majority of the WORK will take
place in the Republic of Iraq that might be considered to be a remote location and
CONTRACTOR shall take full and clear account of all constraints as may be encountered
during his performance of the WORK.
1.6 STANDARD AND CODES PHILOSOPHY

1.6.1 The WORK shall at all times be executed in strict accordance with the CONTRACT, safety
requirements and applicable international codes and standards.
1.6.2 Following order of precedence shall apply for execution of this CONTRACT:
Page 14 of 273
 Iraqi Regulations and Standards;
 CONTRACT;
 Data Sheets and CONTRACT Specifications;
 International Codes and Standards.

In case of conflict or inconsistency between various documents in any level of precedence, the
most stringent and safe requirement(s) shall apply. Any inconsistencies/conflicts, critical to the
design and construction, shall be brought in writing to the attention of the COMPANY for early
resolution.
1.6.3 The FACILITIES shall comply with recognized International Standards (e.g. ISO, API,
ASME, etc.).
1.6.4 A list of international codes and standards is provided in CONTRACT, SECTION IV and
particularly in CONTRACT, SECTION IV, document No. 8015-0151-LM20-00-000-AL-
LS-00003 revision 00 “LIST OF APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS” for use in
the Project; this is a minimum list of codes and standards and not exhaustive, any codes
and standards that are required for the design and not mentioned in the SECTION IV shall
be added into the list by the CONTRACTOR during detail design and shall be subject to
COMPANY APPROVAL. This list of codes and standards together with codes and
standards referenced in the respective CONTRACT Specifications shall be followed by
CONTRACTOR.
2 SCOPE OF WORK
2.1 SUMMARY OF THE SCOPE OF WORK
The WORK described in SECTION III shall comprise, amongst other things, but as a minimum the
following tasks and activities, all of which shall be performed by CONTRACTOR in accordance with
the provisions of the CONTRACT:
• Entire and comprehensive project management of the WORK up to and including the
issue of the PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE(s) and thereafter
continuing for the duration of the DEFECTS CORRECTION PERIOD for the
FACILITIES up to and including FINAL ACCEPTANCE of the WORK;
• Written endorsement of the documents of the DESIGN DOSSIER as set out in SECTION
IV, save always that such certification of such endorsement shall have taken place not
later than, and therefore prior to or at the latest upon, EFFECTIVE DATE in accordance
to CONTRACT;
• Detail engineering and design for the WORK including all FINAL AS-BUILT
DOCUMENTATION; CONTRACTOR shall undertake the SITE verification/visits
including tool inspection for implementing the actual SITE conditions in the detail
engineering and design documentation. Provision of Operation & Maintenance
procedures and manuals, provision of Spare Parts and Interchangeability Record Form
(SPIR) in accordance with Form and Instruction provided in CONTRACT, SECTION IV.
Page 15 of 273
• Procurement shall include but not be limited to tendering, technical and commercial bid
evaluation, purchasing, quality assurance, transportation, storage and material control,
maintenance and preservation of all Material, Equipment and Consumables. Placement of
all Purchase Orders, Procurement of equipment, materials and consumables necessary for
the WORK, complete with documentation for all CONTRACTOR and subcontractor
items, the management of the manufacturing of said equipment, all specified factory and
on-SITE inspections and testing of whatever kind thereof and the expediting thereof;
Specification, procurement and supply of COMMISSIONING spares, special tools, plus
specification for two (2) years operation spare parts for the FACILITIES. Procurement of
two (2) years operation spare parts for the FACILITIES is not a part of SCOPE OF
WORK;
• Supply, transportation and delivery to SITE of all CONTRACTOR ITEMS together with
their storage and safe keeping at the SITE or WORKSITE, or other locations, prior to
their installation in the WORK;
• Lifting, loading, unloading and transportation of the COMPANY ITEMS from the
COMPANY’s warehouse to CONTRACTOR’s warehouse;
• Procurement of materials and equipment for modification and installation of the
COMPANY ITEMS at SITE, including, but not limited of Supply Cable Glands for
Junction Box Medium Voltage Cable termination from ESP side;
• Storage, preservation, Site Acceptance Test (SAT), installation, MECHANICAL
COMPLETION, PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and START-UP of the
FACILITIES, including COMPANY ITEMS;
• VENDOR assistance during SAT, installation, PRE-COMMISSIONING,
COMMISSIONING and START-UP of COMPANY ITEMS which specified in
ATTACHMENT III H;
• Mobilization/Demobilization to/from SITE of all CONTRACTOR ITEMS together with
their storage, preservation and safe keeping at the WORKSITE, or other locations, prior
to their installation of the WORK; Construction and installation of the FACILITIES at
WORKSITE;
• PRE-COMMISSIONING with subsequent achievement of MECHANICAL
COMPLETION;
• COMMISSIONING of the FACILITIES including necessary labor, supervision,
VENDOR support, Consumables, spares, first fills and PRE-START UP AUDIT;
• HAND-OVER of the FACILITIES to COMPANY after achieving READY FOR START
UP;
• Assistance, at no cost to COMPANY by way of the provisions of CONTRACTOR
PERSONNEL (including VENDORS and SUBCONTRACTORS personnel) and items
of CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT including provisions of the required items such as
tools, equipment, scaffolding, lighting, rigging equipment, flushing hoses, water and
consumables and the like for carrying out the activities associated with START-UP and
PERFORMANCE TESTS of the FACILITIES including assistance to COMPANY and
the another CONTRACTOR, responsible for Electrical Submersible Pump and Variable
Speed Drive Panel PROCUREMENT, COMMISSIONING, START-UP and
Page 16 of 273
PERFORMANCE TESTS activities. Development and providing to COMPANY the list

of CONTRACTOR personnel (including VENDORS and SUBCONTRACTORS
personnel) required for assistance to COMPANY with START-UP and
PERFORMANCE TESTS of the FACILITIES;
• Provision of all necessary services to COMPANY as required under the CONTRACT to
achieve FINAL ACCEPTANCE of the FACILITIES.
• The SCOPE OF WORK to be performed by CONTRACTOR also includes those
particular services to be provided by CONTRACTOR to COMPANY when COMPANY
personnel are deployed in CONTRACTOR’s home office, at CONTRACTOR’s own
WORKSHOPS and at the WORKSITE and other premises where the WORK is to be
carried out.
• The foregoing description of the scope of the WORK is not intended to be limiting in any
way. Parts of the WORK such as the provision of necessary or incidental supplies,
consumables, utilities, tools, special tools, labor, facilities, equipment, services and other
works which might be reasonably inferred from this SCOPE OF WORK shall be deemed
to be included in the CONTRACTOR’s SCOPE OF WORK.
2.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE SCOPE OF WORK: OVERVIEW

2.2.1 CONTRACTOR’s SCOPE OF WORK includes but not limited to the provision of
all necessary services, labour, equipment and material, resources and consumable
for the execution of the project during the engineering, procurement, supply and
transportation, Construction, PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and
provision of support for COMPANY’s START-UP and PERFORMANCE TEST
of said FACILITIES.
2.2.2 Brief description of the FACILITIES:
• Current Plant Configuration

The West Qurna-2 Oil Filed is arranged with the CPF plus clustered oil production wells. At the
moment, seven (7) existing clusters (i.e. Well Pads 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12), grouping a specific
number of oil production wells, have been installed and geographically distributed across the
field in a strategic manner. Seven (7) existing trunk lines, one for each cluster, connect the well
pads to the CPF, to bring all the produced fluids into the CPF for further processing
The crude oil coming from the well pads through the crude flowlines is received in the plant inlet
manifold. From the manifold the fluid is routed to the HP Separators located inside the Mishrif
CPF.
• Overview on New Installations
Water Source Well
Water from Dammam is pumped by ESP to surface facilities with wellhead surface pressure of
130-135 barg. Dammam water producer well will have ESP/VSD with flow range up to 5000
m3/day and discharge pressure of 130-135 barg at well head surface.
Page 17 of 273
Dammam Water wells are source water wells drilled in the nearby of the WP with a certain water
capacity suitable for injection into the selected wells for Mishrif reservoir pressurization. Water
is quite salty and with consistent content of hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide which made
the fluid quite aggressive for the surface facilities. Solid content is not consistent and filtration
unit for TSS separation is not envisaged. Water quality is practically the same for all the WSW.
The water is extracted from each well with submersible vertical pump (ESP) installed at
approximately from 500 to 750m of depth inside the well with proper casing.
ESPs are provided with down hole suction filters for pump protection and flowrate is controlled
through variable speed driver (VSD).
The surface piping will be provided with protection from over pressurization in design. The
selection and design of the protection system is part of the present scope.
Chemical injection dosing system is installed to protect the piping system. Number and typology
of chemical package to be installed as well as location of injection point shall be as per the
relevant study (doc 8015-0151-SS02-00-000-ME-RP-00002 CORROSION MODELLING
AND MATERIAL SELECTION REPORT, doc. 8015-0151-EN11-00-000-PC- RP-00001 -
Chemical Injection Study Report) and P&IDs developed during the FEED and DD phases (DD
for similar Project, refer to Section IV, APPENDIX D5).
Injection line - Manifold Tie in (Mishrif)
The Dammam water piping is tied-up at the Mishrif production manifold. At the tie-in location,
corresponding injection well line is positively isolated from the production/test manifold;
Dammam water from WSW is connected and injected to the WI well. Flow control valve with
transmitter is provided in the manifold area injection line to monitor and control the injection
rate. Existing choke valve is removed from the well line during Dammam water injection line
hook up to the wells.
The injection wells are oil production wells which will be converted into injectors. U/G line from
manifold to the injection well head is already suitable for injection purpose and will be used to
handle the injection water. An exception has to be considered for WIW-215 at WP #8 and WIW-
303 at WP #10. Thisese wells will be operated as injectors with temporary facilities that will be
replaced with permanent facilities as part of this scope.
Existing chemical dosing connection for oil production will be removed as well as
instrumentation of converted oil lines that will be modified to make it suitable for injection
operation.
Oil production lines to be converted into injection lines are in carbon steel material and designed
with 1500# rating.
Injection pressure is low at the beginning of the injection; for some wells MIN is 5 barg and will
rise in the future up to MAX 130 barg.
2.2.3 Scope of work includes also interconnection between new and existing Dammam
wells network. The scope consists in providing the interconnection items (piping,
valves, fittings, etc) between the systems in order to have the possibility to divert
the flow from a network to another if required for operation flexibility.
Page 18 of 273
2.2.4 The interconnection potentially has some implication in term of safety and process
aspects. In particular, there could be the possibility to connect systems with
different pressure rating and operation parameters. The study of interactions
between the two systems has not been investigated in the FEED phase and shall be
in the duty of the EPC Contractor.
2.2.5 The current scope is limited to define the piping items for the interconnection (line,
valves, etc,) by defining a suitable location for the tie-ins.
2.2.6 At each interconnection point will be provided manual block valves in double block
and bleed configuration for positive isolation with the other Dammam Water Supply
networks.
2.2.7 WP#2 WIF particular Scope of work can be summarised as follow:
• • WSW area preparation (site inspection, grading, removal any materials inside existing
mud pits, mud pits backfilling and with compaction, roads/pathways/paving construction
and modifications, fence installation);
• Hook-up to Water Source Wellhead #19 Christmas tree wellhead outlet flange;
• Supply and installation of No.1 (one) Corrosion Inhibitor Injection Skid with dosing Tank
capacity for 30 days;
• Piping from WSW to manifold at WSW well pad, gathering system (flowline) from WSW
to WP, common header in the WP and then interconnection to WIW;
• Dismantling of existing above ground piping branches from common header in the WP at
WIW manifold;
• Hook-up from header/manifold to existing Christmas tree Injection well Wellhead #32
inlet flange;
inlet flange;
• The existing U/G oil production line, from wellhead to oil manifold, will be re-used for
injection purpose;
• T-walls around WSW pad including existing WSW 17&18 (with modification (if
required) of the Well Pad for T-walls installation and adjustment of the existing facilities).
Bullet proof sliding metallic gates and personal gates (only near main entrance)
installation on the WSW pads including area of the existing WSW-17 and WSW-18 with
the required modifications of the entrance areas. Berms (around the WSW) removal after
T-wall installation. T-walls height shall be 3,6m. T-Walls shall be bound by metallic wire
and protected on top by razor wire with diameter not less than 900mm (according to 8015-
0150-LMEL-00-000-SE-TR-00001_00, page 40, Fence require). Perimeter lighting
(similar to the existing WSW-17 and WSW-18 area);
• Perimeter lighting (similar to the existing WSW-17 and WSW-18 area)
Page 19 of 273
• Connection with existing Closed drain system;

• Related E&I, CP, MES and SCADA integration work, etc...
2.2.8 WP#8 WIF particular Scope of work can be summarised as follow
• WSW area preparation (site inspection, grading, removal any materials inside existing
mud pits, mud pits backfilling with compaction, roads/pathways/paving construction and
modifications, fence installation);
• Supply and installation of No.1 (one) Corrosion Inhibitor Injection Skid;
WIW manifold;
inlet flange;
• Hook-up from header/manifold to existing Christmas Injection well Wellhead #238 inlet
flange tree;
injection purpose (exception has to be considered for WIW-215 where temporary
injection facilities will be installed);
• Supply and installation of No.1 (one) Corrosion Inhibitor Injection Skid;
WIW manifold;
• Hook-up from header/manifold to existing Christmas tree Injection well Wellhead
#WQ11 inlet flange (located outside of the Mishrif WP#10);
Page 20 of 273
inlet flange;
inlet flange;
injection purpose (exception has to be considered for WIW-303 where temporary
injection facilities are installed);
• Supply and installation of No.1 (one) Corrosion Inhibitor Injection Skid with dosing Tank
capacity for 30 days;
WIW manifold;
inlet flange;
inlet flange;
inlet flange;
injection purpose;
• Backfilling the area between WSW 15,16 and WSW-25 as mentioned at Drawing 8015-
0151-EN11-36-112-PI-DB-00001_02_TWalls_MU (SECTION IV);
• T-walls and welded-mesh fence installation around the WSW pad and including area of
the existing WSW-15 and WSW-16 Well Pad. Bullet proof sliding metallic gates and
personal gates (only near main entrance) installation on the WSW pads including area of
the existing WSW-15 and WSW-16 with the required modifications of the entrance areas.
Before bullet proof personal gate shall be installed full height turnstile with roof (consist
of three door wings and diameter no less than 1.3 m and ), the channel after turnstile shall
be protected from both side of welded fences and shall be adjoin directly to personal gate.
Guard house for WSW-25 Well Pad (similar with WSW-15,16 Well Pad), shall be
Page 21 of 273
protected by T-Walls from three sides. The required modifications of the WP#12 area to
be performed by CONTRACTOR. Berms (around the WSW) removal after T-wall
installation. T-walls height shall be 3,6m. T-Walls shall be bound by metallic wire and
protected on top by razor wire with diameter not less than 900mm (according to 8015-
0150-LMEL-00-000-SE-TR-00001_00, page 30, Fence require). Modify/replace the
existing chain link fence if required;
• Perimeter lighting (similar to the existing WSW-17 and WSW-18 area)
• Related E&I, CP, MES and SCADA integration work, etc.
For the avoidance of doubt, Hoouk-up to Water Source Wellhead #26 is not part of
CONTRACTOR’s scope of WORK.
2.2.11 The FACILITIES are to be constructed at West Qurna-2 field in the South of IRAQ
at BROWNFIELD areas. Location of DAMMAM Water Supplying Well Pad and
Water Injection Well Pad #2, #8, #10 and #12 are indicated on “Master Plot Plan”
and ”Layout for new Dammam decentralized well pad location”. Location of
Existing DAMMAM Water Supplying Well Pad and Water Injection Well Pad are
in “Detailed Unit Plot Plan”.
2.2.12 FACILITIES cover for all Equipment, Civil, Structural, Electrical, Instrumentation
& Control, ICSS, MES, Piping, Pipeline, IT&Telecom and Security Systems. Ties-
ins to the existing operation facilities shall also be required under COMPANY’S
permit to work system and close coordination with COMPANY.
2.2.13 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to proactively work with COMPANY in

closing all interface work in this area as per responsibilities assigned in
APPROVED interface management plan document corresponding to Appendix J,
Section VII of the CONTRACT.
2.2.14 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing all resources such as

management, equipment and machinery, tools, test equipment, labour, materials,
consumables and anything else required to complete all civil, structural,
mechanical, piping, instruments and control, ICSS, MES, electrical, IT&Telecom
and security WORKS in accordance with the CONTRACT SCHEDULE and in
accordance with quality and Health, Safety And Environment standards contained
in SECTION VIII and SECTION IX.
2.2.15 The said FACILITIES are to be designed and built and brought on stream by
CONTRACTOR, as shown hereunder:
2.2.16 FACILITIES to be High Pressure Systems with special requirements as per design
specifications.
2.2.17 The FACILITIES include following systems: Chemical Injection Packages, Valves,
Manifolds, Piping, Pipeline, VSD panels, and associated electrical, instrumentation,
Page 22 of 273
lighting, lightning, control, IT&Telecom, ICSS, MES, security systems, cathodic

protection system and the like.
2.2.18 An emergency shower and eye bath shall be provided in close proximity to the
chemical injection and storage system.
2.2.19 Piping and cabling interconnections between all of the foregoing FACILITIES and
existing systems shall be made utilizing trenches and cable trays (both electrical
power and communications).
2.2.20 For all mentioned FACILITIES and piping, CONTRACTOR shall maximize
prefabrication and minimize interruption to operations.
2.2.21 All required dismantling works shall be in CONTRACTOR’s SCOPE OF WORK,

e.g. existing oil hook-up on Well Pads for oil production wells to be converted to
injection by applying new materials.
2.2.22 CONTRACTOR shall provide ICSS expansion in the existing Satellite Instrument
House (SIH), installed in the existing production well pads, designed and supplied
as a part of existing ICSS, fully compatible with it, considering nomenclature of
materials and equipment, supplied by EMERSON for existing ICSS of well pads,
using the same list of materials, models, series of equipment, hardware and software
revisions as used for the existing systems.
2.2.23 CONTRACTOR shall provide connection and integration of ICSS with the existing
ICSS of Central Processing Facility Mishrif and adjoined THIRD PARTY systems.
2.2.24 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the IT&Telecom and MES Systems
WORKS for FACILITIES. All activities related to IT&Telecom and MES Systems
including engineering, procurement, installation, PRE-COMMISSIONING,
COMMISSIONING shall be in accordance with the following main philosophy:
• All IT& Telecom and MES systems components shall be designed as an extension of the
existing IT& Telecom and MES of West Qurna-2 field. All design solutions shall be
developed in line with the DESIGN DOSSIER;
• All IT& Telecom and MES systems shall use the same VENDORS (manufactures) and
software as existing ones in West Qurna-2 field;
• All MES subsystems shall be fully integrated with existing ones and between each other.
2.3 SCOPE OF WORK LIMITS

To the extent necessary, this SECTION III shall be read and construed with all other parts of
CONTRACT, however, this SECTION III is not to be considered, or otherwise construed as
being the only technical specification for the WORK. In the event of any contradiction with any
matters given and set out in SECTION IV and this scope document, SECTION III shall take
precedence.
Page 23 of 273
2.4 DAMMAM WATER INJECTION SYSTEM

2.4.1 DAMMAM WATER WELLS
Here below a table which reports all the wells included in the Project:
WATER SUPPLY
WATER
WELL PAD WELL - WSW
INJECTION WELL NOTES
(WP) (DAMMAM
(WIW)
WELLS)
#2 WIW-32 WSW-19 (New) Existing WIW to be converted
Existing WIW to be converted.

#10 WQ-11 WSW-23(New) Located outside of the Mishrif
WP#10
#10 WIW-301 Existing WIW to be converted
WSW-24 (New) Temporary facilities to be

#10 WIW-303 converted in permanent
facilities

WSW-25 (New)

Table - Water Supply & Water Injection Wells Summary
2.4.2 Scope:
• CONTRACTOR shall Design, Procure, Construct and perform all other associated works
for the whole Dammam Water Injection System for Well Pads #2, #8, #10 and #12.
• For Well Pad #8 and #10 CONTRACTOR shall modify the existing water injection
facilities. Details in par. 2.7.5 and 2.7.6;
2.5 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: GENERAL OVERVIEW

2.5.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform all activities necessary for the completion of the
WORK as per CONTRACT requirements, in particular, but not limited to:
• To ensure a smooth and uninterrupted execution of the various phases of the Project, i.e.
engineering, procurement of materials and equipment, construction, PRE-
COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING, START UP, PERFORMANCE TEST and
HAND-OVER;
Page 24 of 273
• To fulfil all CONTRACT requirements of and/or COMPANY instructions and design

must ensure the upgradeability / expansion of the systems in future;
• To provide all material and equipment and the facilities, which will operate at the required
capacity and availability per the technical requirements as established in the
CONTRACT;
• To provide sunshades / shelters for all the equipment, pumps, packages, control panels,
lighting boards, transformers and instruments mounted outdoor in the FACILITIES.
CONTRACTOR is responsible to provide temperature-controlled enclosure wherever
recommended by equipment/material supplier for the performance of the
equipment/packages on a continuous operation;
• To implement an HSE Management System to manage the Health, Safety and
Environmental activities throughout all phases of WORK as further described in
SECTION IX of the CONTRACT;
• To fulfil CONTRACT SCHEDULE to achieve assigned RFSU dates;
• To execute the WORK in accordance with internationally acknowledged best practice and
accepted sound engineering and construction practices;
• To implement the recommendations of independent THIRD-PARTY reviews for design
and technical / safety audits;
• To be proactively involved in all interface related matters and fulfil all responsibilities in
accordance with the Interface Management Plan;
• The Project is brownfield in nature, therefore CONTRACTOR shall:
 Take into account all risks associated with construction, COMMISSIONING and
START-UP of the FACILITIES with minimum interruption to on-going production;
 Obtain hot/cold PTW from COMPANY;
 Follow the SIMOPS requirements;
 Segregate with hard barriers the Project SITE offices, construction and lay down areas
from the existing operational facilities. The location of these hard barriers inclusive of and
access/egress gates shall be agreed with COMPANY Operations team and Project
Management team with primary emphasis on safety for all, and operability and access to
existing operational facilities;
 Ensure all mandatory HSE inductions and specific training for his workers;
 Guarantee a safe/secure access without interruption for operators and equipment to
existing facilities;
• CONTRACTOR shall confirm all the size and capacity of material, equipment, cable,
piping and whichever item during detail design. If necessary, CONTRACTOR shall
update the sizing and this shall be considered as part of the scope of WORK and included
in the CONTRACT PRICE.
Page 25 of 273
• CONTRACTOR shall provide tie-in points for potential future expansion as part of the
original design which shall be agreed with COMPANY.
• Demolition WORKS necessary during CONSTRUCTION of new FACILITIES are
included in CONTRACTOR scope of WORK. Any permanent existing FACILITY which
has been damaged or removed as a result of demolition shall be restored either to its
original condition or modified to suit the new conditions with the COMPANY
APPROVAL. All materials and equipment necessary for completion of the restoration
WORK are included in the CONTRACTOR scope WORK.
2.5.2 CONTRACTOR is informed that prior to performance of Hook Up to Dammam
water source wells located on Well Pad #2 (WSW19 and WSW21), Well Pad #8
(WSW20), Well Pad #10 (WSW23 and WSW24) and on Well Pad #12 (WSW25)
Electrical Submersible Pumps (ESP) shall be installed inside referred wells by
OTHER CONTRACTORS. In order to allow OTHER CONTRACTORS’ work,
CONTRACTOR shall remove all CONTRACTOR ITEMS, garbage,
CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL from relevant Well Pad where Dammam water
source wells are located and make SITE levelling and hand-over such Well Pads
SITE to COMPANY for thirty (30) calendar days to perform ESP installations
CONTRACTOR shall notify COMPANY in writing ninety (90) calendar days prior to
CONTRACTOR’s readiness for hand-over of relevant Well Pads where Dammam water
source wells are located to COMPANY for installation of ESP by OTHER
CONTRACTORS and get COMPANY APPROVAL for the date of said hand-over.
CONTRACTOR shall suspend all CONTRACTOR’S work inside Well Pads where
Dammam water source wells are located for thirty (30) calendar days while OTHER
CONTRACTORS will be installing ESP. Upon completion of ESP installations and
demobilization of OTHER CONTRACTORS from relevant Well Pad where Dammam
water source wells are located, said Well Pad shall be handed-over from COMPANY to
CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall perform Hook Up of Dammam water source
wells (installation and tie-in of above ground spool piece between underground pipe and
X-mas tree of each Dammam water source well), installation of service platform,
installation of pit covers and complete remaining WORK after ESP installation and
returning of the SITE to CONTRACTOR only. Upon hand-over of Well Pads where
Dammam water source wells are located back to CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR is
responsible for SITE grading/levelling.
2.6 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: CIVIL WORKS

CONTRACTOR’s scope of WORK shall include, but not be limited to the following:
2.6.1 Civil and Structural WORK include but not limited to; Pipe support foundations,
base plates anchor bolts, well pad pipe sleepers, supports, pipeline cross-overs, VSD
Panels foundations and platforms, Wellheads operating platforms, Wellheads pit
covers, Concrete trenches for pipes and E&I cables, Access pavements,
underground pipe crossing, signboards, concrete platforms, drainage and relevant
pipe culvert, waste pits, roads, security fences and gates. CONTRACTOR shall
make a grading and levelling including backfilling, if required, and reinstatement
of all facilities related to CONTRACTOR’S working area.
Page 26 of 273
2.6.2 CONTRACTOR shall carry out geotechnical investigation, topographical survey of

the WORKSITE and submit interpretive report and survey drawing to COMPANY
after analysis of the investigation and compiling of the SITE survey data;
2.6.3 CONTRACTOR shall analyse the provided FEED documents and modify if it is
required based on the topographical survey and geotechnical investigation;
2.6.4 CONTRACTOR is responsible for an excavation in all kinds of soils, including the
removal of rocks, dewatering, etc;
2.6.5 Contractor shall be responsible to use a legal location for soil disposal area and
obtain all required permits for that.;
2.6.6 CONTRACTOR shall avoid the use of pile foundations to the maximum extent, as
it is possible. For those foundations for which piles cannot be avoided
CONTRACTOR shall properly consider all the construction issues (in terms of
accessibility and minimization of vibration induced in the surrounding equipment)
and evaluate the eventual opportunity of using the cast-in-situ bored piles, which in
any case shall be subject to COMPANY APPROVAL.
2.6.7 CONTRACTOR shall at his own cost, remove and properly re-execute any WORK,
which in respect of materials or workmanship or both is found deficient in quality,
and is not in accordance with the codes, standards and/or specifications as specified
in the CONTRACT.
2.6.8 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for demolition works wherever required to

carry out new construction and tie-ins works. Any permanent work which has been
damaged or removed as a result of demolition or other construction works shall be
restored either to its original condition or modified to suit the new conditions, with
COMPANY APPROVAL.
2.6.9 CONTRACTOR shall, in addition to this document, refer to the overall and unit
plot plans and all relevant documents including documents from other disciplines,
to ascertain and consider all required civil and structural works and other works
associated with interfaces and tie-ins to be performed under the CONTRACT.
2.6.10 Expansion or construction of pipe sleepers, foundation of various facilities,

equipment and infrastructure works; miscellaneous foundations; cable trenches and
duct banks; cable pits; surface storm water drainage, oily water drainage and waste
water disposal; concrete encasement of pipes at road crossings; cross over structures
over pipe and cable galleries; roads and pavements, kerbs, road signage &
markings; direct buried piping and cables; cast-in-situ or pre-cast concrete valve
chambers; dewatering works, safety signage as per HSE requirements both
permanent and temporary during construction period.
2.6.11 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the majority of Civil Works are planned to be
conducted outside of the 'rainy season' to minimise construction delays.
Page 27 of 273
2.6.12 Water Injection Facility scope of WORK for Well Pad #2
• new steel piping supports, sleepers, platforms with relative concrete foundations;
• new internal roads for the WSW pad and connections with the existing ones outside of the
WSW area;
• existing roads modifications (if required)
• internal new roads inside the well pad WSW 19&21 shall be designed and incorporated
with consideration of the existing internal roads for the well pad WSW 17&18;
• new fence with relative gates and check point;
• disassemble and dispose the existing mesh fence between the existing well pad WSW
17&18 and the constructed well pad WSW 19&21;
• new electrical and instrument cable trenches, duct banks and all relative control panels
and junction boxes;
• protection measures for buried pipelines;
• new Corrosion Inhibitor packages foundations;
• new VSD Panel Platforms with relative foundations and access stairs;
• required structures/supports for lighting system, CCTV, etc ensure that backfilling of the
mud pit will consider workover operations for ESP installation (workover partially needs
the mud pits for ESP installation);
• existing mud pits backfilling: removal and disposal of the drilling mud and covering film,
backfilling with grade A1 material and layer by layer compaction;
• site preparation to a finish ground level with required earthwork activities and a storm
water removal measures;
• new paved areas and relative catch basins;
• drainage system to remove the eventual amount of accumulated water in between WP02
and WSW area, pipe culverts shall be eventually considered;
• T-walls around WSW pad including existing WSW 17&18 (with modification (if
required) of the Well Pad for T-walls installation and adjustment of the existing facilities).
Bullet proof sliding metallic gates and personal gates (only near main entrance)
installation on the WSW pads including area of the existing WSW-17 and WSW-18 with
the required modifications of the entrance areas. Berms (around the WSW) removal after
T-wall installation. T-walls height shall be 3,6m. T-Walls shall be bound by metallic wire
and protected on top by razor wire with diameter not less than 900mm (according to 8015-
0150-LMEL-00-000-SE-TR-00001_00, page 40, Fence require).
Page 28 of 273
WSW area;
• new fence with relative gates;
• new electrical and instrument cable trenches, duct banks and all relative supports for
control panels and junction boxes;
• required structures/supports for lighting system, CCTV, etc;
• ensure that backfilling of the mud pit will consider workover operations for ESP
installation (workover partially needs the mud pits for ESP installation);
• existing mud pit backfilling: removal and disposal of the drilling mud and covering film,
• new internal road for the WSW pad and connections with the existing ones outside of the
WSW area;
• new fence with relative gates;
Page 29 of 273

water removal measures
WSW area;
• internal new roads inside the well pad WSW 25 shall be designed and incorporated with
consideration of the existing internal roads for the well pad WSW 15&16;
• new fence with relative gates and check point;
• disassemble and dispose the existing mesh fence between the existing well pad WSW
15&16 and the constructed well pad WSW 25;
Page 30 of 273
• Backfilling the area between WSW 15,16 and WSW-25 as mentioned at Drawing 8015-
0151-EN11-36-112-PI-DB-00001_02_TWalls_MU (SECTION 4). Perform all required
backfilling, levelling, compaction, of the mentioned area as per COMPANY procedures.
WSW-15,16,26 shall be combined in one Well Pad with the same level, common fence,
anti-ram ditch and T-walls, two gates (main near WSW-16 and emergency near WSW-
26) and internal roads;
• T-walls and welded-mesh fence installation around the WSW pad including area of the
existing WSW-15 and WSW-16 Well Pad. Bullet proof sliding metallic gates and
personal gates (only near main entrance) installation on the WSW pads including area of
the existing WSW-15 and WSW-16 with the required modifications of the entrance areas.
Before bullet proof personal gate shall be installed full height turnstile with roof (consist
of three door wings and diameter no less than 1.3 m and ), the channel after turnstile shall
be protected from both side of welded fences and shall be adjoin directly to personal gate.
Guard house for WSW Pad (similar with WSW-15,16 Well Pad) shall be protected by T-
Walls from three sides. The required modifications of the WP#12 area to be performed
by CONTRACTOR. Berms (around the WSW) removal after T-wall installation. T-walls
height shall be 3,6m. T-Walls shall be bound by metallic wire and protected on top by
razor wire with diameter not less than 900mm (according to 8015-0150-LMEL-00-000-
SE-TR-00001_00, page 30, Fence require). Modify/replace the existing chain link fence
if required.
General civil works for Water Injection Facilities
2.6.16 CONTRACTOR shall perform Civil Engineering activities including but not
limited to the following:
2.6.17 CONTRACTOR shall perform all civil and structural detailed design and
engineering activities; including without limitation civil engineering design
optimizations and any other Civil and Structural discipline related engineering
SERVICES.
2.6.18 CONTRACTOR shall perform Detailed Engineering of foundations, concrete

pedestals including miscellaneous foundations, pipe support foundations, pipes
trenches and instrumentation cable trenches etc.;
2.6.19 CONTRACTOR shall develop composite layout plan showing underground

services such Instrumentation/Electrical Cables and Pipe Trenches;
2.6.20 Standard pipe supports and foundations shall be provided to all aboveground piping;
2.6.21 Miscellaneous support foundations for E/I control support system, minor steps, pipe
cross-over access and minor operating platforms shall be identified and captured
during Detailed Engineering;
2.6.22 CONTRACTOR shall check all data and information obtained from previous
surveys against similar information where such may have been provided by
Page 31 of 273
COMPANY and report to COMPANY accordingly as to the correctness thereof or

variances therein.
2.6.23 CONTRACTOR shall analyse foundations provided by FEED and optimize if

required.
2.6.24 CONTRACTOR shall perform the required upgrades for Dammam Well Pads
(including roads) in respect of the sizes, location as per FEED (Section IV)
requirements.
2.6.25 Well Pads’ embankments backfilled and elevated by COMPANY and Access roads
to the Well Pads prepared by COMPANY and shall be modified by
CONTRACTOR if required.
2.6.26 CONTRACTOR shall inspect condition of provided Well Pads areas and access
roads. Should condition of provided Well Pads areas and access roads be
insufficient for CONTRACTOR to perform the WORK, then CONTRACTOR shall
improve quality and/or change of said Well Pads areas and access roads to the
required quality level and/or design and maintain it until HANDOVER of the SITE
back to COMPANY.
2.6.27 Well Pads areas and access roads shall be HANDED OVER to COMPANY in
accordance with CONTRACT, SECTION IV, 8015-0151-CPPB-00-000-CI-SP-
00001_00 “Specification for Earth Work and Site Preparation” requirements”.
2.7 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: PIPING WORKS

2.7.1 Piping WORKS includes but not limited to: Piping arrangements in between of
Water source and injection wells including: flowlines, drain system, tubing
arrangement for Chemical Injection Package, valves manifolds, piping dismantling,
and Tie-ins to existing piping systems; Class ANSI #1500 to be justified during the
detail design.
2.7.2 All piping shall be designed, fabricated and installed in accordance with
COMPANY Piping Material Classes and specified Design Rules for Piping.
2.7.3 All details and quantities are referred to the P&ID and Line List carried out during
FEED phase. CONTRACTOR to verify during Detailed Design all the quantities
and details.
Water Supply Well Area
 Installation of the new lines, connecting the water supply wells WSW #19 and #21 with the
underground header. Above ground parts of the lines will be just in the proximity of the
Page 32 of 273
injection well head supply, supported on steel supports and underground parts of the lines will
be laid on, directly buried.
 Installation of the new underground line (from header) – future interconnection line with
Dammam WSWs 17 and 18.
Gathering System
 Installation of the new underground and aboveground header, connecting the lines from WSW
#19 and #21 to the lines previously connected to the manifold and to the lines previously
connected to the MPFS system. The underground part of header will be directly buried, the
aboveground part of the header will be laid on the concrete sleepers, parallel with the existing
sleeper way.
Well Pad Area and Water Injection Well Area
 Installation of the new line at manifold existing platform, on the same position and elevation
with the previous production line (previously dismantled). The new line will be connected to
the existing underground line.
 Installation of the new aboveground line from existing underground line to the injection well
head WQ-86.
 Installation of the new line near MPFS. The new line will be connected to existing underground
line
head WQ-32.
 Water injection lines from MPFS of WP2 to Water injection well head WQ-32 shall be directly
buried. The MPFS orientation shall be reconsidered taking in consideration that all the lines
from MPFS to production wells shall be directly buried. It is in EPC contractor SOW to update
the 3D Model and relevant drawings with this change.
 Installation of the new aboveground lines, connecting the water supply well WSW #20 with
the underground line. Aboveground line will be just in the proximity of the injection well head
supply, supported on steel supports and underground parts of the line will be laid on, directly
buried.
Gathering System
 Installation of the new underground and aboveground header, connecting the line from WSW
#20 to the lines previously connected to the manifold. The aboveground part of the header will
be laid on the existing concrete sleeper way. The underground part of the header will be laid
on, directly buried.
Page 33 of 273
 Installation of the new lines at manifold existing platform, on the same position and elevation
with the previous production lines (partially previously dismantled).
head WQ-238.
 Installation of the new underground line directly buried, from the aboveground new line on
existing manifold platform to aboveground line to WQ-215.
 Installation of the new aboveground line from new underground line to the injection well head
WQ-215.
 Installation of the new aboveground interconnection valves from aboveground header (future
connection between the new header and the common header to WSW #11and12) from
aboveground header.
 The water injection line from Manifold Extension of WP8 to Water Injection Well 238 shall
be directly buried. It is in EPC contractor SOW to update the 3D Model and relevant drawings
with this change.
 Installation of the new lines, connecting the water supply wells WSW #23 and #24 with the
underground header. Above ground lines will be just in the proximity of the injection well head
supply, supported on steel supports and underground parts of the lines will be laid on, directly
buried.
Gathering System
 Installation of the new underground and aboveground of header, connecting the line from
WSW #23 and 24 to the lines previously connected to the manifold. The aboveground header
will be laid on the new concrete sleepers parallel with the existing concrete sleeper way. The
underground part of the header will be laid on, directly buried.
 Installation of the new line from underground header to the tie-in of the line going to WI-11;
the underground part of the line will be directly buried and the aboveground part of the line
will be laid on the existing concrete sleeper way and new steel supports.
 Installation of the new lines at manifold existing platform, on the same position and elevation
with the previous production lines (partially previously dismantled). The new lines will be
connected to the new underground lines.
 Installation of the new underground line directly buried from the new aboveground line on
existing manifold platform to the new aboveground line to WQ-303.
Page 34 of 273
 Installation of the new aboveground line from new underground line to the injection well head
WQ-303.
 Installation of the new underground line in existing concrete trench from the new aboveground
line on existing manifold platform to the new aboveground line to WQ-301.
 Installation of the new aboveground line from the new underground line to the injection well
head WQ-301.
 Installation of the new aboveground line (interconnection line) between aboveground 10
“header – to the common header line to WSW’s 4, 13, 14; the line will be supported on new
concrete sleepers.
 Installation of the new underground and aboveground line from underground header to the
manifold, from the lines coming to WQ-11and WQ-13; the underground part of the line will
be laid on, directly buried; the aboveground part of the line will be supported on new concrete
sleepers and steel supports; the line will be connected to the flow line (pipeline) WQ-11.
 Installation of the new aboveground line from flow line (pipeline) from WP-10 to the injection
well head WQ-11.
 Installation of the new lines, connecting the water supply well WSW #25 with the underground
header. Above ground parts of the lines will be just in the proximity of the injection well head
supply, supported on steel supports and underground parts of the lines will be laid on, directly
buried.
Gathering System
 Installation in underground and aboveground header, connecting the lines from WSW #25
with the lines previously connected with MPFS. The aboveground part of the header will
support on the steel supports to the MPFS area. The underground part of the header will be laid
on, directly buried
 Installation of the new interconnection line from main header to WSW’s 15 and 16 common
headers; the underground line will be directly buried.
 Installation of the new lines nearby the MPFS, at the same elevation with the previous
production line (partially previously dismantled). The new lines will be connected to the
existing underground lines.
 Installation of the new aboveground lines from existing underground lines to the injection well
head WQ -361, 363 and 381.
 Water injection lines from MPFS of WP12 to Water injection well heads WQ2-363, WQ2-361,
and WQ2-391 shall be directly buried. The MPSF orientation shall be reconsidered taking in
Page 35 of 273
consideration that all the lines from MPFS to production wells shall be directly buried. It is in
EPC contractor SOW to update the 3D Model and relevant drawings with this change.
2.7.8 General piping works for Water Injection Facilities
CONTRACTOR’s scope of WORK shall include, but not be limited to the following issues valid for
Water Injection Facility for Well Pad #2, #8, #10, #12 areas:
 A Corrosion Inhibitor Dosing will be located in the WSW’s area, near VSDs platform,
respecting the workover rig working space. The new lines will go in underground, directly
buried at a safety distance from other lines. The drainage lines from concrete pavement area
and drip ray (included in the package) will be equipped by the means of hose-connections.
 Corrosion Inhibitor Dosing Package is considered as a fixed package to be installed in concrete
pavement. Contractor to ensure that all the new pipes shall be painted installed and tested.
 The new connections (small bore lines) from Corrosion Inhibitor Dosing Package are not
available in the 3D model FEED.
 Confirm isolation arrangement for portion of line to be connected to WIW, e.g. specify which
valve at Xmas tree to be closed to ensure positive isolation, prior to connection of water
injection pipework.
 Antiscalant Dosing Package is removed from Contractor’s SOW as per Scale Tendency
Assessment Report 8015-0151-SS02-00-000-ME-RP-00001
Well Pad and Water Injection Well Areas
 Installation of the new drainage lines going to existing Close drain system. The existing close
drain network which will collect all the drain lines coming from the all lines from existing
MPFS / existing manifold platform.
 CONTRACTOR to verify exact position of the drainage lines in the well pad during site survey.
 Provide adequate blind flanges to close and put in safety manifold branches.
 Dismantling of above-ground existing CRD oil piping, before installation of water injection
piping.
 Company Operation to provide isolation and disconnection of the CRD piping and gas free.
 Ensure that adequate procedures are developed to ensure that adequate isolation is in place
before hot works on pipe and tie-in. Provision of blind flanges has to be identified, and supplied
if required.
2.7.9 Contractor to ensure that all the new pipes shall be painted installed and tested; the
underground lines shall be coated.
2.7.10 Provision of adequate supports for the pipework in order to guarantee the flexibility
and to avoid overstress due to the thermal expansion or other relative works.
Page 36 of 273
2.7.11 CONTRACTOR shall maximize the piping prefabrication in workshop, including

NDTs, hydro tests and painting whenever is possible.
2.7.12 CONTRACTOR shall take in consideration all the activities that could be necessary
for the installation of the new pipes in the existing well pads (brownfield), like
adding additional small platforms connected to existing ones, modify access on
existing platforms etc, according to the new requirements.
2.7.13 CONTRACTOR to ensure an adequate free draining inside concrete pavement.
2.7.14 CONTRACTOR shall assure that valve SSSDV EIV-351 and SSDV EIV-352 at
WIW shall be locked open and EIV-353 shall be dismantled with installation of
blind flange downstream manual valve. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
the operativity of such operation.
2.7.15 COMPANY to evaluate the possibility to remove the SSSDV EIV-351. However,
this action, if necessary, will be carried out by COMPANY and it is out of
CONTRACTOR’S scope of WORK.
2.8 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM

AND IT& TELECOM WORKS
CONTRACTOR’s scope of WORK for Instrumentation and Control System shall include, but not be
 Supply, installation, configuration (as applicable), testing and commissioning of field

instruments, valves, cable trays, junction boxes, instrument cables, conduits, ICSS
system hardware and software upgrades etc, as presented in the concerned FEED
technical documents and as necessary for the implementation of the Project;
 CONTRACTOR shall consider that the process facilities shall be monitored and
controlled through the Central Control Room (CCR) inside existing Main Control
Building (MCB), where a suitable number of Operator Workstations (OWS) connected
to the ICSS network provide operators with all the information and means needed to
interact with the process. With reference to this, CONTRACTOR shall consider that all
the interventions in the CCR/MCB which are necessary for the implementation of the
PROJECT shall be part of its SCOPE of WORK.
 Software licenses scale-ups for MES, ICSS and any other system whose expansion is
included in EPC scope, i.e. server expansion, history collection, OPC (DeltaV and PI)
expansion.
2.8.1 Instrumentation and Control WORK shall include as minimum, but not limited to:
field instrumentation, flow control valves for each injection line, flow meter for
each injection line, required wiring and cabling systems, including trenches and
trays, expansion of the existing ICSS, where it is required. All field instruments
shall be made from H2S resistant materials as per doc. 8015-0151-SS02-00-000-
ME-RP-00002 CORROSION MODELLING AND MATERIAL SELECTION
Page 37 of 273
REPORT (prevail) and doc. 8015-0151-EN11-00-000-MT-RP-00001 MATERIAL

SELECTION STUDY REPORT. Choke valves shall be axial type.
2.8.2 All works, related to Instrumentation, ICSS, MES shall be done by

CONTRACTOR’s specialists, trained and certified by Manufacturer of the
equipment and authorized third party organizations for such kind of WORKS; for
that, CONTRACTOR shall provide an evidence of his personnel certification prior
the WORK begins and obtain APPROVAL of such personnel from COMPANY.
2.8.3 CONTRACTOR shall ensure standardization of equipment in line with

COMPANY procurement philosophy and as per COMPANY APPROVED
VENDOR LIST. Any deviations in nomenclature or changing of existing design
solutions for new added or existing equipment, related to Instrumentation and ICSS
shall be APPROVED by COMPANY.
2.8.4 The ICSS system hardware and software upgrades shall identify cold changeover
and hot changeover tie-ins requirements in detail and identify the duration and
schedule for partial and full shutdown of the existing FACILITIES.
CONTRACTOR shall carry out the ICSS system hardware and software upgrades
without shutting down of the operation / production.
2.8.5 CONTRACTOR shall provide the ICSS hardware and software upgrades designed
and supplied by CONTRACTOR as an integral part and completely embedded in
the existing systems, considering nomenclature of materials and equipment, used in
previous phases of the PROJECT, using the same list of materials, models, and
series of equipment, hardware and software revisions. However, in case some of the
equipment becomes obsolete / end of life, CONTRACTOR shall propose an
interchangeable alternative (same manufacturer) and obtain COMPANY’s
APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for supply of all materials,
equipment, consumables required for installation and COMMISSIONING of ICSS
system.
2.8.6 Distributed Control System (DCS) hardware and software upgrade shall be
provided based on DeltaV system from Emerson (version 13) getting data from
third party systems via redundant Modbus TCP/IP network and serial interfaces as
per document Ref. No. 8015-0151-LM20-00-430-IN-SM-00002 “ICSS
ARCHITECTURE”.
2.8.7 Safety Instrument System (SIS) hardware and software upgrade shall be provided
based on DeltaV SIS system from Emerson (version 13), completely integrated with
DCS via the DCS network for non-safety data transfer and using dedicated
redundant SIS networks at CPF and each well pad with the mixed “ring-star”
topology for safety data transfer as per document Ref. No. 8015-0151-LM20-00-
430-IN-SM-00002 “ICSS ARCHITECTURE”.
Page 38 of 273
2.8.8 CONTRACTOR shall provide connection and integration of ICSS with third party
package such as VSD, MCC, MES and all other packages, supplied by
CONTRACTOR and COMPANY for the Project. The interface of the ICSS to MES
shall be done via redundant OPC gateway system, i.e. a system based on a generic
OPC protocol, for other subsystems Modbus TCP/IP protocol shall be utilized by
CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall provide necessary licenses, hardware and
software to complete the integration.
2.8.9 All the control and safety systems hardware shall be installed in existing buildings
(SIHs), in accordance with dedicated interface procedure and registers, provided in
DESIGN DOSSIER, considering no impact to existing operation during
construction in order to avoid production loss.
2.8.10 CONTRACTOR with support from the ICSS VENDOR shall perform the
construction, testing (including testing prior shipping - FAT, IFAT - and at site –
SAT and systems performance guarantee tests), PRE-COMMISSIONING &
COMMISSIONING, START-UP of Instrumentation and ICSS.
2.8.11 CONTRACTOR with the support from the ICSS VENDOR shall also provide
training for Instrumentation and Control system.
2.8.12 CONTRACTOR shall provide all materials and perform all relevant works
including cable trench digging, duct banks, cable pulling and termination etc.
2.8.13 IT&Telecom WORK includes but not limited to provision of Backbone FOCL
System, Cabling Infrastructure to support expansion of ICSS, Data Transmission
Network System and Security and Telephony System (phone sets with licenses for
any new workplaces) to ensure reliable and secure delivery of data to CPF for
monitoring and control purposes.
2.8.14 MES WORK for Dammam Water Source and Water Injections Wells and FACILITIES
includes but not limited to of the following systems: Real-Time Database & Real-Time
Database Application (RTDB&RTDB APP) – PI System, vendor OSIsoft; Production
Dashboard (PDB) – based on OSIsoft software; Reporting Database Management System
(RDBMS) – SAP BO, vendor SAP; Production Accounting System (PAS) – Energy
Components, vendor Tieto; Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS) –
STARLIMS, vendor STARLIMS; Integrated Asset Modelling (IAM) – OVS, vendor OVS
Group and Petex; Production Web-Server (PWS) – XHQ, vendor Siemens, Alarm
Management (AM), Vibration Monitoring Application (VMA), Corrosion Monitoring
System (based on OSIsoft product).
CONTRACTOR shall prepare detailed specifications and other engineering

documentation, required for the MES expansion as per the scope of CONTRACTOR’s
work and this document. All the engineering documentation shall be submitted for
COMPANY’s approval.
Page 39 of 273
CONTRACTOR shall collect the required data during engineering site investigation and
verify the input data, received from COMPANY, relating to the existing MES expansion
and modification, conform all the data as per the approved interface management
procedures and implement it accordingly in design and the supplied MES. All activities,
relating the existing MES expansion and/or modification shall be planned and done by
CONTRACTOR considering uninterruptable process of oil production and shall not
influence on the plant operability. All works at site shall be done by CONTRACTOR in
accordance with COMPANY’s work permit system.
All MES related works, performing by CONTRACTOR, shall be submitted to COMPANY

for approval prior implementation. CONTRACTOR shall provide MES expansion as per
agreed scope of work and this specification. Paragraphs below show general list of works
for supply and/or expansion for each subsystem, which shall be considered by
CONTRACTOR during estimation and specified further during detail design phase.
2.9 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: ELECTRICAL WORKS

2.9.1 CONTRACTOR’s scope of WORK for Electrical System shall include, but not be
 To perform the detail design engineering for the power supply of the new VSDs/ESPs
that will be installed inside the water supply wells. The design of power supply shall be
done in accordance with DESIGN DOSSIER;
 To consider that the WORK to be performed in Brownfield and all As-Built Drawings,
Design Documents and DESIGN DOSSIER information used as reference to carry out
the Detailed Design shall be SITE verified. This activity will be a complete
responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to avoid any gap or inconvenience during the
Construction stage;
 To perform all Detailed Design and engineering of the FACILITIES including
Electrical engineering design optimizations and any other Electrical discipline related
activities;
 To consider connecting the new electrical equipment/panels to the available 6.6 kV and
0.4 kV switchgears already installed in the Well Pad Substation and provide their
expansion (new MV Cubicle if required). CONTRACTOR shall provide the
summarized list of total additional loads at 6.6kV; 0.4kV;
 To consider that the expansion of the substation building with additional prefabricated
module IS NOT REQUIRED.
 To carry out all required Electrical calculations and studies required for the Well Pads/
Water supply wells:
a) Load List;
b) Calculation for Lighting system;
c) calculation for earthing system;
Page 40 of 273
d) Calculation for lightning system
e) Cable sizing calculation;
f) Load Flow;
 To perform all the Electrical Calculations using the current ETAP model provided by
Company and submit the results of these calculation and studies for COMPANY for
APPROVAL. Original ETAP files shall be submitted to COMPANY as part of FINAL
DOCUMENTATION;
 To perform Detailed Design for power cables and cable trays installation in the cable
cellar of existing electrical substations and the cables entrance to substations. The space
available in the existing cable trays and the space for entrance to the substation’s cable
cellar shall be verified for the installation of the additional power cables;
 To verify the spare capacity of the existing distribution boards for the connection of
new flow control valves at well pad areas.
 To perform Detailed Design of cables connection to existing cubicles or distribution
boards;
 To develop the Detailed Design using as a reference the documents and drawings
provided to CONTRACTOR by COMPANY and included within DESIGN DOSSIER.
It is also the CONTRACTOR main responsibility to gather all the “As-Built” drawings
from existing installation to carry out the Detail Engineering and avoid gaps and
inconsistencies during the Construction stage;
 To update Main Electrical Single Line Diagrams, 6.6 kV and 0.4 KV Switchgears
Electrical Single Line Diagram, Control schematics for Medium and Low Voltage
Motor, Lighting and small power Single Line diagram, earthing system, lightning
system, cathodic protection system;
 To develop all the Specifications required for the Installation, Mechanical Handling,
PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and START-UP of all Major
Equipment to be installed in the FACILITIES;
 To apply for required equipment and accessories, software and licenses for the
integration and interface with existing facilities Power Management System (PMS),
mainly for the load shedding system, following the same platform and criteria used in
existing facilities for ease interface between these installations;
 CONTRACTOR shall update the existing Electrical System Operating Philosophy;
 To consider the development of all the data sheet for equipment and material within the
WORK
 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to develop electrical Single Line Diagrams and
Control Schematics of the new 0.4/0.23kV Distribution boards installed outdoor inside
waters supply wells;
 To develop all the specification required for equipment, material installation including
PRE-COMMISSIONG and COMMISIOING specification;
 To develop appropriate procedure (pre-commissioning) for installation of new
electrical VSD supply in existing substation and VSD Panel equipment.
Page 41 of 273
 To design the new earthing system as extension of earthing system of nearby well pad
in accordance with DESIGN DOSSIER;
 To design the new lighting system (new Air Terminal to be installed close to VSD
platform). This requirement is resulted from recommendation n.4 raised during
HAZID.
 Supply and Installation of Earthing and Lightning System;
 Supply and Installation Lighting System that shall be limited to well area and VSD
platform as indicated in the DESIGN DOSSIER;
 Supply and installation of all the other electrical equipment needed for the scope of
work;
 Construction of cable trench and trays for electrical, instrumentation. Underground
installation of MV cable from WSW X-mass tree to ESP Junction Box shall be done in
plastic conduit with diameter not less than 150mm.
2.9.2 Electrical WORK includes but not limited to the procurement, installation and
testing of: Medium and low voltage power distribution system as necessary to feed
the electrical, mechanical and other equipment/ devices, earthing, bonding system
for the additional installation, MV switchgears modifications; Trays and trenches
for equipment’s cabling, VSD panel hook up, Power and control cables laying,
Lighting as minimum for all process area, small power and Cathodic Protection
system.
2.10 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: EQUIPMENT AND PACKAGES

2.10.1 CONTRACTOR’s scope of WORK for equipment and packages shall include the
supply of Corrosion inhibitor package at each WPs. In respect of this
CONTRACTOR’s scope of WORK shall consist, but not be limited to the
following:
 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the design, supply testing and installation
of the equipment and packages irrelevant of the fact that the design, fabrication and
testing shall be performed by VENDORs. CONTRACTOR shall carefully review and
check design by VENDORs to ensure completeness, accuracy, adherence to
specifications and statutory requirements;
 CONTRACTOR shall prepare new documents like datasheets, specifications,
drawings, material requisitions, etc. for the equipment and packages for which the same
has not been prepared during FEED. All documents and drawings shall be submitted
for COMPANY review / approval / information. This shall also include all the
documents / drawings submitted by Vendors. All deliverables shall be sufficiently
detailed for construction;
 All items, components and systems incorporated in the packages equipment shall
comply with the relevant technical specifications and requirements specified in the
relevant mechanical, piping, electrical and instrument references;
 All mechanical equipment and packages shall be designed, engineered, manufactured,
inspected, tested, supplied, erected, commissioned and guaranteed in accordance with
Page 42 of 273
the CONTRACT requirements. Inconsistency, if any, shall be resolved during between

mutual agreement between COMPANY and CONTRACTOR, differently
CONTRACTOR shall follow the most stringent requirements;
 CONTRACTOR shall take into account the requirements of technical data sheet for the
Chemical dosing packages. The packages shall be skid mounted type. The arrangement
of skids shall be such that pump, instruments and valves are accessible for normal
operation, maintenance and removal / handling. Platform, ladders, grating shall be
provided for each package to ensure smooth access and mechanical handling. Each skid
shall be provided with drip tray for collection and containment of spillage during
maintenance. A drain connection, suitable for vacuum truck hose coupling, shall be
provided at package battery limit in order to remove spillages from package drip tray;
 CONTRACTOR shall review VENDOR inspection and testing plans and procedures,
as required;
 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for guarantee the attendance of qualified
VENDOR representative to the safety, constructability and any other workshop
involving discussion of VENDOR’s scope related topics;
 Equipment and package VENDOR shall provide neutral 3D model of the supplied
equipment for being incorporated in the PROJECT 3D Model.
2.10.2 Mechanical portion of the WORK shall include Engineering Design, Procurement,
Supply and Installation of 6 Chemical Injection Packages and installation of VSD
Panels. Lifting operations and transportation of VSD panel from COMPANY
warehouse to Dammam Well Pad # 2, 8, 10, 12 is not a part of CONTRACTOR ‘s
scope of WORK.
2.10.3 Sample connections shall be installed for each water supply well’s flowline as well
as for common flowline (header).
2.11 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: MATERIAL ENGINEERING AND CATHODIC

PROTECTION WORKS
2.11.1 CONTRACTOR shall endorse the material selection (doc. 8015-0151-SS02-00-
000-ME-RP-00002 CORROSION MODELLING AND MATERIAL
SELECTION REPORT (prevail) and FEED doc. 8015-0151-EN11-00-000-MT-
RP-00001 MATERIAL SELECTION STUDY REPORT and other related
materials). CONTRACTOR shall carry out the material assessment and selection
for process and utilities systems starting from the solutions already defined during
the FEED phase (and DD phase for similar Project, refer to Section IV, APPENDIX
D5).
2.11.2 For the final materials selection the following additional factors shall be included
in the evaluation:
• Priority shall be given to materials with good market availability and documented
fabrication and service performance e.g. Weldability, ability to inspect.
Page 43 of 273
• The number of different materials shall be minimized considering stock, costs,

interchangeability and availability of relevant spare parts.
2.11.3 A suitable Cathodic Protection System shall be used to provide external Corrosion
protection for the following Facilities:
• Dammam Well Pad Well Casings and their associated UG interconnecting Water
Injection Piping up to the connection with Mishrif Well Casings
• Water Supply Well Casings;
• UG Pipework (Interconnections between WSWs and WIWs).
2.11.4 Contractor scope shall include the removal of CP cable connections on the 6” Oil
Flowlines and the removal of the same cables inside the relative Mishrif CP
Junction Box.
2.11.5 In any case CONTRACTOR shall provide the following services including and not
limited to the followings:
• Site soil and CP survey;

• CP system Engineering;
• CP system materials selection, purchase and transportation;
• CP system installation;
• CP commissioning and Start Up Procedures.
2.11.6 Systems shall be designed in order to assure the required protection potentials in
accordance to main relevant NACE and ISO codes and Standards. In particular
reference shall be made to ISO 15589 Part 1 Edition 2015 for trunk line design
while for Well Casings design particular reference shall be made to NACE RP0186.
2.11.7 CONTRACTOR’s scope of WORK shall include, but not be limited to the
following:
• Perform an independent site survey including: Soil Resistivity measurements inside the
plant Area and detect a suitable location for the anodes installation as indicated in the
below points.
• Take into account interferences with already existing cathodic protections in place.
• Perform, as requested by referring Standards NACE RP0186 Appendix B, an E-LogI test
in order to evaluate the Protection Current to be used for WI Well Casings CP design;
• Identification of suitable ICCP Groundbeds positions performing a soil investigation
through the Schlumberger method in locations identified for the installation.
• Identify the correct position of anodes and sketch all layouts and documentation necessary
for the Detail Design to be executed by EPC Contractor.
Page 44 of 273
• Ensure that the flowline electrical potential (CP) is measured during pre-commissioning
phase.
2.11.8 The CONTRACTOR shall also consider the Drilling Machine overall dimensions
in order to assure correct operability and maintenance for DeepWell Groundbeds.
2.11.9 Scope of the CONTRACTOR also include the Cathodic Protection materials
specification and data sheets (for anodes, cables, T/R, etc.), CP electrical diagrams,
CP installation details, CP typical Drawings and all documents necessary for CP
Items purchase and CP system erection and finalization.
2.12 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: CP DESIGN CRITERIA

2.12.1 The Cathodic Protection System shall be capable of fully controlling the corrosion
of the items to be protected and indicated in the previous paragraph, avoiding the
adverse effects on their self and/or on foreign structures. This means that:
• The protection shall be limited to the structures defined in the applicable project reference
documents;
• The structures shall be adequately polarized to comply with protection criteria as per
MAIN Standards;
• The system shall be able to supply sufficient current for protection during the design life
of the system;
• It shall be possible to monitor, though a monitoring system, the principal CP parameters
like:
a) Protection Potential;
b) DC Voltage;
c) DC Current;
d) Transformer /Rectifier Failure;
e) AC Losses.
2.12.2 System shall be designed in order to assure a design life of 25 Years.
2.13 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: TECHNICAL SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

The measures to be taken to eliminate safety menaces at Dammam WSW areas shall be based on
general requirements, engineering protection requirements and technical protection
requirements.
2.13.1 General requirements
2.13.2 CONTRACTOR shall ensure compliance with COMPANY security requirements:
2.13.3 8015-0150-LMEL-00-000-SE-TR-00001_00 “WQ-2: Security Protection Systems

General Requirements”;
Page 45 of 273
2.13.4 8015-0150-LMEL-00-000-SE-ST-00001_02 “Minimum Security Standards for

Contractors”.
2.13.5 Any deviations from listed above documents related to security systems shall be
APPROVED by COMPANY.
2.13.6 CONTRACTOR shall ensure compliance with COMPANY security system

documentation provided in SECTION IV. Details related to the security systems
including but not limited to list of the existing security equipment and material
suppliers shall be referred in documentation provided in SECTION IV.
2.13.7 CONTRACTOR shall thorough review documentation designed during FEED

phase. CONTRACTOR shall confirm all the size and capacity of material,
equipment, cable and whichever item during detail design. If necessary,
CONTRACTOR shall update the all the size and capacity of material, equipment,
cable and whichever item during detail design and this shall be considered as part
of the scope of WORK and included in the CONTRACT PRICE.
2.13.8 CONTRACTOR shall ensure the security systems dedicated group of documents in
MDR of Detail Design and AS-BUILD documentation.
2.13.9 All works, related to security systems, shall be done by CONTRACTOR’s

specialists, trained and certified by Manufacturer of the equipment and authorized
third party organizations for such kind of WORKS; for that, CONTRACTOR shall
provide an evidence of his personnel certification prior the WORK begins and
obtain APPROVAL of such personnel from COMPANY.
2.13.10CONTRACTOR shall ensure standardization of equipment in line with

COMPANY procurement philosophy and as per COMPANY APPROVED
VENDOR LIST. Any deviations in nomenclature or changing of existing design
solutions for new added or existing equipment, related to security systems shall be
APPROVED by COMPANY.
2.13.11CONTRACTOR shall provide all materials and tools and shall perform all relevant
works including earth works, cable trench digging, duct banks, cable pulling,
splicing and termination etc.
2.13.12CONTRACTOR shall ensure smooth and reliable integration of new and already
installed systems under BIS and BVMS software from Bosch. Such the integration
shall be reflected in specifications and CONTRACT documentation.
2.13.13In case of conflict of security system requirements specified in any documents,

which already exist or will be created, the most stringent requirements shall be
applied.
Page 46 of 273
2.14 ENGINEERING PROTECTION

CONTRACTOR’s scope of WORK for engineering protection shall include, but not be
limited to the following (including area of the existing WSW 15-18):
2.14.1 Engineering protection around the perimeter of PROJECT WSW areas;
2.14.2 Security Fencing;
2.14.3 Check Points with gates and barriers as per 8015-0150-LMEL-00-000-SE-TR-

00001_00 and 8015-0150-LMEL-00-000-SE-ST-00001_02.
2.15 TECHNICAL PROTECTION

CONTRACTOR’s scope of WORK for technical protection shall include, but not be limited to
the following (including area of the existing WSW 15-18):
2.15.1.1 Turn-key implementation of listed below systems:
CCTV (Closed-Circuit Television System
CCTV shall consist of

1. Fixed camera(s) with IVA (Intelligent Video Analysis). At least one of fixed
cameras shall observe the area of main gates and guardhouse;
2. PTZ-cameras with IVA, which shall automatically turn to preposition to show
intrusion location in case of PIDS alarm. Such the cameras shall be located on site
to observe the fence and inner territory without blind areas.
For areas with threat of explosion, all the cameras shall be equipped with explosion proof
housing and junction boxes.ACS (Access Control System)
ACS shall consist of
1. Full height pedestrian turnstile at main gates(including gate of the existing WSW
15-18); and
2. PoB (Personnel on Board) card readers located at each of Muster Points, which
allow forming of PoB report in case of emergency. Each card reader shall be
protected against mechanical damages.
3. .
PIDS (Perimeter Intrusion Detection System)
For well pads located outside the security perimeter (WP2, WP12, including area of WSW
15-18) PIDS shall be based on FO (Fiber Optics) sensitive cable (including area of the
existing WSW 15,16,17,18);
For well pads located inside the security perimeter (WP8 and WP-10) linear IR barriers
shall be installed along the mesh fence. IR beams shall form closed contour of detection
along the fence, which detects intrusion at any height of fence.
SLS (Security Lighting System).
Page 47 of 273
2.15.2 Supply, installation, configuration (as applicable), testing and commissioning of

process and security equipment, brackets, poles, cables (including fibre optic
cables), cable trays, junction boxes (as applicable), conduits, optical distribution
frames, patch cords, pig tails, etc. as necessary for the implementation of the
Project.
2.15.3 Interconnections of process and security equipment to the existing security systems.
2.15.4 Extension and configuration of the existing security systems to manage the new
process and security equipment.
2.15.5 Fiber Optic Cable shall meet G.652D specifications and use Fujikura cores or
similar (subject to Security Department APPROVAL).
2.15.6 Compatibility of provided security equipment. Such the equipment shall be fully
compatible with COMPANY existing security systems.
2.15.7 Smooth and reliable integration of new and already installed systems.
2.15.8 Connections of all security loads in the security system dedicated UPS. All new
security system cabinets (if required) shall be equipped with Automatic Transfer
Switches (ATS) and two sets of power supply units in order to accommodate power
supply from two independent sources.
2.16 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: FIREFIGHTING AND SAFETY DEVICES

2.16.1 CONTRACTOR’s scope of WORK shall include, but not be limited to the
following:
• Provision of mobile firefighting equipment at Well Pad #2, #8, #10 and #12 area (e.g. at
well heads, manifolds, VSD panels, technical buildings, if any, etc.);
• Provision of safety equipment and safety signs in adequate number for the facilities
included in the present PROJECT;
• Provision of combined safety showers and eyewash stations at Well Pad #2, #8, #10 and
#12 within 15 meters from chemical hazards (including company provided items), as per
API Z358.1 standard;
2.17 TRAINING FOR COMPANY’S OPERATION PERSONNEL

2.17.1 Not applicable.
2.18 RESPONSIBILITIES OF PARTIES

2.18.1 Find below Responsibility Matrix with detailed duties of the Parties.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES

WORK DESCRIPTION COMPANY CONTRACTOR NOTE
Site preparation
Page 48 of 273

Drilling works including installation of ESP
X
pumps, and development of WSW Well Pads.
WORKSITE Demining. X
EPC activities
Detailed Design, Procurement, Construction
X*
PRE-COMMISSIONING,
*- refer to ATTACHMENT III F: Responsibility Matrix for ESP and related
equipment supply, installation and operation
Pre-Commissioning, Commissioning, Start-Up and Performance Test
PRE-COMMISSIONING. X
COMMISSIONING and PRE-START-UP
X
AUDIT for READY FOR START-UP.
START-UP and PERFORMANCE TEST. CONTRACTOR will
assist (supply tools,
equipment, expert
advices, Vendors’
expert support at SITE,
personnel,
consumables,
X
development of all
required plans,
procedures and
certificates and all
necessary for the
mentioned activities)
COMPANY
Spare parts
Supply of Spare Parts for PRE-
COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING X
and START-UP.
Supply of Spare Parts for 2 years operation of
FACILITIES. CONTRACTOR shall
develop comprehensive
X list of Spare Parts for 2
years operation of
FACILITIES
Site Management and Logistic

Site Management and Logistic of CONTRACTOR shall
CONTRACTOR Camp be responsible for
Page 49 of 273

everything related to its
Camp.
Site Management and Logistic of:
- construction site;
- workshop/pre-assembly area inside CPF; X
- office area inside CPF;
Personnel Transportation
CONTRACTOR shall
be responsible also for
the transportation of
VENDOR or
SUPPLIER personnel
CONTRACTOR Personnel
that might be requested
at site for the
installation,
commissioning and
start up of equipment.
Company Personnel X
Security
Security of CONTRACTOR Camp X
Security of construction/erection site X
Security of CONTRACTOR reserved area
inside CPF for: CONTRACTOR shall
- workshop/pre-assembly area inside CPF (if take care of the security
different from the erection site); for the area handed over
to him.
- office area inside CPF (if different from the
erection site);
Access Control
Access to the CONTRACTOR Camp X
Access to construction/erection site X
Access to reserved area inside CPF for:
- workshop/pre-assembly area inside CPF (if
different from the erection site); X
- office area inside CPF (if different from the
erection site);
Equipment and Material Transportation
Page 50 of 273

This apply also to the
equipment free issued
Transportation of equipment purchased by
by COMPANY, if any,
CONTRACTOR
after handover to
CONTRACTOR
Note: Transportation of
free issued materials
Transportation of equipment free issued by
from Company shall be
COMPANY to CONTRACTOR (if any, up to
provided by Contractor
moment of hand over to CONTRACTOR at
for materials issued
the designated storage area)
within the country of
Iraq
Management and Disposal of Wastes
Management and disposal of wastes resulting
X
from construction activities
Management and disposal of wastes resulting
X
from the presence of humans at site
First Aid, Rescue and Site Evacuation under Emergency
(CONTRACTOR to develop dedicated procedures in compliance with COMPANY’s
HSE Standard)
First aid, rescue and emergency evacuation of
X
personnel at CONTRACTOR camp
CONTRACTOR shall
be responsible for the
first aid, rescue and
First aid, rescue and emergency evacuation of emergency evacuation
personnel present inside CPF at: of all the persons
- construction site; present inside the area
handed over to him.
- workshop/pre-assembly area inside CPF; Any coordination with
- office area inside CPF; COMPANY that might
be required shall be
managed by
CONTRACTOR.
Construction HSE Procedures (e.g.) CONTRACTOR shall
- Waste Management; develop HSE
Construction
- Transportation Safety; Procedures based on
- Confined Space Entry; COMPANY standards
and are responsible to
- Welding & Hot Work; ensure persons are
- Working at Height; adequately trained.
Page 51 of 273

- Permit To Work;
- H2S Awareness
- HSSE Training;
- Lifting;
- Lock Out/ Tag Out;
- Hazard Identification and Risk Management;
- Incident Investigation;
Construction Equipment Certification
2.19 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES

2.19.1 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to obtain the construction permits,
certificates, authorizations and approvals in compliance with the applicable
authorities.
2.19.2 CONTRACTOR shall produce and submit to AUTHORITIES all documents,

calculation and drawings relevant to buildings, civil WORK and crossing of
infrastructure (road, electric lines etc.) in order to obtain all the AUTHORITY’s
Technical Requirements (if any) and relevant approvals to perform the WORK.
2.19.3 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the Project Management, Engineering,

Procurement of materials and equipment, Construction, PRE-COMMISSIONING,
COMMISSIONING and provision of assistance for COMPANY’s START-UP and
execution of the FACILITIES PERFORMANCE TEST of the FACILITIES
described here in.
2.19.4 CONTRACTOR shall utilize industry best practice, modern construction

techniques and modern equipment to execute work in the most productive manner
available.
2.19.5 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to collect and organize in an ordered way all
data and documents, including:
• Engineering key data and documents (during the engineering phase), including site
surveys with gathering all required information about all interfaces, e.g. other contractors,
tie-ins for all relevant disciplines, using of the same cabinets for equipment placing, etc.,
verification of as-built conditions at the WORKSITE, performing geodetical, geological,
, etc. surveys;
• VENDOR data and documents for Construction at Order Definition and during
acceptance tests;
Page 52 of 273
• Mark/Model and relevant Spare Parts;

• Data and documents during COMMISSIONING and START-UP;
• As-built Documents;
• FINAL DOCUMENTATION.
2.19.6 In order to allow the COMPANY to consistently manage all the data relevant to the
FACILITIES, CONTRACTOR shall identify a dedicated resource (Data &
Document Coordinator/Controller) who will be responsible for data and document
transfer (engineering lists, CAD 3D models, piping class and etc.) and for
maintaining all documentation required for the performance of the WORK, as well
as documentation to be provided for COMPANY in accordance with the
CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR will provide both native sources and PDF versions
of all documents.
2.19.7 CONTRACTOR shall perform all activities necessary for the completion of the
WORK as per CONTRACT requirements, in particular, but not limited to:
• Ensure a smooth and uninterrupted execution of the various phases i.e. Engineering,
Procurement of materials and equipment, Construction, installation, PRE-
COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING, FACILITIES HANDOVER and provision of
assistance for COMPANY’s START-UP and PERFORMANCE TESTS;
• Fulfill all SCOPE OF WORK’s requirements;
• Fulfill the CONTRACT SCHEDULE to achieve agreed KEY DATES of the FACILITIES
(or a part thereof); as specified in SECTION V of the CONTRACT;
• Fulfill the requirements of local regulations and statutory authorities for granting of
permits, design APPROVAL, inspection, environment, safety, operations, etc.;
• Execute the WORK in accordance with internationally acknowledged and accepted sound
engineering practices; and industry best practice;
• Implement the recommendations of independent THIRD PARTIES reviews for Design,
Technical and Safety Audits;
• To be proactively involved in all interface related matters and fulfill all responsibilities as
per approved Interface Management Plan document which is a part of CONTRACTOR’S
deliverables list.
2.19.8 CONTRACTOR shall implement a Health, Safety and Environment Management
System to manage the Health, Safety and Environmental activities throughout all
phases of SCOPE OF WORK. The requirements of the HSE Management System
are included in SECTION IX of the CONTRACT.
2.19.9 CONTRACTOR shall exercise close supervision of all phases of fabrication,

construction and installation, testing; assuring himself and the COMPANY of
sound materials and workmanship.
Page 53 of 273
2.19.10CONTRACTOR shall keep a complete set of the latest revision of Drawings and
Specifications at the WORKSITE at all times, and shall familiarize all
CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL with the requirements of the WORK.
2.19.11CONTRACTOR shall liaise with members of the local community on all issues
including:
• Employment of people from local community;

• Disposal of scrap and packaging materials in accordance with local regulations.
2.19.12CONTRACTOR shall arrange all necessary import authorizations (temporary and
permanent) from the AUTHORITIES in accordance with the CONTRACT and
ATTACHMENT 1F: CUSTOMS PROCEDURE hereof.
2.19.13CONTRACTOR shall be fully self-sufficient in respect of all possible utilities and

consumables on SITE.
2.19.14Should CONTRATOR decide that additional demining is required at territory that

have been demined, it may elect to perform additional demining at his own expense
and without any impact on milestones requirements.
2.20 WORK BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE (WBS)

2.20.1 For the purpose of the execution of WORK, the FACILITIES are assigned to the
specified WBS structure at several levels, where WORK is split into “Areas” (WBS
level 2) and then into “WORK Units” (“WU’s”) WBS level 3 as follows:
Page 54 of 273
Area WBS:Level-2 Unit WBS:Level-3
WSW 19 / WIW 32
Dammam Well Pad 2
WSW 21 / WIW 86
Dammam Well Pad 8 WSW 20 / WIW 215 & 238
WSW 23 / WQ 11
Dammam
Well Pad 10 and WQ 11
WSW 24 / WIW 301 & 303
Dammam Well Pad 12 WSW 25 / WIW 361, WIW 363, WIW 381
2.21 BATTERY LIMITS & POINT OF INTERFACE

2.21.1 CONTRACTOR shall refer to SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER and particularly
to the Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams and Plot Plans provided in SECTION
IV, DESIGN DOSSIER and to ATTACHMENT III F hereto for detailed Battery
limits and Tie-in Points.
2.21.2 A tabulation of Battery limits and all Tie-in Points in respect of the foregoing
described FACILITIES and systems shall be provided by CONTRACTOR.
CONTRACTOR shall coordinate all interfaces with COMPANY and provide an
interface plan as part of the deliverables in Master Deliverables Register which will
require APPROVAL by COMPANY.
2.21.3 Special care shall be taken to minimize impact to existing operations and facilities,
and this shall be confirmed during detail engineering phase.
2.21.4 CONTRACTOR shall acknowledge that execution of the WORK by

CONTRACTOR and the work carried out by OTHER CONTRACTORS may result
in interface related changes. All work associated with identifying, managing and
implementing such changes shall be deemed to be included in the WORK and shall
not be the subject of a VARIATION.
Page 55 of 273
2.22 INTERFACE MANAGEMENT

2.22.1 CONTRACTOR is aware that COMPANY will have other projects related to or
otherwise designated for or constructed at or near the FACILITIES.
CONTRACTOR agrees to cooperate fully with COMPANY or any OTHER
CONTRACTORS performing such work and further agrees not to interfere with the
performance of such work.
2.22.2 CONTRACTOR shall communicate directly with OTHER CONTRACTORS to

review technical issues and exchange technical data related to interfaces and to
reach mutual agreement on dates for interfaces. This may include visits by
CONTRACTOR to the offices of OTHER CONTRACTORS. However, all formal
communications and agreements reached with OTHER CONTRACTORS shall be
directed in writing and shall be subject for review and APPROVAL by the
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. No communication from OTHER
CONTRACTORS shall be considered a directive to CONTRACTOR.
2.22.3 CONTRACTOR shall provide in timely manner any and all information regarding
the WORK as may be requested by the COMPANY or any OTHER
CONTRACTOR if such information is necessary for the COMPANY or OTHER
CONTRACTOR to carry out their work in accordance with their schedule.
CONTRACTOR further agrees to request in writing from the COMPANY or any
OTHER CONTRACTOR, whichever is performing the work in a timely manner
any information about such work that may be required by CONTRACTOR to
perform the WORK in accordance with the CONTRACT.
2.22.4 CONTRACTOR shall manage all applicable interfaces with other interfacing
parties as per Interface Management Plan developed by CONTRACTOR and
APPROVED by COMPANY. Interfacing parties on this Project includes, but not
limited to COMPANY “Operations team” (responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the FACILITIES), OTHER CONTRACTORS, equipment
VENDORS, CONTRACTOR’s SUBCONTRACTORS and VENDORS.
CONTRACTOR, upon request by COMPANY, actively participate in any meeting,
discussions and workshops with OTHER CONTRACTORS to finalize the Project
interfaces. These activities shall be arranged by CONTRACTOR at no cost to
COMPANY.
2.22.5 The Project is brownfield in nature; CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary
provision(s) including SITE verifications to capture the existing SITE installation
in order to avoid potential clashes with respect to tie-ins/interfaces and thereby
avoid any impact to Project completions. This includes the tie-in locations and
connections with the existing facility and OTHER CONTRACTORS.
2.22.6 CONTRACTOR shall manage all technical interfaces between CONTRACTOR

and all other interfacing parties as per COMPANY APPROVED Interface
Management Procedure which is a part of CONTRACTOR’S deliverables list.
Page 56 of 273
Interfacing parties include but are not limited to COMPANY, OTHER

CONTRACTORS including their sub-contractors, Third Parties including
Equipment VENDORs.
2.22.7 In the event of any conflict at the SITE of CONTRACTOR activities with those of
OTHER CONTRACTORS, CONTRACTOR shall without delay inform
COMPANY of such conflict and of the potential consequences on the CONTRACT
SCHEDULE and the CONTRACT and in such cases COMPANY will review
prevailing operational priorities and decide upon the order in which the respective
parts of the WORK shall be carried out.
2.22.8 CONTRACTOR shall actively participate in all COMPANY scheduled Interface

Meetings, Discussions and Workshops at their own cost as well as Inter
correspondences.
2.22.9 CONTRACTOR shall closely co-ordinate with COMPANY to produce the

following project specific interface deliverables to meet the interface objectives on
this Project. These deliverables which shall meet the requirement of COMPANY’s
interface objective are to be reviewed and approved by COMPANY:
• Project Interface Management Plan;

• Project Interface Management Procedure;
• Interface Register (Live Document) for all discipline interfaces and tie-in details;
2.22.10The main objectives of interface management as well as responsibilities of
CONTRACTOR include, but are not limited to:
• Verify and confirm all interface points (Locations and Co-ordinates) match at SITE as per
the Interface Register;
• Maintain technical integrity for all shared systems crossing FACILITIES boundaries;
• Establish structured communication with COMPANY as well as amongst OTHER
CONTRACTORS;
• Identify the possibility of contractual or SCOPE implications at interface areas and
Interface Points;
• Resolve all interface issues via correspondence protocol as well as within the
CONTRACT SCHEDULE;
• Assure all documentation is properly recorded & referenced in Interface Registers.
2.22.11Interface management plan shall define the guidelines and rules for the management
of interfaces in the Project and includes all interfacing parties and their
responsibilities as per COMPANY’s Interface Management Procedure 8015-0151-
LMIM-00-000-IF-PP-00001. An Interface Register shall be developed and updated
on a periodical basis by CONTRACTOR and APPROVED by COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR shall ensure the close out of all the interface activities as identified
Page 57 of 273
in the interface register within the agreed schedule. CONTRACTOR shall be aware
of all potential interfaces and shall make allowances in planning, cost and
scheduling to take account of them. Schedule and costs impacts resulting from poor
interface management is the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility.
2.22.12CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to perform all the specifically listed work and
activities in these above referenced documents, piping tie-ins and utility interfaces,
including necessary modifications to the existing and new structural and civil work.
Apart from the COMPANY provided list, all other tie-ins which are part of the
SCOPE OF WORK and are not listed in the COMPANY list and are necessary for
the completion of WORK must be listed during detail design and engineering. All
such tie-ins and interconnections shall be constructed by CONTRACTOR as part
of the SCOPE OF WORK. CONTRACTOR is responsible to identify all tie-ins
with positive isolation and interconnections related to other disciplines such as
electrical, instrument, telecom, civil, structure and same is considered to be included
in the SCOPE OF WORK. All tie-ins for COMPANY future facilities shall be
provided with the isolation valve as per piping specification.
2.22.13Modifications or changes to existing facility, piping, structure, platform, routing,

supports, foundations and associated civil work necessary to complete each tie-ins
and interfaces for the CONTRACT are included in the CONTRACTOR scope of
WORK.
2.22.14CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the coordination, identification, design,

procurement of materials, construction, and close-out of all respective interface
points pertaining to SCOPE OF WORK.
2.22.15CONTRACTOR shall work closely in association with COMPANY in order to

prepare the detailed schedule for all tie-in work. CONTRACTOR shall ensure all
tie-in WORK on SITE is undertaken during all planned and un-planned shut downs.
CONTRACTOR shall also be diligent and start WORK on preparing tie-in
materials as soon as possible so that shall an un-planned shutdown occur, it is ready
to optimize tie-in WORK at any shut down.
2.23 ACCESS TO THE SITE: EXISTING ROADS AND BRIDGES

2.23.1 CONTRACTOR is responsible to carry out its own logistic study during detail
design and engineering in order to ensure uninterrupted access to SITE for the
duration of the CONTRACT.
2.23.2 Contractor is responsible of the maintenance of access roads in conditions to be

good for access of emergency response vehicles.
2.24 CONTRACTOR’S CAMPS

2.24.1 CONTRACTOR’S camps shall comprise that part of CONSTRUCTION
EQUIPMENT which comprises temporary facilities necessary for the WORK such
Page 58 of 273
as, but not necessarily limited to, residential accommodation for CONTRACTOR’s
PERSONNEL and those of its SUBCONTRACTORS and VENDORS, together
with offices, warehouses, general stores, flammable and toxic material stores, site
laboratories and testing facilities, fitting and repair WORKSHOPS for
constructional facilities and machinery, garages, lay-down areas, compounds and
other buildings and structures, together with roads, hard-standings, car-parking,
fencing, gates, gatehouses, utilities and utilities network (including fire-water mains
and hydrants). CONTRACTOR’s camp shall be provided in accordance with
COMPANY’s Health, Safety And Environment requirements referenced in
SECTION IV and in SECTION IX.
2.24.2 CONTRACTOR is advised that pending the construction and occupancy of

CONTRACTOR’S Camps no temporary facilities are available at the SITE for
CONTRACTOR’S interim use, nor will any such Temporary Facilities be made
available by COMPANY and CONTRACTOR shall make all of his own
arrangements for providing a “Pioneer Camp” pending the completion and
availability of his aforesaid Camps.
2.24.3 CONTRACTOR shall provide office accommodation for COMPANY personnel,

including the support and services as noted elsewhere in the EPC Scope of Work
and in the contract, during the engineering, construction, COMMISSIONING until
the PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE of all FACILITIES in accordance with Clause
3.5.
2.24.4 For the avoidance of doubt it is confirmed and agreed that, except for any of
CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL and those of its SUBCONTRACTORS and
VENDORS required to be resident on the SITE in respect of CONTRACTOR’S
duties and obligations as to care and custody of the WORK, under no circumstances
whatsoever shall CONTRACTOR occupy any part of the SITE for the purposes of
residential accommodation and messing facilities.
2.25 SITE FOR CONTRACTOR’S CAMPS

2.25.1 COMPANY will assist with the provision(but only to the extent that it is able to do
so and pursuant to the provisions of sub-clause 2.12 hereunder), of an adequate area
of land suitable for CONTRACTOR’s use in respect of CONTRACTOR’s Camps
provided that:
• Such CONTRACTOR’s Camps shall be located outside of the SITE and its battery limits
but inside of the West Qurna-2 field;
• CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for all costs of rental, rates, local taxes and
other costs specific to the use of the concerned land and imposed by any concerned
landowner and/or the competent local authorities;
• It is confirmed and agreed that except for any of CONTRACTOR’s authorized personnel
required to be resident on the SITE in respect of CONTRACTOR’s duties and obligations
Page 59 of 273
as to execute the said WORK, under no circumstances whatsoever shall CONTRACTOR

occupy any part of the SITE for the purpose of residential accommodation and messing
FACILITIES for un-authorized personnel;
• CONTRACTOR shall submit layout and required area for his proposed Camp and
Fabrication, Laydown facilities.
2.25.2 CONTRACTOR shall therefore make his own arrangements to erect, operate and
maintain and remove upon the completion of the WORK the said
CONTRACTOR’s Camps and it shall be clearly understood that CONTRACTOR
shall be entirely responsible for obtaining a suitable site for his temporary camps.
2.26 ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL POWER, AIR AND WATER

2.26.1 CONTRACTOR is advised that no source of electrical power, diesel fuel or water
(including potable water) for use in the WORK is available at the SITE.
CONTRACTOR shall make his own arrangements, and at his sole liability and cost,
for the production/provision of these for the Construction, PRE-
COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and provision of support for
COMPANY’s START-UP and PERFORMANCE TEST of the WORK. This
includes any requirements for CONTRACTOR’s residential accommodation and
any temporary distribution systems or networks in connection therewith.
2.26.2 CONTRACTOR shall ensure necessary temporary power generators and air
compressors are available to provide power and other needs. The power supplied
by portable generators shall meet the specification requirements for various
instrument, telecom, security system and electrical items that will be powered up
by these generators. The air compressors when used for pneumatic testing of valves
and other instruments/equipment shall meet the quality of instrument air specified
in Project specifications and/or international codes & standards.
2.26.3 Any change in the price of diesel fuel, water or any other locally supplied
consumables that may occur after EFFECTIVE DATE and further during execution
of the WORK shall not affect CONTRACT PRICE and shall not be the subject of
a VARIATION. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that local diesel fuel is supplied in
accordance with Iraqi LAW and in accordance with the Iraqi AUTHORITIES’
requirements.
2.27 WASTE MANAGEMENT

2.27.1 COMPANY is dedicated to ensuring that as much as possible, the finished
FACILITIES when in operation will be environmentally friendly and compliant and
accordingly, CONTRACTOR shall, as part of his Detail Design and Construction
of the FACILITIES make clear and meaningful provision for such requirements.
2.27.2 COMPANY’s requirements on Waste Management are described in detail on

SECTION IX HSE.
Page 60 of 273
2.28 DESIGN OF THE WORK AND THE FACILITIES

2.28.1 The detailed design and engineering (hereinafter referred to as the “Detail Design”)
of WORK shall be performed so as to ensure that the FACILITIES will be safe,
reliable, maintainable, accessible, operable and efficient throughout its expected life
for 25 years.
2.28.2 Design thought shall be exercised to provide safe and efficient construction for any
future phase/scope. CONTRACTOR shall provide tie-in points for future expansion
if required. These tie-in points shall be captured in the Interface Registers.
2.28.3 The detailed design shall be in accordance with laws, regulations and norms
applicable and utilized in the international oil and gas industry and in the Republic
of IRAQ, together with all other internationally accepted codes of practice and
Specifications. There shall be no deviation of whatsoever kind from said laws,
applicable regulations and norms without prior APPROVAL.
2.28.4 The detailed design of the FACILITIES shall provide for the CONTRACTOR
deliverables listed in the ATTACHMENT III G herein as a minimum in AFC
(Approved for Construction), AFU (Approved for Use) and “As Built” status.
2.28.5 CONTRACTOR shall also provide VENDOR submitted deliverables “As Built”
final according to the requirements of Document Control Procedures (refer to
CONTRACT, SECTION IV – DESIGN DOSSIER, APPENDIX D1).
2.28.6 CONTRACTOR shall develop and finalize the layout and piping design and all
arrangements of equipment by means of three dimensional (“3D”) drawings
utilizing Aveva PDMS software, or agreed CAD software.
2.28.7 Detailed Plot Plans and Layout Drawings shall provide full co-ordinates (Northings,
Easting and Elevations) of previously surveyed triangulation points and
benchmarks (both temporary and permanent) and which are to be set-up and
installed for the purposes of the Construction of the FACILITIES.
2.28.8 CONTRACTOR shall provide the MECHANICAL COMPLETION Dossier,

including As-Builts, inspection, testing, certification and survey records for the
FACILITIES appurtenances and all documentation as described in the deliverables
section of said dossier and said dossier shall be prepared and presented to
COMPANY in both hard and soft formats and in the requisite number of copies and
shall ultimately form part of the FINAL DOCUMENTATION according to the
“Final Documentation HANDOVER Procedure” (refer to SECTION IV – DESIGN
DOSSIER, APPENDIX D1). CONTRACTOR shall handover to the COMPANY
all the As-built PDMS Models, process simulation and hydraulic simulation
original software catalogues and database in its native format along with final
documentation. With respect to 3D PDMS CAD, CONTRACTOR shall deliver on
CD/DVD the complete database (including database naming conventions) set and
associate data files, including, but not limited to, PDMS Project files, library files,
Page 61 of 273
catalogue files, and all files necessary to ensure full functionality of the 3D Model
without prejudice to the CONTRACTOR and not restricted by CONTRACTOR’s
proprietary or intellectual property. This shall include any foreign project data
involved. The database must be configured at Project start in such a way that a
complete working design model including all files in native format shall be
provided upon completion or at any time as requested by COMPANY.
2.28.9 A complete listing of the files and file structure shall accompany the requisite files.
CONTRACTOR shall document the PDMS System Administration of the
CONTRACT and deliver to COMPANY at a date to be agreed. This shall include
all user names, passwords, database names, MDB names and administration
passwords complete with a description for each item.
2.28.10In respect of piping stress analysis a full set of native files (input data) shall be
available for Caesar II pipe stress software along with formal stress calculation
notes as prescribed by 8015-0151-TPIT-00-000.0.00-JSD-1300-08 “Job Design
Specifications for Piping Stress Analysis”.
2.28.11Identical approach shall be followed by CONTRACTOR for all software that is

used on the CONTRACT for full implementation and interrogation. This
requirement also applies to any SUBCONTRACT tendered by CONTRACTOR, if
such a SUBCONTRACT is approved by COMPANY. The use of software and data
usage shall be considered seamless between CONTRACTOR and any associate
sister companies or contractors used by the CONTRACTOR. Drawings shall be
produced using PDMS Draft, extracted direct from the 3D CAD Model, with
minimum exceptions such as P&ID’s. However, any and all exceptions shall be
presented in advance for COMPANY APPROVAL. The drawing databases shall
be created in a structured manner to reflect the design areas and disciplines to
maximize drawing production. A DXF format file shall also be provided.
2.28.12Detailed plot plans and layout drawings shall provide full co-ordinates (Northings,
Eastings and elevations) of previously surveyed triangulation points and
benchmarks (both temporary and permanent) and which are to be set-up and
installed for the purposes of the construction of the WORK of the FACILITIES.
2.28.13In accordance with Article 14 of SECTION II of the CONTRACT,

CONTRACTOR shall not subcontract any engineering activities without prior
COMPANY APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR shall have in-house engineering
capability and APPROVED facilities and engineers. Construction support shall be
provided by CONTRACTOR’s Personnel who have been involved in the design
phase to ensure continuity. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that multi-discipline input
to the various activities is provided as necessary. If the engineering of package items
is required to be carried out by special VENDORS, CONTRACTOR shall
subcontract the engineering activities for these items to the specialized VENDOR.
Page 62 of 273
CONTRACTOR shall however be responsible for all engineering WORK

performed by such specialized/package VENDORS.
2.28.14The Engineering of the Chemical Dosing Package shall be carried out by special
VENDORs, CONTRACTOR shall subcontract the engineering activities for
Chemical Dosing Package to the specialized VENDORs. CONTRACTOR shall
however, be responsible for all engineering WORK performed by such
package/specialized VENDORs. CONTRACTOR shall refer to the Design Basis
for Rotating and Package Equipment’s (8015-0151-CPPB-00-000-ME-BD-00004)
and to the Specification of Chemical Dosing Package (8015-0151-WGK1-00-000-
MR-SP-00001) provided in CONTRACT, SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER.
2.28.15All costs for procurement of required licenses or engineering fees regarding the
Engineering of the Chemical Dosing Package shall be included in the CONTRACT
PRICE.
2.28.16CONTRACTOR shall prepare and present a Master Document Register (“MDR”)

and the Technical Document Register (“TDR”) for all Design and Engineering
Documentation for COMPANY’s review and comments not later than thirty (30)
days from EFFECTIVE DATE.
2.28.17PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING, START-UP, PERFORMANCE

TEST and HANDOVER requirements are stated hereunder in the corresponding
clauses.
2.29 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

2.29.1 CONTRACTOR shall implement all quality related processes and maintain them
in accordance with the CONTRACT SECTION VIII, QUALITY MANAGEMENT
REQUIREMENTS.
2.29.2 For the purposes of the WORK, CONTRACTOR shall operate a quality
management system (“QMS”) in compliance with ISO 9001 ensuring quality
assurance and quality control on a all aspects of the WORK and shall impose a level
of quality commensurate on the concerned SUBCONTRACTORs and VENDORs
of any subcontracted WORK and supplied goods.
2.29.3 Said system shall ensure that quality management of the WORK, as a whole, is
applied from inception to completion of the WORK. CONTRACTOR shall be
responsible for specifying the need for the relevant certification, when required.
Certification tasks shall be implemented by the relevant APPROVED Certifying
Agencies.
2.29.4 CONTRACTOR is advised that COMPANY at its discretion will carry out or cause
to have carried out quality audits of the WORK as and when required and all
verification procedures shall be implemented in accordance with the
SPECIFICATIONS.
Page 63 of 273
2.29.5 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all materials and equipment shall be traceable,
from their source to their installation. Materials and Equipment shall be subject to
an appropriate traceability procedure to ensure their conformance with
SPECIFICATIONS and easy retrieval of the documentation pertaining to each item
in all circumstances, and said Traceability Procedure shall be APPROVED.
2.29.6 In particular, physically segregated storage of other steels from normal carbon steel
shall be made, commencing from their delivery ex-WORKS, through to
prefabrication and ultimate erection at SITE.
2.29.7 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all equipment and materials upon their receipt at
SITE shall be carefully stored, handled and maintained and that:
• fragile equipment sensitive to the weather or ambient conditions (such as instruments)

shall be stored in a totally enclosed and air-conditioned environment and when installed
in the WORK, they shall be protected from the local prevailing environmental conditions;
• handling, preservation, storage, installation, PRE-COMMISSIONING, hook-up and
COMMISSIONING of equipment and materials shall be carried out in conformance with
VENDORs and manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations; and
• Major pieces of Equipment (or Skids or Packages) shall be installed,
PRECOMMISSIONED, hooked up, COMMISSIONED and STARTED UP with
VENDORs and associated manufacturers’ representatives in full and complete
“discipline” attendance.
• Expected shelf life of sensitive materials such as gaskets, elastomers, etc. shall be clearly
identified with relevant storage condition required to ensure the stipulated shelf life during
storage.
2.30 PLANNING, SCHEDULING AND COORDINATION

2.30.1 In the event of any conflict at SITE between CONTRACTOR’s activities with those
of OTHER CONTRACTORS, CONTRACTOR shall forthwith inform
COMPANY of such conflict and of the potential consequences on the CONTRACT
SCHEDULE. In such cases, COMPANY will review prevailing operational
priorities and decide upon the order in which the respective parts of the WORK
shall be carried out.
2.30.2 CONTRACTOR shall carry out the planning, scheduling and control of WORK in
accordance with CONTRACTOR’s plans and procedures to suit the requirements
of the COMPANY procedures included in the CONTRACT and in particular
CONTRACT, SECTION IV, document No. 8015-0150-LMEL-00-000-PM-GL-
00001 - "PROJECT CONTROL REQUIREMENTS FOR MISHRIF EPC
CONTRACTS". Said procedures shall be subject to COMPANY APPROVAL and
shall provide for, but shall not necessarily be limited to:
• Planning and Scheduling Procedure;
Page 64 of 273
• Progress Measurement Procedure;

• Progress Reporting Procedure;
• Progress Review and Certification Procedure;
• Invoicing Procedure.
2.30.3 CONTRACTOR shall refer to document Ref. No. 8015-0150-LMEL-00-000-PM-
GL-00001 “PROJECT CONTROL REQUIREMENTS FOR MISHRIF EPC
CONTRACTS” for more detailed project control requirements.
2.31 CONSTRUCTABILITY
2.31.1 The Detail Design and engineering shall be performed so that efficient
“constructability” shall be ensured in all areas and disciplines of the design and
construction of the WORK. As such, CONTRACTOR shall make all reasonable
efforts to:
2.31.2 Such constructability reviews shall be performed soon after 3D model design
review. The following is the minimum documentation that shall be provided by
CONTRACTOR prior to the start of the constructability review:
• 3D models of FACILITIES (30%, 60%, 90%), isometric drawings, cables route/trays

drawings, maps and alignment sheets;
• Overall Plot Plan of the FACILITIES;
• Equipment General Arrangement Plans and Piping Plans;
• VENDOR drawing of the major equipment;
• Detailed Construction Method Statement for construction and equipment installation for
heavy lifts including crane operation with anticipated lifting plans;
• Construction manual;
• Tie-in drawings (Interface schedule drawings);
• Interface documents (such as Interface point’s register, referenced GA drawings detailing
interface areas/ points), methodology and SIMOPS.
• Purchase Order Placement of ALL LLI Materials.
2.31.3 CONTRACTOR shall take into account the “BROWNFIELD” nature of the
WORK, with additional emphasis and solutions on the restrictions that may be
encountered, to achieve safe and reliable COMMISSIONING of the FACILITIES.
CONTRACTOR shall make such allowances in the CONTRACT SCHEDULE.
2.31.4 CONTRACTOR shall Conduct workshop with COMPANY to identify those parts
of the WORK suitable for pre-fabrication and skid/module construction and
perform as much of the WORK so identified by way of pre-fabrication and partial
assembly (and possible PRE-COMMISSIONING) in WORKSHOPS.
Page 65 of 273
2.31.5 CONTRACTOR shall Reduce the number of interfaces and simplify the interface-
activities, (in particular, as to location and access).
2.31.6 The 3D CAD design Model shall be used to perform “clash detection checks” at
regular intervals during engineering and Detail Design to ensure an overall clash
free design the Model Reviews and clash detection program of the FACILITY shall
ensure that on SITE there is free access to instruments and equipment. All access
and escape routes shall be modelled as will significant maintenance and lifting
requirements.
2.31.7 CONTRACTOR shall Avoid and minimize all excavation and sub-surface
activities, in particular as regards to performing such excavation and sub-surface
activities in water logged sub-soil conditions;
2.31.8 Arrange for maximum Testing and PRE-COMMISSIONING activities to be

performed within VENDOR’s WORKSHOPS and premises to reduce the
COMMISSIONING schedule.
2.31.9 The constructability review information pack shall be distributed by

CONTRACTOR to all participants a minimum of fourteen (14) days in advance of
the review. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all constructability review
follow-up activities, close out and incorporation of constructability review actions
into the design.
2.31.10The purpose of constructability activities and deliverables (Constructability

Workshop and Report) is to determine the most suitable methods of construction in
a brownfield environment based on the criteria of minimal interruption to operating
plant, safest methods of construction in an operational environment, transport and
manoeuvrability restrictions, lifting, permit to work restrictions, weather and other
ambient conditions, holidays and in particular Ramadan schedule, H2S risks,
productivity factors in a remote environment, Iraq factors including skills shortages
interphasing with other contractor in the same work site and visa accessibility, and
local content.
2.31.11Religious holidays / summer/ winter season reduced working hours shall be

accounted in the project schedule.
2.32 STANDARDIZATION
2.32.1 Care shall be taken during the detail design in order to standardize equipment and
materials so as to keep procurement, fabrication and construction activities, together
with operation and maintenance activities of the FACILITIES simple and efficient.
CONTRACTOR shall utilize one supplier for similar type of commodity/material
required for all the facilities. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the COMPANY
APPROVED VENDOR LIST. SUPPLIERS/VENDORS who have supplied similar
equipment/commodity in the previous phases of the PROJECT will be preferable
to be used in the CONTRACT as per APPROVED VENDOR LIST.
Page 66 of 273
2.33 DOCUMENT CONTROL

2.33.1 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing and maintaining all
documentation required for the performance of the work in accordance with the
Contract. Contractor shall produce Document Control Procedures to ensure the
foundation process are described and auditable for but not limiting to Document
Numbering, Transmittal Processing (Internal and external), Document Reporting,
Document Registers.
2.33.2 CONTRACTOR shall develop and maintain a Document Control System by way
of an Electronic Document Management System (“EDMS”) and as is further
detailed in Article 3 – DOCUMENT CONTROL of SECTION VII,
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE of the CONTRACT. Said system is for the
control and management of CONTRACT documents, CONTRACTOR documents
and other documents developed and produced as a result of the WORK and said
system shall be APPROVED. CONTRACTOR shall make available the EDMS to
COMPANY in both DUBAI and IRAQ offices, provide skilled personnel to assist
the implementation of same, provide systems, software, and access to ensure a
smooth and efficient document transmittal / response process.
2.33.3 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to collect and organize in an ordered way all
data and documents as follows in line with the CONTRACT and COMPANY
Procedures:
• Engineering key data and documents (during the engineering and procurement phase);
• VENDOR data and design documents for construction, PRE-COMMISSIONING,
COMMISSIONING and during START-UP and PERFORMANCE TESTS;
• Make/Model and relevant Spare Parts;
• As-built documents.
• Final Handover Documentation (Engineering/Quality/Vendor in soft / hard copy as
stipulated by CONTRACT)
2.33.4 In order to allow the COMPANY to consistently manage all the data relevant to
different FACILITIES, CONTRACTOR shall identify dedicated resource’s (Data
& Document Coordinator/Controller) who will be responsible for all data and
document transfer. CONTRACTOR shall provide all documentation in both native
format and PDF versions.
2.33.5 For such purposes and as and where appropriate said documentation shall, as the
case may require, be prepared in AUTOCAD 2016 and Acrobat Version 11.0.14,
AVEVA PDMS, and Microsoft Office and all planning and scheduling of the
WORK, including in particular the Detail CONTRACT SCHEDULE, shall be
prepared using Primavera - P6 Version, all supplied to COMPANY in native file
format.
Page 67 of 273
2.33.6 CONTRACTOR shall follow the COMPANY’S Document Control Procedures

listed in SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER, Appendix D1.
2.34 TECHNICAL AUDITING AND REVIEWS

2.34.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform all necessary technical, safety and quality audits
required for the WORK and by the CONTRACT and unless otherwise instructed
by COMPANY said audits shall be performed throughout the course of the WORK.
COMPANY shall perform technical audits on the CONTRACTORS work during
detail design and engineering on a periodic basis. CONTRACTOR shall be
responsible to provide all the drawing and documents and assist COMPANY during
such technical audits.
2.34.2 COMPANY at its discretion, shall arrange for the CONTRACT Technical Reviews
(“PTR’s”) to be carried out at specific stages of the WORK to check for safety,
reliability, operability and maintainability and material handling of the
FACILITIES (refer to ATTACHMENT III E: TECHNICAL REVIEWS to this
SECTION III). This includes review of key WORK deliverables including, but not
limited to P&ID’s review, Plot plan review, Cause & Effect, 3D Model review,
electrical single line drawing, system architecture, electrical and instrument
equipment layout for substations and control rooms, constructability review.
Competent CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL and representatives from COMPANY
shall attend these reviews and timing of such reviews shall be agreed mutually based
on WORK progress.
2.34.3 For all such purposes, CONTRACTOR shall keep available all records and aspects
of the WORK at all times and at all WORKSITES, for detailed review by
COMPANY or any THIRD PARTY appointed by COMPANY. In particular,
CONTRACTOR shall maintain and make available for reference and COMPANY
use at each WORKSITE, an original quality copy of the latest issue of all applicable
codes, norms, standards, drawings and specifications utilized in the WORK.
2.34.4 COMPANY, at its sole discretion has the right to arrange for THIRD PARTY
technical and safety audits, review and verification of the WORK and as may be
requested by COMPANY, such as to the Detailed Design and/or engineering and/or
safety in use and/or quality of construction, and/or witness testing and/or fitness for
purpose for which it is intended and the like.
2.35 SCOPE STATEMENT NOT EXHAUSTIVE

2.35.1 This SCOPE OF WORK contains summarized descriptions of the WORK.
Accordingly, any measurements, figures and/or values given in this document are
indicative and as such are given in good faith only and CONTRACTOR’s reliance
upon these measurements, figures and/or values shall always be subject to this
provision.
Page 68 of 273
2.35.2 The foregoing statements contained in this Clause 2 pertaining to the SCOPE OF
WORK are indicative only of COMPANY’s requirements and are not intended to
be limiting in any way.
2.35.3 Items of WORK such as the provision of necessary or incidental supplies,

consumables, utilities, tools, labour, facilities, equipment, services and other works
which might be reasonably inferred from this SCOPE OF WORK shall be deemed
to be included in the WORK.
2.36 CONTRACTOR TO PROCURE SECURITY SERVICES

2.36.1 CONTRACTOR shall procure, and make compulsory to all of its
SUBCONTRACTORS to procure at CONTRACTOR’s entire cost and expense,
full and comprehensive security and protection services (hereinafter referred to as
“Security Services”) in the Republic of Iraq when carrying out the WORK, or any
part thereof, at any location in the Republic of Iraq, including (but not limited to)
such Security Services necessary for CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL and those
personnel of its SUBCONTRACTORS and VENDORS (both at the WORKSITE
and when in transit to and from WORKSITE and the point of arrival in the Republic
of Iraq or any other location in the Republic of Iraq in connection with the WORK),
together with Security Services in respect of all types of equipment and materials
for the WORK (both at the WORKSITE and when in transit from their point of
arrival in the Republic of Iraq to WORKSITE) protection of the WORKSITE and
the built or partially constructed FACILITIES, all CONSTRUCTION
EQUIPMENT including in particular construction facilities and equipment, offices,
camps and the like and all of the described Security Services shall be in full force
and effect on a continuous basis of twenty four (24) hours, seven (7) days a week
and for the full duration of the CONTRACT.
2.36.2 Said security services shall be in accordance with SECTION X of the CONTRACT,
8015-0150-LMEL-00-000-SE-ST-00002 “MINIMUM SECURITY STANDARDS
FOR CONTRACTORS”.
2.36.3 Said Security Services shall be in addition to the security services to be provided by
AUTHORITIES under the DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION SERVICE
CONTRACT and not in lieu thereof.
2.37 CONTRACTOR’S COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITY PROCEDURES

2.37.1 CONTRACTOR shall comply, and shall cause its SUBCONTRACTORS to
comply, with all COMPANY’s security procedures as provided in details in
SECTON IV, DESIGN DOSSIER and SECTION X SECURITY RULES of the
CONTRACT as well as requirements of Iraqi Army Forces and/or other Iraqi
governmental authorities, and CONTRACTOR shall promptly report to
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE any offences, violations, illegal actions and
other incidents pertaining to the security situation.
Page 69 of 273
2.37.2 Upon notification by COMPANY of any change in the level of threat,

CONTRACTOR agrees to increase or reduce security measures in accordance with
COMPANY's specifications.
2.37.3 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all WORKSITES are clearly marked with the use
of a continuous line of barricades a minimum of 1.0 m in height and robust enough
to withstand normal weather conditions expected in the general area of the
WORKSITE. The barricades shall be suitable to prevent unintentional access and
installed prior to the commencement of any activities on the WORKSITE, including
but not limited to, ground clearance or other early works activities. Furthermore,
said WORKSITE perimeter barricades shall display signs which clearly indicate
“no access to unauthorized persons” at 15 m intervals, these shall be in both Arabic
and English languages. SITE hazards and mandatory SITE rules shall be clearly
illustrated at access/egress and emergency access points. Other considerations shall
include but not be limited to security requirements, traffic routing, emergency
vehicle access, pedestrian access and safety flow, delivery access, signage plans.
2.37.4 CONTRACTOR must employ personnel to monitor the entire perimeter in

sufficient numbers to be able to respond in a timely manner in the event of
unauthorized access.
2.37.5 COMPANY does not have medical or First Aid facilities available for
CONTRACTOR’s use. CONTRACTOR shall make adequate provisions for such
services according to local regulations and APPROVED HSE policy.
2.37.6 CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL shall always be able to present valid identification

papers at the WORKSITE or Contract Territory.
3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
3.1 MANAGEMENT, PROJECT CONTROL AND COORDINATION
3.1.1 CONTRACTOR shall:
• Provide without limitation, for all of the legal and financial requirements of the
CONTRACT and the management of the WORK, both by way of CONTRACTOR’s head
office and any other CONTRACTOR’s or SUBCONTRACTOR’s premises where the
WORK or part of the WORK may be carried out.
• Provide for management and co-ordination of the WORK throughout all of its phases so
as to ensure the completion of the WORK within the CONTRACT SCHEDULE and the
CONTRACT PRICE and to the quality and standards of professionalism and
workmanship required by the CONTRACT.
• Ensure co-ordination and interfacing between managerial, technical, logistical, planning
& scheduling, quality and safety requirements of the WORK. Make allowance for
temporary delays and interference with the regular progress of the WORK due to any
COMPANY requirements or concurrent activities of COMPANY’s OTHER
Page 70 of 273
CONTRACTORS. Closely co-operate and co-ordinate with COMPANY to minimize any

adverse effects of such delays or constraints on the CONTRACT SCHEDULE.
• Develop and implement a “Risk Register”, together with a procedure for the management
thereof and ensure meaningful risk mitigation planning is in place for each identified risk
and all of which shall be APPROVED.
• Ensure qualitative risk assessment of risk probability and consequences with risks ranking
as well as quantitative assessment of risks on BREAKDOWN OF CONTRACT PRICE
and CONTRACT SCHEDULE (Cost and Schedule Risk Analysis - CSRA). Conduct
CSRA workshops with COMPANY to quantify the schedule and cost ranges, risk factors
impact on cost and schedule (best, worst, most probable), and run the probabilistic model
and review the results (P10, P50, P90) with the COMPANY. For such purposes appoint a
“Risks Officer” for implementing these activities and interfacing with COMPANY’s risk
team.
• Ensure co-ordination and interfacing with COMPANY’s “Operations Group”
(responsible for the operation and maintenance of the FACILITIES and commonly termed
Operations within this SCOPE OF WORK) and particularly for the purposes of PRE-
COMMISSIONING, MECHANICAL COMPLETION and COMMISSIONING.
• Ensure and take responsibility for the management and implementation of public and
community affairs as such may by reason of the WORK, impact upon the local community
and other THIRD PARTIES. For such purposes appoint a “Community Affairs Officer”
who shall ensure cordial relations with the local population. Develop and implement a
“Community Affairs Plan”. Provide for keeping COMPANY informed by way of regular
reports and meetings of the status of CONTRACTOR’s relationship with the local
community during the performance of the WORK. Identify all areas of concern and
recommended corrective actions, either implemented or under consideration, in respect
thereof.
• Perform all project management, project control and project co-ordination activities
required for the WORK including in particular, but not limited to, all planning,
scheduling, reporting, cost control, change management, risk and other management
activities for the control and co-ordination of all of CONTRACTOR’s resources,
including those of its SUBCONTRACTORS and VENDORS, together with the
application and use of all co-ordination procedures convening all required meetings and
participating without exception in all interface meetings with COMPANY and its OTHER
CONTRACTORS.
• Provide all of the planning and scheduling required for the WORK in accordance with the
CONTRACT. Implement such planning and scheduling including all required reporting
in connection therewith.
• carried out Detailed Design and engineering from a single location at CONTRACTOR’s
home office.. CONTRACTOR engineering and design team shall be organized on a Task
Force basis and each member shall be assigned fulltime for the WORK. COMPANY shall
approve all the key members of the team to be assigned for this WORK. Access for the
COMPANY personnel to CONTRACTOR’s Task Force location shall be provided for
the execution of the WORK.
Page 71 of 273
3.1.2 In accordance with SECTION V, CONTRACT SCHEDULE, CONTRACTOR

shall prepare and submit for COMPANY’s review, comment and APPROVAL a
development of the CONTRACT SCHEDULE into the detailed CONTRACT
SCHEDULES for the detailed design, engineering and procurement for the WORK
and the detailed CONTRACT SCHEDULE for the supply (and transportation),
construction, PRE-COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING of the WORK.
3.1.3 Prepare and obtain COMPANY’s comments on co-ordination procedures and

maintain and update co-ordination procedures and issue all revisions, amendments
and/or new procedures.
3.1.4 For the purposes of the performance of the WORK, CONTRACTOR shall closely
liaise with COMPANY so as to implement COMPANY’s involvement and
participation in the EDMS for document control and including amongst other
things, document transmissions, filing, tracking and the like and with particular
reference to CONTRACTOR’s prior endorsement of SECTION IV.
3.1.5 Continuously and closely liaise with COMPANY and its OTHER
CONTRACTORS in respect of any interfaces and ensure the comprehensive
management of all interfaces points within the Interface Register with respect to the
WORK. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate all interface management between
OTHER CONTRACTORS, and respective SUBCONTRACTORS, prepare an
interface management plan, interface management procedure prepare an interface
register (for all Disciplines), provide dedicate personnel to manage this function as
part of the overall management manpower plan to ensure accurate definition and
agreement to all interface points between all CONTRACTORS on this Project.
3.2 PROJECT EXECUTION PLAN

3.2.1 CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit for COMPANY’s review and
APPROVAL, a comprehensive Project Execution Plan (PEP). The PEP shall detail
CONTRACTORS’s plan to accomplish the WORK, establish CONTRACTOR’s
administrative requirements for execution of the WORK and provide a uniform
system for performing, monitoring, reporting and controlling all WORK activities.
3.2.2 Should a portion of WORK is planned to be done by the Engineering and/or Survey
SUBCONTRACTORS, then CONTRACTOR shall propose such Engineering
SUBCONTRACTOR and/or Survey SUBCONTRACTOR for COMPANY
APPROVAL in fourteen (14) days after the EFFECTIVE DATE.
3.2.3 CONTRACTOR shall propose Key personnel for Engineering to Company in seven
(7) days after EPC Contract Award.
3.2.4 CONTRACTOR shall propose Procurement and Logistic – not later than fifteen
(15) days after EPC Contract Award.
Page 72 of 273
3.2.5 CONTRACTOR shall submit the PEP within Thirty (30) days from the
EFFECTIVE DATE.
3.2.6 CONTRACTOR’s PEP shall include, but not be limited to:
• Executive Summary;
• Introduction, Purpose and Minimum Standards;
• Definition of Terms;
• Contract Organization Chart - The CONTRACTOR shall provide Contract Organization
Chart(s) that define the planned organization for all phases of the Works. The chart(s)
shall define the administrative reporting responsibilities for the entire project team during
all phases of the Project, including forecast mobilization and demobilization dates;
• Roles and Responsibilities - The CONTRACTOR shall outline the roles and
responsibilities of all Key Personnel and their direct reports in taking the Project to
completion;
• Overall Project Management and Communications Plan describing how the overall
Project will be managed and the methods it intends to use to communicate and coordinate
with COMPANY, SUBCONTRACTORS, VENDORS;
• Description and location of proposed offices / WORKSITE - CONTRACTOR shall
describe the offices / WORKSITE where he plans to perform all phases of the WORKS.
It shall also address the role of the office / WORKSITE and how the requirements of the
CONTRACT will be administered at all locations;
• Project Milestones - CONTRACTOR shall list and confirm the major Project milestones;
• Project Status Reporting - CONTRACTOR shall describe his daily, weekly and monthly
status reports;
• Facilities and services for COMPANY in the CONTRACTOR’s Home Office and SITE
Office, as per sub-article 3.5 of this Section III;
• Engineering Plan, which addresses and identifies major activities, special design
processes, reviews and events during the engineering phase of the WORK, including
activity durations for inclusion in the WORK schedule;
• List of all deliverables (MDR) under this Contract;
• Document Management Plan for completing and issuing drawings for review,
APPROVAL, “Issued for Review” (IFR) and “Approved For Construction” (AFC);
• Project Control and Reporting System incorporating project scheduling, progress and cost
reporting including report formats and content;
• Cost section, including a summary of total billings (monthly and cumulative) together
with forecasted payments scheduled for design and procurement and fabrication and
construction. This section shall be represented graphically and in tabular form and shall
indicate actual and forecast invoice schedule;
Page 73 of 273
• Procurement Plan in accordance with the requirements set forth in sub-clause 5.2 of this
Section III;
• Plan for CONTRACTOR providing Iraqi custom clearance services including
CONTRACTOR’s plan for addressing the requirements of Appendix VII M of Section
VII regarding APPROVAL of shipping documents;
• Plan for coordinating the transport, staging and storage of materials in Iraq;
• Subcontracting Plan in accordance with Section II of this CONTRACT;
• Materials Management Plan - CONTRACTOR shall describe the entire supply chain
process describing how he plans to manage all material include material provided by
COMPANY, transport, site/location goods receipt, preservation, maintenance and issue
to site activity for equipment and materials;
• Subcontracting Plan - CONTRACTOR shall describe the WORK he plans to subcontract
and how the subcontracted parts of the WORK shall be managed by CONTRACTOR;
• Contract Administration Plan - defining the CONTRACTOR’s management control at
each of the WORKS locations and the control of essential documentation for the
maintenance of the CONTRACT;
• Administrative procedures for documentation, distribution, courier services, travel, office
equipment/supplies, holidays, vacations, relief assignments, signature authority, visitors,
weekly, monthly, quarterly, bi-annual and annual reporting/meeting/video-conference
requirements;
• Interface Management Plan - CONTRACTOR shall develop an Interface Management
Plan early in the Project that will describe work to be accomplished with regards to
interfaces, who will accomplish the work, how the work will be accomplished, and when
the work will be accomplished, considering COMPANY procedures and the Interface
Dossier developed during FEED;
• HSE Plan in accordance with Section IX of this CONTRACT. Including a Design HSE
Plan;
• Quality Plan for design and procurement, fabrication and construction in accordance with
Section VIII of this CONTRACT;
• Manpower Staffing Plan (with histograms) required to execute the WORK.
CONTRACTOR’s Staffing Plan shall explain any deviation from that included in
CONTRACTOR’s technical proposal;
• VARIATION ORDER System to control and process VARIATIONS to the WORK and
the CONTRACT. The VARIATION ORDER System shall be subject to COMPANY
APPROVAL prior to its implementation;
• Plan for transfer of CONTRACTOR’s personnel from its Home Office to Iraq during the
construction phase;
• Temporary Facilities and Utilities Plan for CONTRACTOR’s Home Office, WORKSITE
and services and support to COMPANY;
Page 74 of 273
• Project Controls Plan - CONTRACTOR shall describe how he plans to control the Project
including, planning, scheduling, cost control, measure the progress of the services for
compensation under the CONTRACT and change management;
• Construction Execution Plan, which addresses and identifies major or special construction
methods, construction logic and activity durations for inclusion in the construction
schedule and a logistics plan;
• Completion strategy, plan for execution of PRE-COMMISSIONING,
COMMISSIONING, start up and PERFORMANCE TESTing and the documenting of
this entire process;
• Waste Management Plan;
• Risk Management and Contingency Planning for all areas;
• Security Plan ensuring CONTRACTOR’s compliance with the minimum security
standards, as per CONTRACT, SECTION IV, 8015-0150-LMEL-00-000-SE-ST-00001
“MINIMUM SECURITY STANDARDS FOR CONTRACTORS”.
• Project Completion Plan - CONTRACTOR shall describe how he plans to complete the
WORKS and handover the work scope and documents to the COMPANY.
3.2.7 CONTRACTOR shall disseminate, distribute and implement the provisions of this
CONTRACT, including the requirements of CONTRACTOR’s PEP and
CONTRACTOR’s own procedures, to all CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL
responsible for the performance of the WORK. COMPANY may require
CONTRACTOR to revise CONTRACTOR’s PEP in order to facilitate the
efficiency and timely completion of the WORK.
3.2.8 COMPANY shall have the right to audit CONTRACTOR’s effective use of the
APPROVED PEP and all revisions thereto.
3.2.9 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for producing, maintaining and updating of

the sub-plans, as mentioned above, throughout the execution of the WORKS
according to the PEP.
3.2.10 The PEP shall be structured in such a manner as to include all required plans, and
required procedures implemented in accordance with those plans, provided that the
contents of the PEP shall be subject to COMPANY’s APPROVAL.
3.2.11 The CONTRACTOR’s PEP shall include the minimum requirements of

COMPANY for design, HSE, SIMOPS, QA/QC, procurement, construction,
COMMISSIONING, START-UP, PERFORMANCE TESTS, HAND-OVER as
wells as plans for communication management, project management, document
management, management of change, risk management, cost & schedule
management etc.
3.2.12 The PEP is a document that will evolve as the WORKS proceed. Plans, policies and
procedures developed and implemented pursuant to the PEP or otherwise stated are
Page 75 of 273
required to be APPROVED by COMPANY. CONTRACTOR is expected to apply

all expertise and technical sophistication to its proposed plans, policies and
procedures to be incorporated into the PEP as consistent with best practices.
3.2.13 CONTRACTOR first submission of a detailed PEP for APPROVAL shall be within
four (4) weeks from the EFFECTIVE DATE.
3.2.14 CONTRACTOR shall update all plans and procedures (and obtain any required
APPROVAL in relation thereto) for execution of the WORKS as may be necessary
to ensure the WORKS are conducted in accordance with the CONTRACT. In
particular, CONTRACTOR shall submit the PEP as a complete and current
document.
3.3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

3.3.1 The following scope statements relate and apply to the performance of project
management of the WORK at CONTRACTOR’s home office, at WORKSHOPS
and at WORKSITE, together with the mobilization, maintenance and
demobilization of CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT.
3.3.2 CONTRACTOR shall mobilize at all pertaining locations, all offices, stores,
WORKSHOPS, site-laboratories and temporary utilities, including in particular
sources of electrical power and potable water in a timely and efficient manner.
Include for complete furnishing and fit-out of such offices stores, WORKSHOPS,
site-laboratories and temporary utilities, together with all tools, and equipment and
all modern computing and other telecommunication facilities.
3.3.3 For the purposes of the WORKSITE, CONTRACTOR shall mobilize all camp
accommodation and full catering for CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL and
manpower, including that of its SUBCONTRACTORS, VENDORS and other
specialist personnel and including in particular sources of electrical power and
water and other utilities in a timely and efficient manner. Include for complete
furnishing and fit-out of such accommodation and temporary utilities, together with
all modern computing and other telecommunication facilities as specified in
ATTACHMENT III B: CONTRACTOR’S HOME OFFICE EQUIPMENT LIST,
ATTACHMENT III C: CONTRACTOR’S WORKSITE OFFICE EQUIPMENT
LIST to this SECTION III..
3.3.4 CONTRACTOR’s temporary facilities may be subject of COMPANY inspection

at COMPANY sole discretion. Should COMPANY’s inspection result in any Punch
List Items classified as “critical” to HSE and Security, such Punch List Items shall
be cleared prior to COMPANY issuance of the “ready-to-occupy” certificate. For
avoidance of doubt, the meaning of “criticality” shall be solely defined by
COMPANY.
3.3.5 CONTRACTOR shall operate and maintain and ensure the wellbeing of the
foregoing facilities throughout the duration of the WORK, including the provision
Page 76 of 273
of on-SITE medical facilities, waste disposal, safety and security for said personnel
and manpower. Waste disposal shall be carefully managed by CONTRACTOR,
both for regular waste (garbage) and for black water (sewage). Disposal of such
wastes is the complete responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Consideration shall be
given for a skid mounted black water treatment unit, and a skid mounted incinerator
facility.
3.3.6 CONTRACTOR shall perform temporary grading and roads before temporary
facilities are installed.
3.3.7 Upon completion of the WORK, or any meaningful stage thereof, demobilize such
offices, stores, WORKSHOPS, site-laboratories and temporary utilities (and as the
case may be, camp accommodation) in a timely and efficient manner in accordance
with a Demobilization Plan to be prior APPROVED by COMPANY.
3.3.8 CONTRACTOR shall clean, clear-up and reinstate the SITE of said temporary
facilities and return possession of the SITE to COMPANY in at least its original
condition as it was when it was passed into CONTRACTOR’s care and custody.
3.3.9 Temporary facilities shall be situated at safe locations, away from H2S Red /
Yellow Zones. Emergency Response Plans must be developed for these temporary
facilities.
3.3.10 COMPANY does not have medical nor first aid facilities available for
CONTRACTOR’s use. CONTRACTOR shall make adequate provisions for such
services according to local regulations and APPROVED HSE policy
3.3.11 As Part of the Project Execution Plan, CONTRACTOR shall prepare for
COMPANY’s review and APPROVAL, a comprehensive Temporary Facilities and
Utilities Plan that details all CONTRACTOR’s temporary facilities and procedures
to be used to maintain and administer them. This plan shall address, as a minimum
the following:
• Plot plans and building layouts

• Power distribution system
• Communications and data cabling equipment
• Raw and drinking water supply and handling requirements
• Fire protection provisions
• Security provisions
• First aid, medical services and evacuation plan
• Sewage and sanitation plan
• Refuse handling requirements
Page 77 of 273
3.3.12 Planning of temporary facilities and utilities shall be included in the

CONTRACTOR’s overall Execution Plan and shall include, but not be limited to,
the following:
• Offices at the CONTRATOR`s Home Office / SITE offices / field offices;

• SUBCONTRACTOR’s SITE offices and facilities;
• Workshops and Fabrication Shop;
• Warehouse, Open and Storage Yards;
• Canteens;
• Medical and First Aid Facilities;
• Toilets, Washing Facilities and Change Rooms;
• Temporary Drainage System;
• Guardhouse, Entrance Control and Fences;
• Third Party Security Service;
• HVAC & plumbing systems for temporary facilities;
• Temporary Construction Utilities.
3.4 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT

3.4.1 Mobilize all CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT (constructional facilities and
equipment) required for the WORK in a timely and efficient manner. Provide and
erect temporary WORKSHOPS and stores for maintenance and repair of said
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT including in particular sources of electrical
power and water and all modern computing and other telecommunication facilities
in a timely and efficient manner. All equipment to be mobilized according to
mobilization schedule developed by CONTRACTOR and shall be submitted for
COMPANY's APPROVAL.
3.4.2 Maintain and ensure the safe being of all said CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
during the course of the WORK, including the provision of all spare parts and
consumables. Ensure the continuous review of the status and condition of all said
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT and its status as to “safe operability”.
3.4.3 Upon completion of the WORK, or parts thereof, demobilize said

CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT in accordance with a demobilization plan to be
agreed with COMPANY.
3.5 SERVICES AND SUPPORT TO COMPANY

3.5.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide services and support comprising work stations, other
office accommodation and associated facilities including power and internet
Page 78 of 273
connections, furnishings and equipment, secretarial assistance and the like for the
use and benefit of COMPANY in CONTRACTOR’s home and Jobsite offices,
SUBCONTRACTOR’s premises, WORKSHOPS and other premises where the
WORK is being carried out.
3.5.2 These offices shall be equipped with heating and cooling air conditioning units of a
capacity to be agreed with COMPANY.
3.5.3 Use of telephones, internet facilities and consumables by COMPANY

representatives shall be included in CONTRACT PRICE.
3.5.4 AT CONTRACTOR’S HOME OFFICE (ENGINEERING OFFICE) FOR

COMPANY PERSONNEL:
3.5.5 Said above services shall be provided to ten (10) COMPANY personnel who shall
be assigned to the WORK for the complete duration of engineering phase.
CONTRACTOR shall provide, maintain and operate the following services listed
below and equipment listed in ATTACHMENT III B & III C:
• Individual office accommodation (9m² each) for the exclusive office use of four (4)
COMPANY personnel and for the purposes of the tasks and activities of the detailed
design, engineering and procurement of the WORK;
• Unencumbered use of a meeting room for up to twenty (20) persons and with as a
minimum, HD video conference call facilities (Cisco Telepresence) with two 55”
LCD/LED HDTV sets and overhead projector for power point and other presentations,
flipcharts, one white board, audio conference phone set with loudspeakers and
microphones, sufficient number of electrical and network sockets;
• A separate LAN segment (including separate telecommunication rack) for COMPANY
personnel shall be organized by CONTRACTOR with a dedicated Internet access (wired
and wireless with dedicated Internet access of at least 32Mbps bandwidth with at least 3
public routable IP addresses. The. The internet connection and the cost for this shall be to
the CONTRACTOR’s account;
• Server and network equipment for the exclusive use of COMPANY personnel (to be
installed in the telecommunication rack mentioned above) in order to organize VPN
connectivity to COMPANY’s headquarters;
• For the offices, each desk shall be equipped with a portable computer docking station/port
replicator, 24” LCD/LED Monitor (two monitors per desk), keyboard, mouse, individual
colour printer/scanner, shredder and connected to a dedicated LAN. Each office shall have
a telephone with direct connection for both domestic and international calls. The single
person offices shall each be equipped with a meeting table and 4 chairs;
• The remaining shared offices for maximum of six (6) COMPANY personnel shall provide
a desk with individual partition for each person with a portable computer docking
station/port replicator, 24” LCD/LED Monitor (two monitors per desk), keyboard, mouse,
dedicated LAN and shared black and white and coloured photocopier/printer/scanner for
up to A3 paper size.
Page 79 of 273
• All ten (10) desks shall have a telephone for both domestic and international calls;
• All charges for local and international voice telecommunication services used by
COMPANY personnel shall be to the CONTRACTOR’s account. Telephone should
support calls for short COMPANY numbers in both direction;
• CONTRACTOR shall provide a full-time qualified English speaking IT support for
COMPANY personnel during the working hours;
• The list of network, server and end-user equipment to be provided by CONTRACTOR
for the duration of the Project is mentioned in ATTACHMENT III B to this SECTION
III. In case any equipment specified in this SECTION and in ATTACHMENT III B is
outdated or end of life CONTRACTOR shall propose equal alternative for COMPANY’s
APPROVAL. Upon demobilization of COMPANY personnel all equipment shall be
returned to CONTRACTOR. Any data and information stored in the equipment specified
in ATTACHMENT III B shall be wiped using COMPANY’s APPROVED method before
handing over to CONTRACTOR. Acts shall be mutually signed by COMPANY and
CONTRACTOR to confirm equipment was wiped and returned to CONTRACTOR at full
capacity.
• Initial installation of the mentioned equipment, including assembly, rack mounting and
basic startup tests shall be done by the CONTRACTOR. All configuration works shall be
done by COMPANY IT Engineer (either remotely or during a visit). All equipment to be
serviced, maintained by Contractor and managed by the COMPANY IT Engineer.
Warranty and repair issues as well printing supplies shall be managed by
CONTRACTOR;
• A spacious common area of 12 m² with two high quality combined colour
printers/scanners/photocopiers connected to dedicated COMPANY’s LAN, 1 heavy duty
shredder, storage for photocopier paper and reference table shall be provided;
• Stationary and all office consumables and sundry desktop equipment;
• Fully equipped kitchen for exclusive use of COMPANY fully serviced and equipped for
tea and coffee making with fridge and microwave together with adequate supply of bottled
mineral water, tea, sugar, milk and coffee. Offices and office space provided for
COMPANY use shall be provided with regular cleaning staff every day;
• Unrestricted access for COMPANY personnel to CONTRACTOR’s plotter for bigger
format colour printing (up to A0) to be provided, appropriate arrangement and access to
be set up by CONTRACTOR’s IT personnel.
3.5.6 AT THE CONTRACTOR’S OFFICES ON SITE FOR COMPANY PERSONNEL:
3.5.7 During the construction phase, CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain
COMPANY temporary facilities to accommodate COMPANY and such facilities
shall include office accommodation and applicable services for COMPANY
personnel. CONTRACTOR shall provide, maintain and operate the following
services:
• Office accommodation for the exclusive use of fifteen (15) COMPANY personnel at
CONTRACTOR’s SITE offices both for the purposes of the residual tasks and activities
Page 80 of 273
of engineering and procurement necessary to be continued/carried out at SITE, together

with the tasks and activities of construction, PRE-COMMISSIONING,
COMMISSIONING, HAND-OVER and provision of support for START-UP and
PERFORMANCE TESTS of the FACILITIES. Under no circumstances shall said office
accommodation be located next to or form part of any off-SITE residential and dining
facilities;
• A separate LAN segment (including separate telecommunication rack) for COMPANY
personnel shall be organized by CONTRACTOR with a dedicated Internet access (wired
and wireless). with dedicated Internet access of at least 32 Mbps bandwidth with at least
3 public routable IP addresses . The internet connection and the cost of this shall be to
the CONTRACTOR’s account;
• Local link between Contractor’s Office on Site for Company Personal and Company IT
Infrastructure on Site shall be organized, detailed equipment specification presented at
ATTACHMENT III C.
• Server and network equipment shall be provided for the exclusive use of COMPANY’s
personnel (installed in the telecommunication rack mentioned above) in order to organize
VPN connectivity to COMPANY’s headquarters;
• Said office accommodation shall include for 4 single occupancy offices and 10 double
occupancy offices. These offices shall be equipped with full cooling and heating HVAC
facilities and shall be fully furnished with twin cabinet-pedestal desks, desk lamps and
swivel armchairs, two lockable filing cabinets, set of bookshelves with lockable filing
cupboards under and wall mounted white boards; offices shall be suitably furnished and
appointed in accordance befitting the occupant thereof;
• Unencumbered use of a meeting room for up to twenty five (25) persons, which as a
minimum shall have telephone and HD video conference call facilities (Cisco
Telepresence) with two 55” LCD HDTV sets and overhead projector for power point and
other presentations, flipcharts, one white board, audio conference phone set with
loudspeakers and microphones, sufficient number of electrical and network sockets;
• For 4 single offices each desk will be equipped with docking station, port replicator, two
24” LCD/LED Monitors, keyboard, mouse. Access to 2 colour
printers/scanners/photocopiers for up to A3 paper size and dedicated LAN and internet
connection, photocopier and shredder shall be provided. Each desk shall have a telephone
with direct connection for both domestic and international calls. Telephone should support
calls for short COMPANY numbers in both directions. The single person offices shall
each be equipped with a meeting table and 4 chairs;
• The remaining shared offices shall have individual desk for each COMPANY’s specialist
with docking station, port replicator, 24” LCD/LED Monitor, keyboard, mouse, dedicated
LAN and two (2) shared A3/A4 black and white and coloured
printers/scanners/photocopiers for up to A3 paper size shall be provided. All desks shall
have a telephone for both domestic and international calls;
• All charges for local and international voice telecommunication services used by
COMPANY shall be to the CONTRACTOR’s account;
Page 81 of 273
• CONTRACTOR shall provide a full-time qualified English speaking IT support for

COMPANY personnel during the working hours between 06.00 and 22.00, 7 days a week,
365 days per year;
• The list of network, server and end-user equipment to be provided by CONTRACTOR
for the duration of the Project is mentioned in ATTACHMENT III C to this SECTION
III. In case any equipment specified in this SECTION and in ATTACHMENT III C is
outdated or end of life CONTRACTOR shall propose equal alternative for COMPANY’s
APPROVAL. Initial installation of the provided equipment, including assembly, rack
mounting and basic startup tests shall be done by the CONTRACTOR. All configuration
works shall be done by the COMPANY IT Engineer. All equipment to be serviced,
maintained and managed by the COMPANY representatives, except for warranty and
repair issues, printing supplies, which shall be managed by the CONTRACTOR;
• Upon completion of the Project all equipment shall be returned to CONTRACTOR, any
data and information stored in the equipment specified in ATTACHMENT III C to this
SECTION III shall be wiped using COMPANY’s APPROVED method before handing
over to CONTRACTOR. Acts shall be mutually signed by COMPANY and
CONTRACTOR to confirm equipment was wiped and returned to CONTRACTOR at full
capacity;
• A spacious common area 12 m² with two high quality combined colour
photocopier/scanner/printer, storage for photocopier paper, reference table, and shredder
shall be provided;
• Stationary and all office consumables and miscellaneous desktop equipment;
• Fully equipped kitchen/pantry and for exclusive use of COMPANY and fully equipped
for tea and coffee making and with fridge together with adequate supply of bottled mineral
water, tea and coffee, facilities, and provided with tea making staff;
• Where such is available (particularly as regards to CONTRACTOR’s home office)
provide (and at no cost to COMPANY) the daily use of canteen, social and recreational
facilities for use by COMPANY’s personnel (save always that the costs and charges to
COMPANY’s personnel (if any) for use of said facilities is at the same rate as those of
CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL);
3.5.8 CONTRACTOR’s demobilization of the foregoing facilities and support services
either in whole or in part, shall be subject to a mutually agreed “Support Services
Demobilization Plan” and said plan shall be APPROVED by COMPANY.
3.5.9 CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain services from effective date until
completion of the WORK. For these present purposes completion of the WORK
shall mean the issue of the last PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE.
3.6 INSPECTION SERVICES

3.6.1 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the performance of all inspection and
testing activities as specified in Section VIII, Quality Management Requirements.
CONTRACTOR shall submit the quality program and inspection procedures
Page 82 of 273
required in SECTION VIII, Quality Management Requirements within thirty (30)

calendar days from the EFFECTIVE DATE.
3.6.2 The following scope statements relate to and deal with the tasks and activities of
inspections to be carried out by CONTRACTOR in respect of Safety & Technical
Audits, Internal Design Verification, THIRD PARTY Review & APPROVALS,
and where said inspections require the use of specialist inspection/certification
agencies (“Certification Agencies”). The tasks, activities and obligations (the
“inspection services”) of said Certification Agencies shall be conducted in
accordance with, but not necessarily limited to, the following specialist inspection
services:
3.6.2.1 as a COMPANY provision: THIRD PARTY technical and safety audits, review and
verification of the WORK and as may be requested by COMPANY such as to the Detail
Design and/or Engineering and/or Safety in Use and/or Quality of Construction, and/or
Witness Testing and/or Fitness for Purpose for which it is intended and the like;
3.6.2.2 as a CONTRACTOR provision: THIRD PARTY review, inspection and verification of

the quality and compliance of all CONTRACTOR ITEMS throughout their process of
manufacture and their compliance with SPECIFICATIONS, the provisions of Functional
Specification and other provisions of the CONTRACT as to Quality Assurance and Quality
Control;
3.6.2.3 as a CONTRACTOR provision: THIRD PARTY review, inspection and verification of

the quality and compliance of all CONTRACTOR ITEMS when and as installed in the
permanent WORK and as appropriate, the quality of the workmanship of said installations
as to their compliance with Project Specifications, the provisions of Functional
Specification and other provisions of the CONTRACT as to Quality Assurance and Quality
Control; and
3.6.2.4 as a CONTRACTOR provision: THIRD PARTY review and verification of methods and
means of transportation of said CONTRACTOR ITEMS from their place of manufacture
to the SITE (including any Marine and Other Water Borne Means of Transportation)
together Methods and Equipment for Lifting, Placing, Fastening and Unloading on to said
means of transportation.
3.6.3 Where so instructed by COMPANY by way of a pertaining VARIATION ORDER,

place a subcontract for those Services described in 3.6.2.1 above and in accordance
with directions and a pertaining SCOPE OF WORK given by COMPANY in said
VARIATION ORDER save always that CONTRACTOR shall of his own account
and at his sole and entire cost similarly place subcontracts for those Services
described in 3.6.2.2, 3.6.2.3 & 3.6.2.4 above.
3.6.4 Without any reservation, fully co-operate and co-ordinate with said Certification
Agencies in all aspects of their performance of their Services and in particular, with
the provision of documentation, notices and the like necessary for certification of
Page 83 of 273
the WORK, permits and permissions necessary for the performance of the WORK
and inspections and testing of the WORK.
3.6.5 Provide in a timely manner through the use of a coordination procedure all
documentation necessary for COMPANY to review, inspect, APPROVE, and
achieve timely co-ordination with the concerned Verification/Certification Agency
as required.
4 ENGINEERING
4.1 COMPANY REQUIREMENTS
4.1.1 The general scope of engineering included in the WORK is listed below in a non-
exhaustive manner and applicable to the following tasks and activities:
• Endorsement of Information in DESIGN DOSSIER (pursuant to Article 13.4 of

SECTION II);
• HSE and other technical reviews and workshops;
• Site surveys and verification of as-built conditions at the WORKSITE;
• Detailed Design and generation of all associated documents to allow for the subsequent
project stages;
• Development of all construction specifications and procedures;
• Constructability workshops;
• HAZOPs;
• HAZID/ ENVID study;
• SIMOP Study;
• 3D CAD Design Model development and reviews;
• Safety Integrity Level (SIL) Assessment (LOPA);
• SIL Verification;
• Preparation of all required documents and procedures for procurement purposes;
• Preparation of all required procedure or guidance for logistic;
• Development of all PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING, START-UP and
PERFORMANCE TEST procedures, instructions, method statements, guidance, formats,
templates, certificates and any other required document for the purpose;
• Identification of Long Lead Items (LLIs) for the WORK and timely performance of
engineering and procurement activities to meet the CONTRACT SCHEDULE;
Page 84 of 273
• Comprehensive analyses of existing ICSS, MES, IT&Telecom and Security systems in

terms of using of them and interfaces with Project ICSS, MES, IT&Telecom and Security
systems;
• FINAL DOCUMENTATION including but not limited to; all VENDOR documents, As-
Built documentation, Mechanical Completion and Commissioning Dossier, Site Quality
Records and Close-Out report;
• FACILITIES operation and maintenance manuals;
• Development of all documents for maintenance implementation and equipment spare
parts management.
4.1.2 All engineering of the WORK shall be performed in accordance with the provisions
of the CONTRACT, in particular SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER (WP-4 is not
included in CONTRACTOR’s Scope of Work) and this SECTION III, SCOPE OF
WORK.
4.1.3 CONTRACTOR shall provide land space reservations for future extensions to
accommodate additional new facilities and that such reservation is made and shown,
as appropriate, on all drawings but in particular, on all Plot Plans. CONTRACTOR
shall provide tie-in points for future expansion as part of the detailed design.
4.1.4 All engineering WORK shall be performed in such a manner so as to take full
account of all health, safety, security and environment considerations in the WORK
and ensure that the FACILITIES are designed and constructed according to
APPROVED specifications and industry best practice engineering standards.
CONTRACTOR shall provide all the engineering documentation to COMPANY
for review, comments and APPROVAL.
4.1.5 The WORK is to be engineered in accordance with the specifications and standards
listed in the CONTRACT; any deviations thereto require prior COMPANY
APPROVAL in accordance with “Technical Queries and Deviation Request
Procedure” (refer to SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER, APPENDIX D1).
4.1.6 CONTRACTOR shall follow APPROVED Document Control Procedure.
4.1.7 Detailed Design shall be in accordance with Local Environmental Conditions and
Regulations. Equipment shall be suitable for the prevailing environmental
conditions. No environmental hazards are to be created that upset the ecology of the
surroundings.
4.1.8 Suitable design considerations and safety measures shall be employed to avoid
damage, structural damage and failure due to the aggressive environmental
conditions found at the WORKSITE or to the quality of natural construction
materials found in IRAQ.
4.1.9 Equipment and material for incorporation into the WORK shall be in accordance
with specifications detailed in the SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER, HSE
Page 85 of 273
standards as described in SECTION XI and quality requirements as described in

SECTION VIII. In particular, CONTRACTOR shall:
• Prepare specific Quality Assurance/Quality Control procedures for engineering and

design, as necessary to comply with CONTRACT requirements.
• Prepare additional standards as required for the WORK.
• Update the general and technical Specifications for all disciplines to reflect actual SITE
status.
• Obtain pertinent data and information related to existing facilities through field visits for
developing/verifying drawings and interfaces/tie-in’s with details for all engineering
disciplines.
• Implement the recommendations of independent THIRD PARTY reviews for Design,
Technical and Safety Audits.
• Maintain material take offs and periodic monitoring/updating of material changes for all
bulk categories.
• Perform and provide to COMPANY all necessary engineering and design calculations.
• Prepare all calculations required to ensure a smooth START-UP, adequate safety response
to anticipated emergencies, and orderly shutdown of the system.
• Incorporate lessons-learnt, noted in specification and engineering documents.
• Prepare all final design calculations, including updates to all previous design calculations
required to ensure compliance with guarantees.
• Prepare operating and maintenance manuals and any other manuals as required.
• Prepare FINAL DOCUMENTATION in accordance with CONTRACT, SECTION IV,
document No. 8015-0150-LMEL-00-000-IM-SP-00001 “SPECIFICATION FOR
PREPARATION OF FINAL HANDOVER DOCUMENTATION”.
• Implement the requirements of CONTRACT, SECTION IV, documents Nos. 8015-0151-
WGK1-00-000-PM-PP-00001 “TAGGING PROCEDURE”, 8015-0151-LM20-00-000-
IN-SP-00102 “SPECIFICATION FOR INSTRUMENTATION AND
TELECOMMUNICATION NUMBERING” and 8015-0151-CPPB-00-000-EL-SP-
00001 “DESIGN RULES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT NUMBERING” and apply
appropriate tagging numbers to COMPANY ITEM, as applicable.
• Review, approve and incorporate into the design any VENDOR design documentation.
4.1.10 CONTRACTOR shall submit to COMPANY within one month after the
MECHANICAL COMPLETION, but not later than achievement of
PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE, a complete set of As-built drawings including
electronic editable copies. These drawings and documents shall be marked-up with
all the changes made in the field to reflect the As-built condition of the WORK and
FACILITIES.
Page 86 of 273
4.1.11 CONTRACTOR must use “review” mode when sending all COMPANY provided
documents being updated for COMPANY review in first and consecutive revisions.
4.1.12 Most stringent requirements of Detailed Documents in Section IV, APPENDIX D5

(Dammam 4 WSW detailed design) shall prevail FEED documentation in Section
IV, APPENDIX D2.
4.2 GENERAL ENGINEERING

4.2.1 The CONTRACTOR shall consider the special requirements for engineering listed
below:
• CONTRACTOR shall review and Implement all “open points” resulting from FEED
phase, including the outstanding points coming from Technical Safety Studies (e.g.
HAZID/ENVID, HAZOP, etc.) detailed in doc. no. 8015-0151-EN11-00-000-AL-RG-
00002 - “Project Open Actions Register”.
• The contractor shall verify and review the pipeline routing and design the crossings based
on the data from a detailed topographic investigation.
• Contractor shall perform engineering site survey investigation to find out all relevant
interfaces for all disciplines, including but not limited to: coordinates/position of tie-in
points at X-mass trees, coordinates/position of existing piping on sleeper ways, manifolds,
interface points for ICSS, Telecom, MES, etc., availability of free space in existing Sub-
Station and SIH buildings, I/O ports, etc. Scope of survey for performance of engineering
site survey investigation shall be developed by Contractor’s designer. Common report to
be officially issued for Company information.
• Contractor to guarantee ease of maintenance during operation, in particular handrail to be
suitable for easy valve operability (applicable to all handwheels installations).
• Contractor to ensure appropriate scheduling of all engineering activities, considering the
manufacturing lead time and customs clearance required for importing to Iraq.
• Contractor shall use the water analysis (8015-0151-SS02-00-000-ME-RP-00002),
provided in Material Selection Report, and verify the selected materials for Project usage.
The Material Selection Verification Report shall be issued for Company’s approval.
Contractor shall consider FEED Corrosion Study Report, Material Selection Report and
other related documents.
4.3 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT

4.3.1 In respect to the Technical safety and HSE disciplines, the CONTRACTOR shall
consider the special requirements for engineering listed below:
• CONTRACTOR shall prepare project-specific Safety & Environmental Philosophy at the

beginning of detail design engineering phase;
• CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate firefighting equipment at Well Pads area (#2, #8,
#10 and #12); CONTRACTOR shall update As-Built firefighting equipment location
drawings.
Page 87 of 273
• CONTRACTOR shall develop Fire Fighting, Safety Equipment, Safety Signs and Escape
Route Layouts as appropriate for all areas included in the detailed engineering scope.
CONTRACTOR shall provide combined safety showers and eyewash stations within 15
meters from chemical hazards (including company provided items);
• CONTRACTOR shall update F&G detection layout drawings, updating F&G detection
systems for existing equipment, and F&G Cause and Effect Matrix prepared during FEED
project phase as appropriate for all areas included in the detailed engineering scope;
• CONTRACTOR shall also provide F&G detection layout drawings for each WIW Well
Pads (considering locations of Manual Call Points, Toxic (H2S) Detectors etc.);
• CONTRACTOR shall prepare Fire Fighting Equipment, Safety Equipment and Safety
Signs specifications and data sheets for COMPANY approval.;
• CONTRACTOR shall develop / update the Hazardous Area Classification Layouts and
Schedule, including chemical injection packages at Well Pads, for all areas of detailed
engineering scope; CONTRACTOR to assure equipment selection based on Hazardous
Area Classification;
• CONTRACTOR shall design chemical storage facility according to risk phrases in
chemicals MSDS;
• CONTRACTOR shall carry-out detailed HAZID/ ENVID, HAZOP, SIL (LOPA)
Assessment, Constructability Review and SIMOPS studies for the detailed engineering
phase. Representatives’ attendance of selected VENDOR shall be ensured for all safety
workshops. All such studies shall be conducted by a THIRD PARTY agency APPROVED
by COMPANY. Procedures, reports with recommendations and close-out reports shall be
a part of CONTRACTOR deliverables for all above studies
• CONTRACTOR shall develop Safety Requirements Specifications (SRS) for every SIS
and shall carry out a SIL Verification using the techniques referenced in IEC 61511 and
IEC 61508. These activities shall be carried by THIRD PARTY using TUV certified
software and reports shall be provided to COMPANY. The main objective of SRS is to
specify all Functional and Integrity requirements of SIS and provide specific design
recommendations for every SIFs (i.e. configuration, response time, hardware diagnostic,
safe state and proof-testing strategy) in order to meet the SIL requirements. SIL
Verification is used to confirm that the SiFs meet the suggested SIL in terms of hardware
reliability and minimum architecture requirements;
• CONTRACTOR shall develop a HSE Hazards and Effects Register which shall provide
a formalized record of the management of all the HSE related hazards and effects derived
from the design development process, including the management of hazards identified
from internal and external reviews and audits.
• CONTRACTOR shall put in place a system for identification, monitoring, tracking,
following-up and closing of all the HSE actions and recommendations from different HSE
studies (HSE Actions Database), including those HSE actions from FEED Project Open
Actions Register and other internal and external sources. The output of this shall be an
HSE Action Tracking Register, a summary of which will be provided to COMPANY on
a regular basis demonstrating the current status of all HSE actions;
4.3.2 Formal Health, Safety and Environmental Assessment Requirements.
Page 88 of 273
4.3.2.1 One of the major PROJECT objectives is to meet the requirements of COMPANY’s HSE
Policy and to reduce PROJECT’s HSE risks to a level that is demonstrably as low as
reasonably practicable (ALARP) in all PROJECT phases, including the operations phase.
To achieve this objective CONTRACTOR shall apply best safety and environmental design
principles satisfying as a minimum all Codes of Practice and Guidelines. To show
adherence to the above commitments the WORK shall include all necessary risk assessment
activities as required. The following sub-clauses detail the most important elements of the
process. As a general practice, Design Safety and Environmental Philosophies shall be part
of CONTRACTOR deliverables. CONTRACTOR shall submit to COMPANY for review
and APPROVAL a Design HSE Plan within 30 days from the EFFECTIVE DATE.
4.3.3 Hazard Identification and Accident Risk Assessment Studies.
4.3.3.1 CONTRACTOR shall carry out and interpret qualitative and quantitative hazard and
accident risk studies as per COMPANY’s requirements. The studies must identify hazards,
assess risks and demonstrate that necessary measures have been taken to reduce risks to as
low as reasonably practicable (ALARP). CONTRACTOR shall, in developing the detailed
engineering of PROJECT / installation / plant minimize risk by, in order of priority:
• Eliminating the presence of hazards;

• Seeking methods of preventing them being realized;
• Controlling the magnitude or frequency of a hazard when it is realized;
• Providing hardware or software means of mitigating the consequences of the hazard on
the FACILITY and personnel.
4.3.4 The output from the Final Safety Assessment process shall be a fully considered
system of risk management, balanced between hazard elimination, control and
mitigation. Once the hazards have been identified, the consequences and
frequencies of each of the hazard scenarios shall be analyzed by CONTRACTOR
in order to quantify the level of risk associated with each hazard identified. As the
output of these analyses is, where appropriate, used as key drivers in the overall
design, the studies shall be executed in an interactive manner with the design
process and with the input of QRA and other Safety studies performed by the
Consultant. Hazard studies shall be performed by CONTRACTOR are, but not
limited to:
4.3.5 Hazard Identification and Environmental Impact Identification Study

(HAZID/ENVID)
4.3.5.1 HAZID/ENVID is a technique for the identification of all significant hazards and all
significant environmental impacts, associated with the particular activity under
consideration and uses guidewords to prompt study team members to identify hazards by
using their imaginations. HAZID/ENVID typically focuses on plant layout drawings, as it
aims to identify intrinsic hazards. HAZID/ENVID is also the technique of choice for
identifying hazards as the first stage of demonstration of ALARP, as required
Page 89 of 273
CONTRACTOR shall undertake Hazard Study for all FACILITIES and produce a report.
CONTRACTOR shall also close-out outstanding actions from Hazard Studies.
CONTRACTOR shall incorporate in the detailed engineering all recommendations from
the Previous Studies done by licensor or others in past phases of PROJECT.
HAZID/ENVID Study (workshop) shall be facilitated by an independent THIRD-PARTY
consultant APPROVED by COMPANY. HAZID/ENVID Terms of Reference and Close-
out Report shall be part of CONTRACTOR deliverables.
4.3.6 Hazards and Operability (HAZOP) Study
4.3.6.1 In HAZOP studies, an interdisciplinary team uses a systematic approach to identify hazards
and operability problems occurring as a result of deviations from the intended range of
process conditions. An experienced team leader systematically guides the team through the
FACILITY design, using a fixed set of “guide words” which are applied to specific
“process parameters” at discrete locations or “study nodes” in the process system. The
“study node” may be either a discrete point in the process system or it may be a particular
run of piping.
4.3.6.2 CONTRACTOR shall undertake HAZOP Study for part or all of the FACILITIES design
as may be directed by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. This study shall be executed
by guideword approach, but applied on systems rather than line by line. HAZOP Study
(workshop) shall be facilitated by an independent THIRD PARTY consultant APPROVED
by COMPANY. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to ensure VENDOR support is
provided during the HAZOP study if necessary.
4.3.6.3 CONTRACTOR shall prepare a plan to conduct the HAZOP Study at least, three (3) weeks
prior to commencing with the HAZOP Study, which shall include the proposed team leader
and other proposed CONTRACTOR participants, by topic area, for COMPANY
APPROVAL. Prior to the Study, CONTRACTOR shall also issue required documentation
to COMPANY in electronic and hard copy format, including, but not limited to:
• Major Equipment Data Sheets;

• Material Safety Data Sheets;
• Cause and Effect Diagrams;
• Plot Plans and Area Classifications;
• Relief valve calculations and data sheets;
• P&ID’s and PFD’s with heat and material balances;
• Electrical drawings;
• Studies;
• Materials selection diagrams;
• PHR and PPHA worksheets and actions items;
Page 90 of 273
• Operating & control Philosophy and Procedures;

• Safeguarding philosophy;
• START-UP, shutdown, isolation, draining and venting, blowdown and sampling
philosophies.
4.3.6.4 CONTRACTOR shall issue the completed HAZOP Study report to COMPANY for review
and APPROVAL within five (5) working days after completion of the study. All
recommendations resulting from the HAZOP Study shall be implemented subject to
COMPANY’s prior written APPROVAL. All COMPANY APPROVED action items
resulting from the study which are required to ensure a safe and operable FACILITY and
which can be considered as being part of the WORK pursuant to this CONTRACT, shall
be incorporated by CONTRACTOR with no additional compensation.
4.3.6.5 CONTRACTOR shall complete actions arising from the HAZOP. HAZOP Terms of
Reference and Close-out Report shall be part of CONTRACTOR deliverables.
4.3.7 Safety Integrity Level Assessment
4.3.7.1 CONTRACTOR shall undertake SIL Verification Study as required to assess the reliability
of control and instrumented protective systems. SIL Verification Study (workshop) shall
be facilitated by an independent THIRD PARTY consultant APPROVED by COMPANY.
SIL Terms of Reference and verification study report shall be part of CONTRACTOR
deliverables.
4.3.8 Constructability and Simultaneous Operations Study
4.3.8.1 CONTRACTOR, with the participation of COMPANY and OTHER CONTRACTORS,

shall arrange and carry out Simultaneous Operations Study (Constructability/ SIMOPS
workshop). SIMOPS / Constructability Studies Terms of Reference, matrix and report shall
be part of CONTRACTOR deliverables.
4.3.9 Dispersion Analysis
4.3.9.1 The risk management process shall involve a toxic (H2S) dispersion analysis and suggest
suitable measures in handling and managing H2S including establishing the Toxic (H2S)
Hazardous zone layouts. Additionally, plant layout shall consider the prevailing wind
direction and manned buildings will be located upwind of any potential hazardous leak
sources.
4.3.10 Fire and Gas Detection and Protection Systems
4.3.10.1 The design philosophy for fire and gas detection and protection systems shall be in line
with the Fire Protection Design Basis. The control system shall incorporate a fire and gas
detection system which is linked to the shutdown system.
4.3.10.2 The fire protection arrangements shall be based on the fire risk analysis of the
FACILITIES. Fire extinguishers shall be installed at the FACILITIES.
Page 91 of 273
4.3.11 General Safety and Alarm Systems
4.3.11.1 Manual Alarm Call points and general sirens shall be defined at strategic locations.
Positive isolation shall be contemplated in the design in order to facilitate safe maintenance
work conditions on piping, valves and equipment. Emergency showers and eye wash
stations shall be defined in areas where hazardous materials are to be handled or stored.
4.3.12 Safe Access
4.3.12.1 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that safe access is provided and arranged at appropriate
height to facilitate operational activities e.g. valve operation, routine maintenance and
checks by mechanical, electrical and control engineering personnel. The design shall take
into account the tasks to be performed. All pressure, temperature and flow indicators shall
be arranged so as to be clearly readable from permanent access platforms.
4.3.13 Escape Routes
4.3.13.1 Escape routes shall take the most direct route from the immediate hazard to an area of
relative safety. The escape route shall not direct personnel escaping from a non-hazardous
area through a zone 1 or 2 hazardous areas. All escape routes shall direct personnel to
assembly areas. Every escape route shall be readily accessible, unobstructed and well-
marked.
4.3.14 Environmental Protection Requirements
4.3.14.1 CONTRACTOR shall include in the basic engineering and design requirements such
as:
• Drainage system
4.3.14.2 A closed drainage basin shall be provided to prevent any discharge of sour water/
hazardous materials into land/water.
• Hazardous materials
4.3.14.3 CONTRACTOR shall prepare a hazardous material register and inventory. This shall
include all flammable materials, corrosive and toxic substances, chemicals and any
radioactive materials, which are to be stored permanently or temporarily on the installations
or project units. Bulk storage of hazardous materials required for continuous use shall be
considered. This inventory shall be part of CONTRACTOR deliverables.
• Material Handling
4.3.14.4 The lifting facilities shall be positioned and designed in line with risk analysis and in
such a way as to allow for safe operation during production.
4.4 SURVEYS
4.4.1 SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER incorporates geographical and topographical
surveys performed by COMPANY. Such surveys are provided on information-only
Page 92 of 273
basis and COMPANY does not represent or warrant the accuracy or adequacy of
such surveys for the performance of the WORK. For the avoidance of doubt,
surveys provided by COMPANY in SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER do not
derogate, in any way, from CONTRACTOR’s obligation to perform its own
surveys as more particularly describe below.
4.4.2 The WORK includes the tasks and activities of surveys and survey data analysis
and shall include, amongst other things when applicable:
• Geotechnical surveys;
• Geodetic / Topographical surveys;
• Environmental surveys Setting out stations, triangulation points and bench marks for the
WORK; and
• Other required surveys necessary for the performance of the WORK.
4.4.3 CONTRACTOR shall carry out all necessary surveys for the WORK. Check all
data and information obtained from said surveys against similar information where
such may have been provided by COMPANY and report to COMPANY
accordingly as to the correctness thereof or variances therein.
4.4.4 Determine the location and identify the nature and type of any and all hidden
obstacles, both natural and “man-made” and as to ground water levels, unstable
ground conditions, “hard-dig”, rock excavation, existing concrete and masonry
foundations, existing pipelines and cables (both buried and at existing ground level)
and the like and design and engineer solutions for dealing with such, including any
proposals for use of trench sheeting/sheet piling, dewatering systems and use of
explosives.
4.4.5 In order to provide an accurate description of the main stages of surveying works
as: Development of Surveying Control Point Network, Setting Out, Surveying
Inspections and As Built Survey. The CONTRACTOR shall follow the
COMPANY requirements stated SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER, document
“Specifications for Surveying Works” 8015-0150-LMEL-00-000-CI-SP-00007
4.4.6 GEOTHECNICAL SURVEY
4.4.6.1 CONTRACTOR shall carry out a geotechnical survey for the area interested to the new
installations to get reliable data to be used for the purpose of detailed design of the
foundations.
4.4.7 TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY AND EXISTING

UNDERGROUND/ABOVEGROUND SERVICES VERIFICATION
4.4.7.1 A detailed topographical survey investigation shall be executed by Contractor before

starting with the detail design of the gathering system and preparation of crossings.
Page 93 of 273
4.4.7.2 Result of this survey shall be used to verify the proposed gathering routing and crossings
positions. Based on the results of the survey, the gathering system routing shall be
optimized and the detailed crossings shall be designed accordingly.
4.4.7.3 Underground and aboveground services investigation is necessary to identify the position
of all existing services that can create modification to the gathering routing.
4.4.7.4 Determine all tie-in points with the scale 1:500.
4.5 DETAILED DESIGN

4.5.1 The WORK described in this SECTION III along with SECTION IV, DESIGN
DOSSIER (Section IV, APPENDIX D5 (Dammam 4 WSW detailed design) shall
prevail FEED documentation in Section IV, APPENDIX D2), forms the basis of
the Detail Design such as may be necessary for CONTRACTOR’s Detail Design of
the WORK described in clause 2; and includes, finalizing the basic design and
Specifications in respect of the FACILITIES.
4.5.2 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the Detailed Design of the WORK shall be
developed utilizing those recognized standards and codes of the international oil
and gas industry, industry best practice and as where applicable standards and codes
in use in the Republic of IRAQ. CONTRACTOR shall refer to the latest as-built
drawings of the existing facilities and perform relevant site visits, as required, to
ensure that the detail engineering deliverables reflects the actual site conditions.
4.5.3 The Detailed Design shall be developed in such a manner so as to be entirely

compatible with the CONTRACT in respect of the subsequent requirements of the
Detailed Design of the WORK and subsequent CONTRACTOR’s provisions in
respect of the specific requirements of project management, engineering,
procurement, supply, transportation, construction, PRE-COMMISSIONING,
MECHANICAL COMPLETION, COMMISSIONING, HANDOVER to
COMPANY and provision of support for COMPANY’s START-UP, and
PERFORMANCE TEST.
4.5.4 General
4.5.4.1 The Scope of Detail Design of the WORK follows the content described hereof and it shall
be the case that all deliverables of Detail Design drawings and documents shall go through
their various stages of review and comment development so as to cumulate in “approved
for construction” (“AFC”) format.
4.5.4.2 CONTRACTOR shall prepare drawings lists and the Master Document Register (MDR) as
well as the Engineering Deliverables Documents Register (EDDR) and Implement
document control for all documents including those from VENDORs and
SUBCONTRACTORs utilizing electronic data-basing hardware and software and EDMS
applications.
Page 94 of 273
4.5.4.3 Documents from SUBCONTACTORS shall have the same format as required by the
COMPANY procedures (refer to SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER).
4.5.4.4 In all cases of inability to meet any of the requirements of the SPECIFICATIONS,
CONTRACTOR must advise to COMPANY through a system of non-conformance notices
of the specific difficulty experienced and the proposed resolution to overcome such
difficulty.
4.5.4.5 CONTRACTOR shall update and complete all pertaining design drawings and documents
and carry out all engineering studies required in the specifications and in particular take
into account studies encompassing surveys (‘pre-built’, ‘post-built and “as-built’ and the
like) as required and preparatory WORK requirements including interfaces and obstacles
to the WORK.
4.5.4.6 CONTRACTOR shall verify design package with the SITE condition by SITE survey
utilizing detailed BROWNFIELD Checklists. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
ensuring that the Detailed Design supports a fully functional FACILITIES to meet the
requirements of all SPECIFICATIONS, standards, performance parameters and technical
requirements covered in the CONTRACT and achieve complete integration with other
facilities located outside battery limits of FACILITIES.
4.5.4.7 CONTRACTOR shall develop Construction QA/QC Program to ensure asset integrity for
the FACILITIES.
4.5.4.8 CONTRACTOR shall perform the Detailed Design of the WORK taking into consideration
the installation constraints (lifting and handling limitations), the safety constraints (DOS,
QRA, HAZID, minimum number of welds) and the Operational constraints (minimum
number of potential leak paths) posed by the nature of the WORK.
4.5.4.9 CONTRACTOR shall review all engineering documents for safety, reliability and
environmental compliance. CONTRACTOR shall check and ensure that the maintenance
and inspection requirements are included in the Detail Design and engineering inclusive of
operations and maintenance documentation.
4.5.4.10 CONTRACTOR shall develop all technical documents for its contracts with
SUBCONTRACTORs and VENDORs and evaluate and monitor SUBCONTRACTORs’
and VENDORs’ technical inquiries. CONTRACTOR shall also check, approve and co-
ordinate all SUBCONTRACTORs’ and VENDORs' documentation including their
preparation for future inclusion in FINAL DOCUMENTATION. Incorporate all
SUBCONTRACTORs’ and VENDORs' documents, data and information in the Detail
Design. CONTRACTOR shall not approve any deviations (technical or otherwise) from
the requirements of the CONTRACT, unless agreed in writing by COMPANY.
4.5.4.11 Independent of COMPANY’s own studies, CONTRACTOR shall carry out the safety
studies and transmit to COMPANY for review, observations and comment. Include
COMPANY’s observations and comments into the Detail Design.
Page 95 of 273
4.5.4.12 CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with COMPANY for review and comments of all
engineering documents.
4.5.4.13 CONTRACTOR shall provide access to and copies of all information and records
pertaining to the WORK necessary for COMPANY to review the WORK, as and when
requested by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. The information and records shall
include, but not be limited to, copies of engineering calculations, detail and working
drawings, specifications, data sheets, analyses, simulations, CAD files, 3D model files,
drawings, other design documents, materials/equipment submittals, material take-offs,
purchase requisitions, technical evaluation results, placement recommendations,
subcontracts, unpriced purchase orders, unpriced VENDOR correspondence, inspection
reports, expediting reports, spare parts data, quality assurance and control documents,
procedures, alternative studies, detailed logic for CONTRACTOR’s WORK, schedules and
plans and other data information prepared, produced, provided or supplied by
CONTRACTOR, its SUBCONTRACTORs and VENDORs for the WORK.
4.5.4.14 CONTRACTOR shall incorporate into the Detailed Design COMPANY’s comments
following any COMPANY review provided for under the terms of the CONTRACT.
4.5.4.15 Where required CONTRACTOR must issue all technical documents, regulatory forms
and provide assistance required in order for COMPANY to obtain APPROVAL and all
permits from concerned authorities at all stages of the WORK of design, procurement,
construction, PRE-COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING (prior to START-UP) of
the WORK.
4.5.5 Process Engineering
4.5.5.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform all detailed engineering design of the FACILITIES
including process engineering, design optimizations, update process documentation and,
where necessary develop new process documentation. The following process documents
shall be produced including but not limited to:
• Basis of design, design criteria, and philosophies;

• Process description, PFDs, P&IDs, MSDs, HMBs;
• Process datasheets for all equipment and instruments;
• Lists: equipment, lines, fluids, tie-ins, manual valves;
• Summaries: utility consumption, chemical consumption, and effluent
• Alarm and trip schedule, cause and effect matrices;
• Process Design reports: simulations, material selection, relief and blow down, hydraulic
calculations, surge and transient analysis, sludge and effluent management;
• Operating, control and safeguarding narrative, Control description, operating manual,
COMMISSIONING procedures, start up and shutdown procedure, emergency shutdown
procedure;
Page 96 of 273
• All other relevant process documentation required for the design, construction,
COMMISSIONING, START-UP and operation of the FACILITIES; and all relevant
VENDOR documentation.
4.5.5.2 CONTRACTOR shall consider the following guidelines as applicable to perform Process
Engineering:
• CONTRACTOR shall consider detailed designed P&IDs, provided in Section IV

DESIGN DOSSIER, D5, with verification of mentioned P&IDs and other process
documentation included into the DESIGN DOSSIER incorporating additional
equipment/instrument/piping etc. as deemed appropriate for ensuring that the
FACILITIES delivers the intended services for the design life of the FACILITIES. Any
design deficiencies found will be rectified by the CONTRACTOR at no extra cost or
schedule impact to the services;
4.5.5.3 CONTRACTOR shall develop and update all philosophies including sparing, isolation,
venting and draining, relief and blow down, ESD and depressurization, operating and
control, safeguarding, COMMISSIONING, START-UP, shutdown, sampling,
COMMISSIONING, O&M and chemical injection philosophies.
4.5.5.4 CONTRACTOR shall update all affected process engineering documentation resulting
from the findings of all design reviews, P&IDs review, HAZOPs, SIL classification and
any other reviews/studies and elsewhere in the CONTRACT. All vendor packages shall be
subjected to a HAZOP and SIL review and all recommendations shall be incorporated.
4.5.5.5 CONTRACTOR shall perform hydraulic calculations (both steady and transient state) with
the use of HYSYS, OLGA, PIPESIM, and/or PIPENET (edition shall be APPROVED).
CONTRACTOR shall verify all required transient cases as a minimum (such as controlled
or uncontrolled surge, start up, shut down, etc.); but the analysis shall not be limited to
existing study reports. CONTRACTOR shall calculate all required parameters and set
points to be used into controllers for FACILITY protection against overpressure and shut
down considering two types of ESP pumps for one water supply well. Types of ESP pumps
to be clarified on detailed design stage.
4.5.5.6 CONTRACTOR shall develop the hydraulics and update based on final plot plan/layout
and alignment/isometric sheets, pressure drop (based on VENDOR information as
applicable) across various elements such as minimum recirculation valve, level/flow
control valve and in-line piping equipment, and the like.
4.5.5.7 CONTRACTOR shall perform the following process simulation for all cases:
• Plant wide simulation using HYSYS;

• Pipeline/piping steady state hydraulics study using PIPENET/PIPESIM;
• Water network hydraulics using PIPENET (Transient);
Page 97 of 273
• The Study software’s for simulations listed in this clause shall not be considered
exhaustive; CONTRACTOR shall develop additional studies as necessary during detailed
design.
4.5.5.8 CONTRACTOR shall develop and update PFDs which shall contain at least, but not limited
to, the following as a minimum:
• All process equipment, shown diagrammatically marked with equipment numbers and
titles;
• Duties (or capacities) of equipment;
• Operating and design temperature, pressure, total flow rates and composition;
• Process lines (marked with stream numbers) showing direction of flow and all
interconnections between process units;
• All lines essential for understanding the mass balance around each piece of equipment;
• All figures given in SI metric system and traditional units of measurement; and
4.5.5.9 Normal continuous steady state operating streams numbered and a table on the same
diagram provided including the molar flows, mass flows, pressure, and temperature for
each numbered stream at actual flowing condition. Operating temperatures and pressures
additionally provided for equipment.
4.5.5.10 CONTRACTOR shall develop P&IDs. These diagrams shall show all process
equipment and piping, instruments and control systems such as operation and shutdown
logic design, process interlocks, and the like. Number and sizes shall be indicated for all
valves. The extent and type of heat medium for tracing and type of insulation shall also be
shown. Such details as steam-out and purge connections, process equipment vents and lines
for alternative operations and START-UP and shutdown shall be shown. Utilities shall be
shown entering and/or leaving each process unit including distribution of each utility to all
utility users/producers together with utility control systems specific to that user/producer.
CONTRACTOR shall use P&ID legends 8015-0151-LM20-00-000-PC-PD-00001~00018
and 8015-0151-LM20-00-000-IN-SP-00101 Specification for Field Instrumentation,
provided within SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER. If provided in SECTION IV, DESIGN
DOSSIER P&ID legends are not enough then CONTRACTOR shall provide additional
definitions of P&ID symbols and abbreviations on CONTRACTOR’S legend sheets of
P&IDs. P&IDs shall contain the following as a minimum, but not limited to:
• All process equipment including installed stand-by equipment;

• Line size and line identification including material specifications for all lines;
• Insulation requirements of lines and equipment;
• Relative elevations of all equipment and piping where gravity or 2-phase flow is taking
place, e.g. Tanks, Pumps, etc.
• Follow COMPANY Isolation Philosophy in the design documents;
Page 98 of 273
• Equipment characteristic parameters dimension plus design temperature and pressure;

• Equipment title and number;
• All nozzles on vessels and all internals in vessels;
• Required line slope, relative location of equipment or special conditions such as required
vertical loop dimensions, gravity lines with or without pockets, and the like;
• Vents and drains required for process or operating reasons (not hydraulic testing);
• Heat tracing of lines and instruments if necessary;
• All START-UP, by-pass, shutdown and emergency lines and lines for special modes of
operation;
• All instruments required for all modes of operation of the process unit(s);
• Instrumentation control loops including interlocks, sequence and ESD, partial stroke
functionality;
• Control valves and on/ off valves fail safe position;
• Instrumentation tag numbers;
• All details consistent with all the developed engineering and VENDOR documentation;
• Process specific installation position of piping components (if applicable);
• Type and item number of special components;
• Measuring and control signals transmission;
• Flow direction of signals when combining several measuring and control circuits;
• Scrapper signalers and scrapping drum tanks/containers;
• Electrical consumers other than motors, such as electrical heat tracings and heating
systems;
• Type of signal or specific representation of signaling lines, such as pneumatic, electric,
hydraulic, function line, capillary tubing;
• Principal separable connections such as flanges, spectacle blinds and removable spools;
• Sampling connections;
• Tie-in with existing facilities;
• Study and Implement the recommendations based on existing studies for Hazard and
Operability (HAZOP);
• Size and set pressure of safety valves and their inlet and outlet isolating valves;
• Dismantling PIDs for existing Facilities;
• Duties (or capacities) of equipment; and
Page 99 of 273
• AS-BUILT P&IDs before HANDOVER of the FACILITIES.

4.5.5.11 CONTRACTOR shall further develop the package P&IDs. CONTRACTOR shall
define full details of the package units on the P&ID’s. CONTRACTOR shall review
adequacy of instrumentation proposed and update P&IDs incorporating VENDOR
information and shall ensure VENDOR P&IDs conform to the WORK specific
requirements.
4.5.5.12 CONTRACTOR shall perform a detailed review of PFDs and P&IDs at selected
milestone points to ensure normal continuous operation, safe shutdowns,
normal/emergency shutdown, COMMISSIONING, as well as START-UP in line with
design requirements set forth in SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER. Design review shall
be conducted as a formal workshop with COMPANY using basis of design, design criteria,
P&IDs, PFDs, cause and effect matrices and philosophies as the primary review documents.
Such reviews shall involve VENDORs, SUBCONTRACTORs and other THIRD PARTY
representatives as considered appropriate by COMPANY. All resulting actions shall be
incorporated into the affected documents following APPROVAL.
4.5.5.13 CONTRACTOR shall integrate THIRD PARTY/VENDOR data such as P&IDs, PFDs,
datasheets and process control configuration into the affected Detailed Design
documentation.
4.5.5.14 CONTRACTOR shall utilize a Design Change management process for any proposed
changes to the master set of P&IDs following HAZOP. Design Changes shall be
APPROVED prior to any changes being made to the P&IDs.
4.5.5.15 A master set of P&IDs shall be maintained by CONTRACTOR throughout the WORK,
including DETAILED DESIGN, Construction, PRE-COMMISSIONING,
COMMISSIONING, START-UP and INITIAL OPERATIONS. This master set of P&IDs
shall be complete, correct and up to date at any stage of the WORK, and shall be maintained
in hard and soft copies.
4.5.5.16 CONTRACTOR shall update and develop process datasheets providing all process and
mechanical design data required for designing the equipment, including turn down ratio,
over design margin and also data for all modes of operations.
4.5.5.17 CONTRACTOR shall update and develop the instrumentation datasheets, Cause and
Effects Matrix, Alarm & Trip Schedule and ESD logic diagram, Hazardous are
classification schedule and drawing during DETAILED DESIGN.
4.5.5.18 CONTRACTOR shall size control valves and Safety valves for all operating cases, such
as turndown, normal operating, design, blocked outlet, full flaring, special modes of
operation and for the cases affecting safety, operability, production downtime and
flexibility of the affected equipment, plant and train. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s
responsibility to size, design, procure and install such valves as part of the WORKS to meet
the requirements of SECTION IV (DESIGN DOSSIER) and all modes of operation.
Page 100 of 273

4.5.5.19 In conjunction with chemicals suppliers and based on field trials, CONTRACTOR shall
validate chemical types, concentration, compatibility and injection dosing rates for
FACILITIES during DETAILED DESIGN. Based on abovementioned, CONTRACTOR
shall use water analysis provided in CONTRACT, SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER, D5,
8015-0151-SS02-00-000-ME-RP-00002 “MATERIAL SELECTION STUDY
REPORT”.CONTRACTOR shall perform required calculations to determine chemical
storage capacity, transportation, handling and disposal methods.
4.5.5.20 CONTRACTOR shall validate and engineer tie-in points identified, including the tie-
in points to existing facilities. CONTRACTOR may propose other tie-in locations as
required subject to APPROVAL. The tie-in shall be in conformance with the exiting
systems (the latest shall be used for the tie in) including design pressures and design
temperatures.
4.5.5.21 Prepare and incorporate all Interface requirements (i.e. Interface schedule drawings and
Interface Points identifications on drawings) with other contractors and existing facilities
tie-in (as directed by COMPANY) ensuring seamless fit-in of the services and
ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS with other deliverables; CONTRACTOR shall resolve all
Interface issues in a timely and well documented manner.
4.5.5.22 CONTRACTOR shall perform detailed Surge and Transient Analysis for the
pipelines/water injection networks and evaluate the design requirements for surge relief
valves at appropriate locations.
4.5.5.23 CONTRACTOR shall develop all process documents, including the documents which
have not been developed such as PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING, START-
UP and PERFORMANCE TEST procedures, and operating manuals, local instruments
datasheets, and other documents deemed necessary for the execution of WORK and submit
for APPROVAL.
4.5.5.24 CONTRACTOR shall check and update, where necessary, all process information to
ensure consistency so that individual equipment and the affected systems are safe, operable
and meet design requirements. CONTRACTOR shall ensure the availability of safeguards
in existing systems and verify their adequacy as there may be many interfaces between new
and the existing systems and if found inadequate or unavailable provide safeguards to
protect the FACILITIES from associated hazards.
4.5.5.25 CONTRACTOR shall ensure availability of process engineers to support PRE-

COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING in accordance with staffing plans developed
by CONTRACTOR. Such staffing plans and proposed engineers shall be APPROVED.
4.5.5.26 CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for design integrity during start up and to
meet the performance guarantee during normal operation and if any noncompliance/repair
shall be rectified by CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to COMPANY.
4.5.6 Stress Analysis
Page 101 of 273

4.5.6.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform Piping Stress Analysis, according to COMPANY Stress
Analysis Specification requirements. This shall include, but not limited to:
 Visual and Simplified verifications for minor non-critical lines;

 Stress Analysis Calculations of critical lines, using AutoPIPE or Caesar II stress
analysis software. Scope of analysis shall be:
• to check integrity and adequacy of the piping systems;

• to keep stress levels on the piping within ASME B31.3 code allowable values, conferring
adequate flexibility to the piping system;
• to keep the loads acting on equipment nozzles within the allowable values provided by
the equipment VENDOR, or in compliance with COMPANY specifications;
• to check leakage of flanged joints;
• to select adequate location and type for the piping supports.
4.5.6.2 CONTRACTOR shall perform separate calculation models for each analysed piping
system, and produce separate Stress Analysis Calculation Note for each model. For lines
influencing existing parts (like in the case of tie-ins on existing pipework) the calculation
model shall be extended to the existing piping section up to fixed points or logical
discontinuity, where no displacement is expected or it is negligible.
4.5.6.3 CONTRACTOR shall take into account thermal uplift of wellheads for stress calculations
(for both Water Supply Wells and Water Injection Wells);
4.5.6.4 Calculation notes shall report stress Isometrics containing all piping support information
(position, typology, loads), especially for special supports or special devices (e.g.: spring
supports, sliding supports, etc.).
4.5.6.5 Special Support Data Sheet and Specifications (e.g.: for spring support, sliding support,
etc.) shall be provided, if required by stress analysis. However, the use of spring support
shall be minimized.
4.5.6.6 Where applicable, for buried piping sections connecting WSWs to WPs areas,
CONTRACTOR shall perform:
• - road crossing verifications according to API RP 1102 code.

• - pipe ovality verification under soil cover and/or external loads (e.g. live loads), under
operating conditions;
4.5.6.7 For buried piping sections connecting WSWs to WPs areas, CONTRACTOR shall perform
pipe buoyancy verifications;
4.5.6.8 CONTRACTOR shall prepare the Critical Line List as per COMPANY piping Stress
Analysis Specification.
4.5.6.9 CONTRACTOR shall provide Stress Analysis input files in AutoPIPE or CAESAR II
Page 102 of 273

native format.
4.5.7 Mechanical Engineering
4.5.7.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform all Detailed Design of the WORK described herewith, as to
provide for, amongst other things, Mechanical engineering design optimizations and any
other mechanical discipline related engineering WORK that CONTRACTOR need to
develop for the required detailed design and detailed definition thereof.
4.5.7.2 Equipment shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requisitions,
specifications, data sheets, international codes and standards and in accordance to
SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER.
4.5.7.3 Interface with various disciplines particularly with civil for foundation to be identified and
captured in the relevant CONTRACT documents.
4.5.7.4 Mechanical input and support to the process design for effective equipment selection and
design. Provide input to HAZOP, HAZID/ENVID studies and constructability review.
4.5.7.5 CONTRACTOR shall develop detailed Mechanical Datasheets, Specifications, Material

Requisition, Inspection and Test Plans (ITP), Drawings, etc. for detailed design of
Mechanical Equipment. Mentioned documents shall be developed prior to placing purchase
orders for Long Lead Items ensure PROJECT performance within PROJECT SCHEDULE.
4.5.7.6 For pressure vessel specification, the wind load design code of practices (UBC 1997 and
ASCE 7-10) is generally acceptable. However, the most stringent requirement between the
UBC 1997 and ASCE 7-10 shall be applicable.
4.5.7.7 CONTRACTOR shall refer to Engineering Design Specification (refer to SECTION IV –

DESIGN DOSSIER) for external painting. Internal coating shall be provided as specified
in the mechanical datasheets.
4.5.7.8 Corrosion Coupon shall be considered for the corrosion monitoring of pipes.
4.5.7.9 CONTRACTOR to follow the list of international codes and standards as described in
requisitions and PROJECT engineering specifications.
4.5.7.10 CONTRACTOR to develop detail fabrication and construction drawing, calculations,

inspection and test plan, welding specification, Welding Procedure Specification (WPS),
Procedure Qualification Record (PQR), inspection and testing procedures, etc.
CONTRACTOR shall consider hardness limitations applicable to the carbon steel pressure
retaining welds in presence of H2S in process fluid with reference to NACE MR-0175 code
and COMPANY specification 8015-0151-SECL-00-000-PI-SP-00028 “JOB
SPECIFICATION FOR MATERIALS IN SOUR SERVICE”.
4.5.7.11 CONTRACTOR is responsible for reviewing, checking and approving technical data
from SUBCONTRACTORs and VENDORs to ensure consistency in the design,
construction, safety and operation requirement.
Page 103 of 273

4.5.7.12 CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit the CONTRACTOR’s requisitions, technical
bid evaluations along with the VENDOR’s offer and recommendation for COMPANY
APPROVAL.
4.5.7.13 SUBCONTRACTORs/VENDORs shall be APPROVED by COMPANY.
4.5.7.14 CONTRACTOR shall carry out construction, inspection, testing, PRE-

COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING in accordance with the applicable
international codes and standards, specifications and procedures APPROVED by
COMPANY.
4.5.7.15 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to hand over 3 (three) sets hard copy and 1 (one)
set of editable electronic file of as-built documents and drawings at the completion of the
installation and before final acceptance by the COMPANY.
4.5.7.16 CONTRACTOR to ensure that the existing operating or production FACILITIES under
operation are not affected while construction or execution of any other activity by
CONTRACTOR. Construction execution plan, shall be developed by CONTRACTOR for
COMPANY’s APPROVAL.
4.5.7.17 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the PRE-COMMISSIONING, and

COMMISSIONING execution.
4.5.7.18 CONTRACTOR mechanical discipline is responsible of preparing all mechanical

procedures and certificates to be used during, MECHANICAL COMPLETION, PRE-
COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING for the release of all mechanical equipment.
4.5.7.19 CONTRACTOR will support other disciplines in the preparation of a mechanical

handling study to determine the need of mechanical handling devices for mechanical
equipment and accessories.
4.5.7.20 Carry out shop inspection and issue periodic shop test inspection reports to
COMPANY.
4.5.7.21 CONTRACTOR is responsible for the preparation of the machinery preservation

requirement for shipping and jobsite storage. All the manuals, procedure, recommendations
and registers for preservation shall be folded and handed over to the construction
responsible for application.
4.5.7.22 CONTRACTOR is responsible to prepare FAT and SAT test procedures. FAT
procedures shall be issued to COMPANY for review in advance of any FAT execution.
4.5.7.23 CONTRACTOR is responsible to provide support and deliver information for the
development of maintenance discipline activities i.e. spare parts, etc.
4.5.7.24 CONTRACTOR is responsible to provide inputs into the work of other disciplines.
Maintain technical interface control including coordination of all civil, mechanical,
electrical and instrumentation equipment within the packages and engineering matters,
Page 104 of 273

throughout all phases of WORK.
4.5.7.25 CONTRACTOR is responsible to prepare rotating machinery installation procedures

preparation, in according with supplier recommendations and international code and
standards e.g. API RP 686.
4.5.7.26 CONTRACTOR is responsible to perform structural and local loading calculation for
ladder and platforms, pipe supports/guides, column davits (if any) and supports clips.
4.5.7.27 CONTRACTOR is responsible to perform calculations and drawings necessary to

assure lifting, handling and transportation without damage to equipment, according to
relevant COMPANY standards.
4.5.7.28 General Arrangement (GA) drawings preparation, according to relevant technical

specifications, including as minimum:
• Fireproofing and insulation support (if any);

• Nozzle orientation;
• Detail drawings of internal/ external parts;
• Detail drawings showing orientations for ladders and platforms, pipe supports/guides,
column davits (if any) and support clips;
• All necessary drawing necessary for equipment definition.
4.5.7.29 All material and equipment is to be installed with full compliance of the requirements
specified by the specific VENDOR. VENDOR recommendations for transportation,
installation, grouting, testing, PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and storage
/ preservation are the minimum requirements to be followed. The compliance by the
CONTRACTOR to the above requirements is mandatory.
4.5.7.30 CONTRACTOR is responsible to prepare a lubrication schedule to include all

specifications for all SUBCONTRACTOR and local market equivalent lube oils, greases
and hydraulic oils shall be provided by CONTRACTOR as first filling and subsequent
refilling of the permanently supplied material. As a minimum, the following information
shall be provided for each material:
• Identification of equipment which requires the lubrication;

• Identification of lubrication points for each identified equipment;
• The lubricant general specification (e.g. Hydraulic Mineral Oil ISO VG 46) for each
lubrication point;
• Manufacturer and Trade Name of each lubricant used for the initial filling (e.g. Shell
Tellus S2 M 46);
• Manufacturers and Trade Names for at least two more alternative lubricants (e.g. Mobil
DTE 15M, etc.)
Page 105 of 273

• Lubricant quantity for initial filling;

• Lubricant estimated yearly consumption;
• Refiling interval and quantity.
4.5.8 Piping & Layout
4.5.8.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform all Detailed Design of the WORK described in Clause 2, in
accordance with the requisite specifications and regulations and operational requirements,
in a best possible arrangement, including piping and layout design, considering required
design optimizations, update of existing piping documentation and where necessary
develop new documentation.
4.5.8.2 Perform the Detailed Design of Water Flowlines and all other appurtenances and associated
works including connection to Water Injection Well at Well Pad area and Water Supply
well at Dammam area, water manifolds, and chemical injection tubing, drain lines.
4.5.8.3 Produce and develop all drawings and documents including but not limited to equipment
list, plot plans, general arrangement drawings, isometrics, line lists, tie-in piping
specifications, MTO’s, piping stress calculation/analysis, piping lists and Specifications,
data sheets, piping support design, piping interface with equipment etc.
4.5.8.4 Ensure that the Detailed Design is made in such way that existing facilities under operation
are not affected while Construction, COMMISSIONING or execution of any other activity
by CONTRACTOR is carried out.
4.5.8.5 CONTRACTOR shall perform and provide documents and studies related to safety aspects
of the all FACILITES.
4.5.8.6 FACILITIES layouts shall accommodate escape routes leading to designated muster points.
4.5.8.7 Cathodic Protection system shall be provided to protect all buried piping.
4.5.8.8 Minimum cover requirement for piping shall be 1.0m from top of the pipe. Piping may
cross over existing pipelines provided the required vertical clearance is obtained without
exceeding the minimum burial depth.
4.5.8.9 All road and water crossings shall be performed in compliance with permits and local
requirements. Government asphalt roads shall be crossed by thrust-boring method only.
Care shall be taken not to block traffic while using open cut method. Any other crossings
with existing pipeline, cables, fencing shall be included in scope of WORK.
4.5.8.10 Flowlines at well head hook-up shall be routed underground taking into account well
workovers in future.
4.5.8.11 Piping trench bottom shall be duly levelled and 200mm thick consolidated bed of
imported sand filling free from any stones or small boulders considered.
4.5.8.12 Buried piping shall be fully bedded and requires no “free-span” corrections and
Page 106 of 273

thereafter 300mm minimum thickness of imported sand in full haunching to cover laid
piping shall be provided.
4.5.8.13 CONTRACTOR’s piping discipline activities for detailed design of the WORK shall
include but not limited to the following:
• CONTRACTOR shall perform all detailed design and engineering of the FACILITIES
including piping design and layout optimizations and any other equipment arrangements;
• Perform the Detailed Design of off-plot piping between Dammam Pad and Oil Well Pad
including crossings with existing facilities such as oil pipelines, roads (to be crossed by
open cut or thrust boring methods as required), OHL, underground cables and etc., all
other appurtenances and associated works including connection to oil manifold at Well
Pad;
• Plot Plans to be matched and be consistent with connected Dammam Well Pads in terms
of roads, cable routs, fence, lighting, etc. Project routs and facilities placement shall
consider all existing and future routs/facilities.
4.5.8.14 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to verify the existing equipment location and
piping arrangements in “As-Built” condition. Due care shall be exercised as to allow
easiness for installation, FACILITIES expansion, PRE-COMMISSIONING
COMMISSIONING, START-UP, Maintenance and Operation of the FACILITIES;
4.5.8.15 Detailed Plot Plans and Layout Drawings shall provide full co-ordinates (Northings,
Eastings and Elevations) of previously surveyed triangulation points and benchmarks (both
temporary and permanent) and which are to be set-up and installed for the purposes of the
Construction of the WORK of the FACILITIES;
4.5.8.16 Review and update, as needed, all discipline related INITIAL DATA provided by
COMPANY;
4.5.8.17 Generate any additional documents, study reports, drawings etc., necessary for the
completion of the FACILITIES;
4.5.8.18 Develop final layout design, detailed piping design and supply of all piping required
for the FACILITIES;
4.5.8.19 Identify equipment and materials necessary for the FACILITIES;
4.5.8.20 Utilities distribution P&IDs;
4.5.8.21 Review, check and complete all general layouts to meet process, safety, operation and
maintenance requirements;
4.5.8.22 Prepare, review and update piping line list in accordance with COMPANY
requirements;
4.5.8.23 Prepare, review and update critical lines list;
Page 107 of 273

4.5.8.24 Prepare, review and update as required a tie-in’s which will be part of the Interface
Register list detailing type of tie-ins and positions. The tie-ins location shall be agreed with
the COMPANY and verified on site;
4.5.8.25 Prepare, review and update as required a piping interface list where details are to be
agreed between interfacing parties and interface points registered in a common interface
register, which is maintained by CONTRACTOR and regularly reviewed by COMPANY;
4.5.8.26 Prepare, review and update as required tie-ins drawings;
4.5.8.27 Carry out the P&IDs finalization including all the details and all sizes lines;
4.5.8.28 Complete piping studies, equipment layouts/plot plans, sections, etc., for engineering
and construction;
4.5.8.29 Incorporate any changes required as a result of the maintenance and operation studies;
4.5.8.30 Prepare, review and update all piping engineering calculations, as appropriate;
4.5.8.31 Carry out static/dynamic piping stress analysis for all critical lines using proven and
APPROVED software;
4.5.8.32 Prepare all related piping MTOs and all necessary documentation to allow for piping
material procurement;
4.5.8.33 Prepare all documentations for fabrication, erection and installation of piping;
4.5.8.34 Prepare piping General Arrangement Drawings (GA’s) Plans/Sections/Details related

to each construction area;
4.5.8.35 Prepare Pipe Supports Lists, Specifications, Drawings and Supports model codes in
accordance to proposed manufacturer coding system;
4.5.8.36 Prepare drawings of special supports;
4.5.8.37 Prepare register of actuated and manual valves containing type, tag numbers, line
numbers, etc.;
4.5.8.38 Define Inspection and NDE requirement for all materials.
4.5.9 Civil and Structural Engineering
4.5.9.1 The scope of Detailed Design of the WORK follows the content described in the following
sub-clauses hereof and it shall be the case that all deliverables of Detail Design drawings
and documents shall go through their various stages of review and comment development
so as to cumulate in “approved for construction” (AFC) format.
4.5.9.2 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the Detailed Design of the WORK and said Design
documentation forming the basis of the Detailed Design shall be developed utilizing
recognized International Oil and Gas Codes and Standards and applicable local Codes and
Page 108 of 273

Standards adopted in the Republic of IRAQ.
4.5.9.3 Miscellaneous support foundations for E&I control support system, minor steps, pipe cross-
over access and minor operating platforms, etc., shall be identified and captured during
Detailed Design stage.
4.5.9.4 Conceptual details of such minor civil and structural items shall be developed during the
WORK and CONTRACTOR must be aware of these missing items due to lack of
information subject for further confirmation and conceptualization.
4.5.9.5 CONTRACTOR shall perform all civil and structural detailed design and engineering
activities; including without limitation civil engineering design optimizations and any other
Civil and Structural discipline related engineering WORK.
4.5.9.6 CONTRACTOR shall perform detailed engineering of foundation, concrete pedestals

including miscellaneous foundations, pipe support foundations, pipes trenches, electrical
and instrumentation cable trenches.
4.5.9.7 CONTRACTOR shall develop composite layout plan showing underground utilities and
services pertaining to civil & structural works such as footprints of existing and new
foundations, E&I Cable and Pipe Trenches, duct banks, underground drainage piping, pits,
manholes, catch basins, etc.
4.5.9.8 Standard pipe supports with sleeper and foundation shall be provided to all aboveground
pipelines.
4.5.9.9 CONTRACTOR shall carry out underground surveys of the WORKSITE, wherever
deemed necessary to locate existing underground utilities and structures such as existing
foundations, pipes, trenches, duct banks, pits etc.
4.5.9.10 CONTRACTOR shall verify all civil documents provided in CONTRACT, SECTION
IV, DESIGN DOSSIER and optimize design to meet COMPANY requirements. Ensure all
engineering discipline requirements are addressed, complete in all respects for the safe and
efficient operation.
4.5.9.11 CONTRACTOR shall avoid the use of pile foundations to the maximum extent, as it is
possible. For those foundations for which piles cannot be avoided CONTRACTOR shall
properly consider all the construction issues (in terms of accessibility and minimization of
vibration induced in the surrounding equipment) and evaluate the eventual opportunity of
using the cast-in-situ bored piles, which in any case shall be subject to COMPANY
APPROVAL
4.5.9.12 CONTRACTOR shall at his own cost, remove and properly re-execute any WORK,
which in respect of materials or workmanship or both is found deficient in quality, and is
not in accordance with CONTRACT, the codes, standards and/or SPECIFICATIONS.
4.5.9.13 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for demolition WORK wherever required to carry
out new construction WORK. Any permanent WORK which has been damaged or removed
Page 109 of 273

as a result of demolition; shall be restored either to its original condition or modified to suit
the new conditions, as per COMPANY APPROVAL.
4.5.9.14 Prepare Master Document Register (MDR) for all civil, structural, building/shelter and
architectural documents. The documents that shall be prepared and issued by
CONTRACTOR and shall include, but not be limited to the following: site survey
interpretive reports, specifications, standard drawings, general arrangement drawings,
building/shelter architectural plans, elevation and sections, architectural finish schedule,
steel structure layout and details, steel structure erection drawings, concrete structure layout
and details, foundation layout and details, reinforcement drawings and bar bending
schedules, site drainage layout and profiles, road and non-contaminated sewer layout and
sections, overall composite underground layout, fencing layout, design calculation reports
etc. The MDR shall be submitted for COMPANY APPROVAL.
4.5.9.15 Coordinate with COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for review and comments of all
engineering documents and resolve Detailed Design and engineering related issues.
4.5.9.16 Ensure timely resolution and incorporation of COMPANY comments to secure

APPROVAL prior to issuance of construction documents.
4.5.9.17 CONTRACTOR shall issue technical documents for statutory requirements and
provide necessary assistance in order for COMPANY to obtain APPROVAL from
AUTHORITIES at all stages of the WORK including during Detail Design and
construction.
4.5.9.18 CONTRACTOR shall perform structural analysis design of concrete and steel
structures using state-of-the-art civil structural engineering design software such as
STAADPro, GT STRUDL, and PLAXIS for slope stability analysis, or other engineering
software APPROVED by COMPANY.
4.5.9.19 VENDOR imposed serviceability criteria for equipment foundations (if applicable)
such as maximum permissible differential and total settlements, vibrations etc. shall be
carefully evaluated and measures shall be taken not to exceed the permissible limits. If any
equipment/machine requires settlement monitoring device to be installed on the foundation,
the same shall be installed as per VENDOR recommendations.
4.5.10 Electrical Engineering
4.5.10.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform all Detailed Design of the WORK described in Clause
2, as to provide for, amongst other things, Electrical engineering design optimizations and
any other Electrical discipline related engineering WORK that CONTRACTOR will need
to develop for the required Detailed Design and detailed definition thereof.
4.5.10.2 CONTRACTOR shall consider that the WORK to be performed in Brownfield and all
As-Built Drawings, Design Documents and DESIGN DOSSIER information used as
reference to carry out the Detailed Design shall be SITE verified. This activity will be a
complete responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to avoid any gap or inconvenience during
Page 110 of 273

the Construction stage.
4.5.10.3 CONTRACTOR shall perform all Detailed Design and engineering of the FACILITIES
including Electrical engineering design optimizations and any other Electrical discipline
related activities.
4.5.10.4 CONTRACTOR shall consider connecting the new electrical equipment/panels to the
available 6.6 kV and 0.4 kV switchgears already installed in the Well Pad Substation and
provide their expansion if required. CONTRACTOR shall provide the summarized list of
total additional loads at 6.6kV; 0.4kV; AC UPS; DC Charger.
4.5.10.5 Carry out all required Electrical calculations and studies required for the Well Pads:
• Load List;
• Calculation for Lighting system;
• calculation for earthing system;
• Calculation for lightning system
• Cable sizing calculation;
• Flow Load;
• Electrical Protection Coordination Study.
4.5.10.6 Perform all the Electrical Calculations using the current ETAP model provided by
Company and submit the results of these calculation and studies for COMPANY for
APPROVAL. All calculations shall comply with all requirements indicated in the project
Electrical Specification document 8015-0151-TOYO-00-000-EL-SP-0001 provided by
COMPANY. Original ETAP files shall be submitted to COMPANY as part of FINAL
DOCUMENTATION.
4.5.10.7 Contractor shall perform Detailed Design for power cables and cable structures (cable
trays) installation in the cable cellar of existing electrical substations, cables entrance to
substations. Detailed Design of cables connection to existing cubicles or distribution
boards. The cable trays and entrance to the substation’s cable cellar is not sufficient for
additional power cables installation
4.5.10.8 Develop the Detailed Design using as a reference the documents and drawings provided
to CONTRACTOR by COMPANY and included within CONTRACT, SECTION IV,
DESIGN DOSSIER. It is also the CONTRACTOR main responsibility to gather all the
“As-Built” drawings from existing installation to carry out the Detail Engineering and
avoid gaps and inconsistencies during the Construction stage.
4.5.10.9 Update Main Electrical Single Line Diagrams, 6.6 kV and 0.4 KV Switchgears
Electrical Single Line Diagram, Control schematics for Medium and Low voltage Motor,
Lighting and small power Single Line diagram, earthing system, lightning system, cathodic
protection system.
Page 111 of 273

4.5.10.10 Carry out all the Detailed Design required for corrosion protection of the FACILITIES,
including calculations, drawings, and specification.
4.5.10.11 Carry out all the detail engineering for Heat protection of pipes in these FACILITIES
as require including calculations, drawings and specifications.
4.5.10.12 Develop all the Specifications required for the Installation, Mechanical Handling, PRE-
COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and START-UP of all Major Equipment to be
installed in the FACILITIES.
4.5.10.13 Verify and update the Emergency Power Supply requirement based upon the input from
process and safety discipline.
4.5.10.14 Apply for required equipment and accessories, software and licenses for the integration
and interface with existing facilities Power Management System (PMS), mainly for the
load shedding system, following the same platform and criteria used in existing facilities
for ease interface between these installations.
4.5.11 Instrumentation and Control Systems (I&C) Engineering
4.5.11.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform all Detailed Design of the WORK described in Clause
2, as to provide for, amongst other things, Instrument and Control engineering design
optimizations and any other Instrument and Control discipline related engineering WORK
that CONTRACTOR will need to develop for the required Detailed Design and detailed
definition thereof.
4.5.11.2 CONTRACTOR shall perform all engineering, design, procurement, supply,

installation, PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING provision of support for
COMPANY’s START-UP and PERFORMANCE TEST of the required control system and
instrumentation of the WORK described in Clause 2.
4.5.11.3 Process control, monitoring and safeguarding for the FACILITIES shall be entirely
automatic, without requiring manual operator intervention unless APPROVED by the
COMPANY.
4.5.11.4 Integrated Control and Safety System modification (ICSS Delta-V) in

CONTRACTOR’s SCOPE of WORK shall include:
• Foundation Fieldbus Based Distributed Control System (DCS);

• Emergency Shutdown System (ESD);
• Associated network equipment and cabinets;
• Interfaces with other system like MCC, ESP, etc.;
4.5.11.5 Processor, communication, I/O cards shall be independent of ESD system; however,
shall be of the same model and software version as the ESD system. Furthermore, ICSS
will act as the overall integrated system. DCS operator workstations will act as the Common
Page 112 of 273

Operator Workstation (OWS) to all FACILITIES integrated systems, including mechanical

packages. Existing Delta-V system and network shall be expanded to accommodate signals
from instruments provided by CONTRACTOR under the CONTRACT. Supplied operating
licenses shall be for 200% of the approved for construction issued I/O count (inclusive of
spares).
4.5.11.6 For process control application foundation fieldbus based instruments shall be used and
for safety system 4-20mA, HART instruments shall be used. All HART instruments shall
be connected to plant Asset Management System (AMS) including the instruments within
mechanical package control system via HART multiplexer.
4.5.11.7 Package instrumentation shall be similar to instruments installed within the rest of the
existing facilities.
4.5.11.8 Instrumentation and control cables used for ESD and Fire and Gas application shall be
fire resistant to IEC 60331.
4.5.11.9 CONTRACTOR shall undertake SITE visit (if required) and confirm the “As Built”
information of the existing Well Pads to incorporate them into the Detailed Design
deliverables.
4.5.11.10 Identify and capture instrument and control system Interfaces with various disciplines
in relevant documents.
4.5.11.11 Provide detail sizing calculation, data sheets, list of alarm, trip settings and
specifications/requisitions for all field instrumentation, safety valves, isolation valves,
transmitters and as identified in the applicable P&ID. Instrucalc latest version shall be used
for sizing.
4.5.11.12 Submit the Foundation Fieldbus segment design calculation to optimize the location
and grouping of instruments based on spur/trunk cable length and voltage drop.
4.5.11.13 Provide field instrumentation process and materials.
4.5.11.14 Review existing SIL classifications and HAZOP closeout report. Ensure the
recommendations of SIL and HAZOP are incorporated into I&C design and engineering
documents. Perform instrument cables layout routing including control/auxiliary rooms
cables, multicore and field cables.
4.5.11.15 Prepare and update the equipment layout of the control rooms/buildings. Prepare and
issue Functional diagrams / cable block diagram, Input/Output (I/O) List, Instrument Index,
control narratives, Loops diagrams, instrumentation cable schedules, junction box
schedule, cause and effect chart, logic diagrams, connection schedules / diagrams, cable
routing drawings, cable trenching and tray fill and cross-section details. Prepare the bill of
material for cables and bulk material. The documents Interface Register for Control
Systems, Consolidated I/O List, Consolidated Instrument Index and I/O List (Template) are
provided in CONTRACT, SECTION IV for CONTRACTOR’S reference.
Page 113 of 273

4.5.11.16 Prepare and issue location plan drawings for all instrumentation and Fire & Gas
detectors (as applicable).
4.5.11.17 Preparation of requisitions for instrumentation materials.
4.5.11.18 Appropriate grounding and lightning protection to all relevant FACILITIES, equipment
or skids shall be designed.
4.5.12 Security Systems
4.5.12.1 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to the Detailed Design, supply, installation, PRE-
COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and provision of support for COMPANY’s
START-UP of the Security Systems required on the WORK Described in Clause 2.
4.5.12.2 The security equipment provided shall be fully compatible with COMPANY’s existing
Security Systems. Integration of the new and the already installed systems is included into
CONTRACTOR’s SCOPE OF WORK and shall be reflected in CONTRACTOR’s
documentation.
4.5.12.3 The SCOPE OF WORK is for the arrangement of standard engineering, technical and
special protection systems (ETSP) for FACILITIES.
4.5.12.4 CONTRACTOR shall also refer to 8015-0150-LMEL-00-000-SE-TR-00001 "WQ-2

Security Protection Systems General Requirements” provided in the DESIGN DOSSIER.
4.5.12.5 Turn-key implementation of listed below systems:
 VSS (Video Surveillance System)

 ACS (Access Control System)
 PIDS (Perimeter Intrusion Detection System)
 SLS (Security Lighting System).
4.5.13 Engineering protection
4.5.13.1.1 Engineering shall consider the FEED requirements and doc. 8015-0150-LMEL-00-
000-SE-TR-00001 West Qurna-2 Security Protection Systems General Requirements,
Section IV.
4.5.13.1.2 FACILITIES engineering protection shall ensure additional physical barriers in case of
attempts of intruders’ unauthorized access to the guarded territory.
4.5.13.1.3 Engineering protection system shall include:
• Welded-mesh fencing with vehicle gates and protection of fencing top against
unauthorized scrambling over which creates a controlled restricted zone of the protected
FACILITIES perimeter;
• Entry Check Point;
• additional protection for the fencing bottom against unauthorized digging under;
Page 114 of 273

4.5.13.1.4 Fencing shall be made of metal mesh and be at least 2.5 meters high. Warning signs
"Restricted Area, No Trespassing" in English, Russian and local national languages
shall be arranged every 50 meters and at the corners of the preventive fencing.
4.5.13.1.5 Security system in-line and communication equipment is located inside the primary
fencing.
4.5.13.1.6 Top of the fencing is to be equipped with protection means made of razor blade wire
(RBW) with the turn diameter of at least 900 millimetres. The anti-burrowing protection
is to be arranged under the main fence line of the FACILITIES perimeter. Such
protection shall constitute a weld mesh with the bars being not less than 10 millimetres
thick and the mesh width not more than 0,2 х 0,2 meters. The anti-burrowing protection
shall be arranged under the main fence line at the depth of not less than 0.5 meters from
the surface level.
4.5.13.1.7 Mechanical locking devices with key locks shall be provided from inside the all-metal
rolling gate.
4.5.14 Closed circuit television system (CCTV) System
4.5.14.1.1 Closed circuit television system shall ensure:
• possibility of image transmission from overview network video cameras of the secured
FACILITIES to monitors of the field safety center;
• operating temperature range of 0°С to +70°С.
• the video cameras shall be included in the existing CCTV system and function both in
live video viewing mode and in recording mode.
• network video cameras shall observe the perimeter and infrastructure objects;automatic
recording of signals in digital form from all network video cameras ;
• software/hardware interface with the existing CCTV systems.
4.5.14.1.2 Closed circuit television systems shall include independent LAN infrastructure,
stationary network video cameras and high-speed network pan-tilt-zoom vandal
resistant video cameras:
• stationary network video camera, resolution not lower than FullHD (1920×1080), with
varifocal 3-megapixel lens, H.264, in weatherproof enclosure, with bracket, with pole
mount adapter;
• stationary network fixed video camera shall be installed on tilt-down poles with a height
of min. 6 m;
• high-speed network pan-tilt-zoom vandal resistant video camera, resolution not lower
than FullHD, H.264, optical zoom not less then 30x, with bracket and pole/wall mount;
• high-speed network pan-tilt-zoom vandal resistant video camera shall be equipped with a
system for automatic cleaning of the camera's glass and contain a brush, a washer and a
Page 115 of 273

pump with a tank. Camera glass cleaning shall be performed remotely by operator’s
command;
• high-speed network pan-tilt-zoom (PTZ) vandal resistant video camera shall be installed
on tilt-down poles with a height of min. 9 m;
• over the protective enclosures of the video cameras, a sun protection element shall be
provided to prevent direct sunlight reaching the protective enclosure during the period of
maximum solar activity (summer, four hours before and after noon). The sun protection
shall not prevent air flow around the protective enclosure;
• the location of the video cameras shall be such as to minimize the number of "dead" zones
inside the premises;
• the video cameras shall be included in the existing CCTV system of the facility and
function both in live video viewing mode and in recording mode – IVA function shall
be activated on all video cameras;The final precise locations of cameras, their models and
quantity shall be defined in the project and shall be obligatory approved in written form
by the Company.
• All necessary expansion licenses for network video cameras accordingly with relevant
version of CCTV software.
4.5.14.1.3 Provide for installation of lightning protection devices into terminal boxes to protect
the video cameras from adverse effects of unfavourable environmental factors.
4.5.14.1.4 CCTV receiving and monitoring equipment and video image registration equipment
shall operate independently (break down of one equipment unit shall not affect the
performance of the other).
4.5.14.1.5 Video image recording hardware shall support:
• video image recording speed in the normal surveillance mode – not less than FullHD
resolution and a frame rate of at least 25 fps;
• displaying not less than 25 frames per second in real time mode;
• video image recording speed in the alarm mode – not less than 25 frames per second per
channel with resolution of not less than FullHD resolution;
4.5.15 Local Area Network
• Security related system shall utilize a separate LAN network (separate from IT/Telecom
systems).
• The composition and models of LAN equipment shall be selected taking into
consideration technical solutions, which already exist and have been tested at the facility,
specifically those which are applied at the facility for the common user LAN.
• LAN shall ensure availability of network infrastructure in many circumstances (device

failure, partial power interruption, etc.) even if one section of fiber optical line will be used
for two connections in some spots.
Page 116 of 273

• Access layer switches shall be connected to distribution layer switches using Cisco
industrial series LAN switch. In this case, L2 protocol shall be used.
• Switches have the possibility of remote control and adjustment through special
software;
• For outdoors installations industrial switches shall be used with operating temperature
of at least +75 ⁰С.
• Switches shall be installed in special outdoor cabinet with class protection no less IP
66. For outdoors installations industrial switches shall be used with operating temperature
of at least +75 ⁰С.
• At the designing stage, the Contractor shall select LAN switches providing for the
possibility to build networks with redundant links. In case of loss of connection over the
main route, LAN switches shall ensure automatic transfer to the backup route. The time of
transfer to the backup route shall not cause failures in operation of the software and CCTV
equipment.
• The final precise locations of switches, their models and quantity shall be defined in the
project and shall be obligatory approved in written form by the Company.
4.5.16 Power Supply
4.5.16.1.1 Power supply is expected to be available from the existing system, in case new power
supply is required the below points shall apply.
4.5.16.1.2 Power supply of the Technical Security System shall be provided from the Category 1
dedicated line of the FACILITIES (~220 V).
4.5.16.1.3 Power supply of the Technical Security System shall be provided from a separate circuit
breaker in the main switchboard of the FACILITIES.
4.5.16.1.4 Envisage backup power supply from batteries installed in the power supply units of the
Technical Security System equipment operating from DC power sources.
4.5.16.1.5 Uninterrupted power supplies with internal (or external) batteries capable to support
operation of technical systems for the period of automatic recovery or switchover to
backup power supply (at least 30 minutes) shall be provided for all technical devices
which need continuous power supply from the industrial network.
4.5.17 MES System
4.5.17.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform all Detailed Design WORK of MES and develop
documentation required to perform design, procurement, implementation, SAT,
COMMISSIONING of the MES subsystem.
4.5.17.2 CONTRACTOR shall develop MES Detail Design deliverables based on design
philosophies, Specifications and in accordance to the CONTRACT, COMPANY standards,
Page 117 of 273

procedures, codes, international standards, industry best practices. CONTRACTOR shall

revise the design Specifications and develop new Specifications as required.
4.5.17.3 MES engineering shall consist of the following systems:
• Real-Time Database & Real-Time Database Application (RTDB&RTDB APP) – PI

System, vendor OSIsoft;
• Production Dashboard (PDB) – based on OSIsoft components;
• Reporting Database Management System (RDBMS) – SAP BO, vendor SAP;
• Production Accounting System (PAS) – Energy Components, vendor Tieto;
• Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS) – STRALIMS, vendor
STARLIMS;
• Integrated Asset Modelling (IAM) – OVS, vendor OVS and Petex;
• Production Web-Server (PWS) – XHQ, vendor Siemens XHQ.
• Alarm management (AM) – based on vendor OSIsoft,
• Vibration Monitoring – based on vendor OSISoft
4.5.18 Engineering of Real-Time Data Base & Real-Time Data Base Applications (RTDB
& RTDB App)
4.5.18.1 CONTRACTOR shall upgrade existing Real-Time Data Base & Real-Time Data Base
Applications (PI System) considering the following requirements:
• The existing RTDB&RTDB Applications shall be upgraded in order to increase its

capacity/scalability and provide reliable, efficient and secure access to the DCS database.
• Modification of existing components/workflows settings and adding new
components/workflows based on existing components/workflows shall be provided.
Components/workflows means: PI tags, AF attributes, AF calculations, SQL queries,
Graphic elements on technological scheme created in PI Process Book;
• Engineering services for create or modification components/workflows shall be added;
• During the Engineering implementation CONTRACTOR shall follow the best OSIsoft
practices.
4.5.19 Engineering of Reporting Database Management System (RDBMS)
4.5.19.1 CONTRACTOR shall upgrade existing Relational Database Management System

(RDBMS) SAP BO considering the following requirements:
• RDBMS shall be modified in order to receive the data from the new tags/sources;
• New Reports and modification of existing Reports shall be provided;
• System shall be adopted to existing Business Processes used by COMPANY.
Page 118 of 273

4.5.20 Event Management Tools (PANDA, WANDA, COSDanda)
4.5.20.1 CONTRACTOR shall upgrade existing Event Management Tools, including following:
• Design and connection of new Objects (Wells, WellPads, Tanks, etc.) to the existing PI
AF database;
• Creation of new rules in PI AF EventFrame systems;
• Creation of new objects to Event Management Tools interface.
4.5.21 Engineering of Production Accounting System (PAS)
4.5.21.1 CONTRACTOR shall upgrade existing Production Accounting System (EC

Production)
• Design and connection of new Objects (Wells, WellPads, Tanks, etc.) to the existing
objects, streams and calculations;
• Integration of data from Real-Time Database to data from Energy Components;
• Creation of new and modification of existing Business Functions, streams, calculations,
objects;
• System functions shall be adopted to existing Business Processes used by COMPANY.
4.5.22 Engineering of Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS)
4.5.22.1 CONTRACTOR shall upgrade Laboratory Information Management System

(STARLIMS) considering the following requirements:
• New components development and implementation or modification existing components

shall be provided. Component means: tests, test plans, methods and SQL queries;
• Creation of new and modification of existing Reports;
• System functions shall be adopted to existing Business Processes used by COMPANY.
4.5.23 Alarm Management (AM) System
4.5.23.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide Alarm management system for alarms collection from
DCS (DeltaV) to PI Server, for that CONTRACTOR shall arrange a new PI RDBMS
interface for alarms database of DCS into PI server infrastructure. The interface between
DCS and PI server shall be configure respectively to provide all necessary data for
validation process.
• CONTRACTOIN shall create PI and PI AF tags for Alarm Management, so the new PI
tags and PI AF tags shall be added to PI server for data exchange on daily basis.
• Reports for Alarm Management shall be prepared and linked by CONTRACTOR to PI
Server Calculations. CONTRACTOR shall provide template for End User report for
COMPANY’s approval. These reports shall be available for analyses of alarm system
performance and an out-of-box report to measure ISA18-2 Key Performance Indicators
(KPIs).
Page 119 of 273

• Web XHQ server shall be updated by CONTRACTOR with a new dashboard for Alarm
Management, including reports, KPI and other information, required for the process.
4.5.24 Vibration Monitoring Application (VMA).
4.5.24.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide VMA system, which shall be capable of following
functions:
Sophisticated alarm management;

Configurable data acquisition and storage resolution;
Powerful analytic and diagnostic capabilities;
Fully customizable displays;
Role focused user interfaces;
A VMS shall consist a pre-configured set of rules designed specifically to perform real-
time data validation, real-time calculations and analysis, and real-time detection of specific
events and malfunctions.
4.5.25 Corrosion Monitoring System
4.5.25.1 Cathodic protection monitoring records shall be kept accurately for the life of the
cathodic protection system. The reason for this is that protection history is vital to judge
the condition of the pipeline or structure during its life.
 Integrate information about chemical injection, corrosion monitoring and sampling ;

 Provide comprehensive user interface with easy data access;
 Automatically generate reports;
 Provide additional information based on data aggregation and calculation.
 Log of T/R unit output voltages & currents, including the following main parameters:
4.5.26 Engineering of Integrated Asset Modelling (IAM)
4.5.26.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform next requirements for the integrated model
development:
4.5.26.2 CONTRACTOR shall perform create of the Injection well models and develop and
connect injection well models to the existing integrated model;
4.5.26.3 CONTRACTOR shall perform create of the injection network model. Model of the
injection network shall be developed from the oil treatment unit to the wellhead of the
injection wells. Model of the injection network shall be integrated with the models of
injection wells and fluid preparation and processing model;
4.5.26.4 CONTRACTOR on the basis of the integrated model shall perform a review and update
of the existing workflows.
4.5.26.5 CONTRACTOR shall also develop the following automated Workflows for integration
asset modelling, analysis and optimization of the field performance:
Page 120 of 273

• Water Injection optimization workflow shall be performed. The analysis of the well
injection performance is made of the distinct parts same as for existing Production Wells
(Virtual Metering, for injection wells, using GAP model, Real-time optimization for
injection system etc.); Workflow shall be automatically updated injection model;
• Well Test Validation (WTV)
• Virtual Metering (VM)
• Full network Validation (FNV)
• Production Optimization (OPT)
• 90d Forecast
• Integrated VB Macro
•
4.5.27 Engineering of Production Web Servers (PWS)
4.5.27.1 CONTRACTOR shall upgrade existing Production Web Servers considering the
following requirements:
• Dashboards schematics shall be developed to convey the process flow. Extended Web
server shall incorporate new Injection and Water Source Wells extensions;
• Engineering services for create new or modification existing Views shall be provided;
4.5.27.2 Engineering of Production Dashboard (PDB);
4.5.27.3 Contractor shall upgrade Production Dashboard (PDB) considering the following
requirements:
• Shall be added new Production Indicators and KPI’s;

• Integration PDB with relational database sources (MSSQL 2008-2012, Oracle 11g);
• Create new design of graphic and visualization;
• Additional functionality for maintenance and more efficiency operating.
4.5.27.4 MES Engineers shall have minimum 5 years of relevant experience. Their CVs shall be
submitted to COMPANY for APPROVAL. COMPANY reserves the right to decline a
candidate and request a replacement if one doesn’t meet COMPANY’s requirements.
4.5.28 Integration ICSS and MES
4.5.28.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide solution for successful connection and integration of
MES and ICSS. Solution for Integration shall include all necessary information exchange,
providing the latest versions of documents and configurations templates and etc.
4.5.28.2 The interface of the ICSS to RTDB shall be performed with a redundant OPC gateway
system, i.e. a system based on a generic OPC protocol.
4.5.28.3 ICSS vendor shall provide Hardware and Software (include Licenses) for OPC Server.
CONTRACTOR shall provide necessary licenses, hardware or software to complete MES
integration.
Page 121 of 273

4.5.28.4 OPC gateways software shall support OPC DA/HDA, OPC A&E specifications of
RTDB and ICSS side.
4.5.28.5 All Works performing by CONTRACTOR shall be approved by COMPANY.
4.5.28.6 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for:
• Integration of MES with ICSS;

• Procurement services and supply of all ICSS software licenses for integration;
• iSAT performing.
4.5.29 Operating & Maintenance Manuals
4.5.29.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary information and instructions to the
COMPANY to enable them to competently and safely operate and maintain the
FACILITIES.
4.5.29.2 CONTRACTOR shall develop the Table of Content (Index) of each Manual and obtain
COMPANY APPROVAL prior to proceed with the preparation of the manual itself.
4.5.29.3 CONTRACTOR shall prepare detailed Operating Manual for all FACILITIES and shall
manage, review and approve VENDOR instructions/manuals.
4.5.29.4 The Operating Manual shall consist of sections as follows:
• SECTION A Plant Description; Arranged according to general subjects;

• SECTION B Operating Instructions;
• SECTION C Reference Documentation; Consisting of a collection of technical documents
(drawings, data sheets)
4.5.29.5 Plant Operation Manual shall be split in to the section – one section for one system –
and shall consist of but not limited to the following articles:
• Introduction
• Scope
• Definitions and Abbreviations
• Basis of Design
• Reference Documents
• Layout plan.
• List of equipment with short data –TAG, Manufacturer Name, Model Number etc.
• System & Process Description.
• PFDs and material and heat balances.
Page 122 of 273

• P&IDs.
• DCS Description
• Operating conditions.
• Corrosion Monitoring
• Safety HAZARD and protective equipment.
• Startup.
• Normal running.
• Normal shutdown.
• Emergency shutdown.
• Safety Instructions and interlocking system.
• Utility consumption record.
• Fire protections.
• Troubleshooting
• Maintenance plan and procedure
4.6 SIMOPS
4.6.1 CONTRACTOR with the participation of COMPANY, Packages SUPPLIER and
OTHER CONTRACTORS representatives shall arrange and carry out a
Simultaneous Operations Study (i.e. SIMOPS workshop) for Well Pads #2, #8, #10
and #12 to identify and assess qualitative all the potential threats and hazards
relevant to the simultaneous operations to be carried out during the construction and
maintenance phase of the project. SIMOPS procedure, matrix and report shall be
part of the CONTRACTOR’s deliverables.
4.6.2 As output of SIMOPS Workshop, a Matrix of Permitted Operations shall be

developed, which describes the assessment results in terms of permitted, restricted
and not permitted actions.
4.6.3 CONTRACTOR shall develop a comprehensive SIMOPS plan and implement its
recommendations and procedures into the design, procurement and construction
activities.
4.6.4 Based on the COMPANY’s operating philosophies for construction activities, the
CONTRACTOR approach to conducting this study will mainly but not exclusively
consist of the following:
• Identification of activities related to SIMOPS;

• Identification of hazards, causes and consequences;
Page 123 of 273

• Identification of control / mitigation measures;

• Qualitative Assessment of Risk;
• Recommendations and action plan.
4.6.5 Other activities based on Project Operation and Maintenance Philosophy, such as
maintenance activities and other manned operations shall also be considered.
4.6.6 Each identified activity shall be reviewed with respect to any specific hazards
associated with it, potential causes for these hazards and associated potential
consequences / impacts due to the identified hazards. This step will include
assessing the impact of concurrent construction activities on production operations
and vice versa.
4.6.7 All hazards shall be identified taking into account the manning philosophy, as well
as issues related to personnel escape and evacuation as well as identifying and
formally evaluating the appropriate controls and mitigation measures that will be in
place to prevent and/or mitigate the hazards.
4.6.8 CONTRACTOR’s study shall consider all construction activities, hot work and
permitting, dropped objects, layout congestion, manning, ESD / fire water / power
/ vent / communications, escape and evacuation, personnel transfer and
accommodation hydrocarbon release and fire & explosion hazards, collision
impact, ESP installation, etc.
4.6.9 The SIMOPS Workshop information pack shall be distributed by CONTRACTOR

to all participants a minimum of fourteen (14) calendar days in advance of the
review. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all SIMOPS Workshop follow-up
activities, close out and incorporation of recommended actions into the design at no
additional cost.
4.7 PRE-COMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING ENGINEERING

4.7.1 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to perform home office activities and produce
deliverables in order to cover the following topics. It shall include:
• Develop the PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and START-UP Execution

Plan.
• Perform breakdown of the work into manageable Systems / Subsystems, which can be
declared as ready for COMMISSIONING.
• Develop and provide the PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and START-UP
Schedule (integrated with the overall CONTRACT SCHEDULE).
• Review the field Quality Control Specifications (QCS) and Inspection and Test Plans
(ITP) for the PRE-COMMISSIONING & COMMISSIONING activities.
Page 124 of 273

4.7.2 The Scope of Engineering WORK pertaining to the tasks and activities of
preparation of PRE-COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING procedures
includes, but is not necessarily limited to:
• Functional Systems Ready for PRE-COMMISSIONING;

• Achievement of MECHANICAL COMPLETION;
• Functional systems Ready for COMMISSIONING;
• Functional systems Ready for START-UP.
4.7.3 For the foregoing purposes PRE-COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING
activities shall start as soon as possible after EFFECTIVE DATE and
CONTRACTOR shall clearly provide for this provision in the pertaining Detail
CONTRACT SCHEDULE.
4.7.4 Prepare and submit to COMPANY an organization chart, of CONTRACTOR’s

proposed team for the COMMISSIONING and support to START-UP Activities,
indicating major positions; together with mobilization dates and durations.
4.7.5 Obtain COMPANY APPROVAL for PRE-COMMISSIONING and

COMMISSIONING software to be used by CONTRACTOR. All calculated set
points for controllers and equipment shall be clarified by CONTRACTOR together
with COMPANY Operations at the PRE-COMMISSIONING and
COMMISSIONING stage.
4.7.6 Produce the PRE-COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING execution plan and

procedures for the subsequent performance of the tasks and activities described
therein. Develop a plan for Suppliers Assistance at Site. Ensure the WORK of
production of said procedures commences along with that of the Detail Design for
the WORK. Ensure the foregoing procedures provide for all specific tasks and
activities set out in specifications or as otherwise required for the WORK or as
reasonably required by the nature of the WORK including but not necessarily
limited to procedures pertaining to NDE & NDT tests, flushing and cleaning of the
pipelines, hydrostatic pressure tests on the pipelines, where so required gross air
leak tests on the pipelines, fine nitrogen leak tests (if required for Actuated Valves
and Launcher/Receiver Stations and other pneumatic installations), testing of
electrical systems and distribution networks (including transformer facilities such
as oil tests, hi-pot tests, injection tests and the like), testing of DCS and other
instrumentation controls systems and provisions, together with procedures for
electrical and Instrumentation loop test.
4.7.7 Identify all required ’first fills” for installed equipment together and all necessary
COMMISSIONING and READY FOR START-UP spares until successful
completion of PERFORMANCE TESTS.
Page 125 of 273

4.7.8 Ensure the foregoing PRE-COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING tasks and

activities are shown as key events and are clearly identified as such on the Detailed
CONTRACT SCHEDULE for Detail Design, Engineering and Procurement.
4.7.9 Ensure the issue of the complete and APPROVED PRE-COMMISSIONING and
COMMISSIONING procedures/dossiers with all required databases, procedures
and associated detailed task sheets for the PRE-COMMISSIONING of the
FACILITIES not later than four (4) weeks [28days] prior to the commencement the
initial tasks and activities thereof (that is “PRE-COMMISSIONING” operations for
the WORK, or any part thereof at the SITE.
4.7.10 Ensure PRE-COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING procedures and other

associated documentation are subjected to review by the concerned local Certifying
Authority in accordance with COMPANY requirements.
4.7.11 Ensure that the PRE-COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING engineering

includes the definition of any special equipment, instrumentation, temporary power
generation before supplying permanent power, consumables, and the like, to be
mobilized by CONTRACTOR (and as the case may be, any of COMPANY’s other
CONTRACTORs) for PRE-COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING tasks
and activities.
4.7.12 Prepare CONTRACTOR’S, SUBCONTRACTORs’ and VENDORs’

recommended lists of COMMISSIONING spares for materials and equipment
installed in the permanent WORK of the FACILITIES and ensure that sufficient
numbers and quantities of said spares will be available at the required times for their
use in the COMMISSIONING activities.
4.7.13 Prepare CONTRACTOR’S, SUBCONTRACTORs’ and VENDORs’

recommended lists of spares, including strategic spares, for materials and
equipment installed in the permanent WORK of the FACILITIES and prepare a
final recommended list of priced quantities of spares for two (2) years operation and
accordingly submit same to COMPANY.
4.8 ENGINEERING FINAL DOCUMENTATION

4.8.1 FINAL DOCUMENTATION shall comprise a set of consolidated volumes of data
and drawings pertaining to the completed WORK.
4.8.2 For such purposes collect, collate, edit, compile and make all necessary provisions
for the following documentation to be made-up as part of the FINAL
DOCUMENTATION including, but not necessarily limited to the following:
• Legible marked-up and colored single line diagrams and loop diagrams (if any) showing
the limits of the built FACILITIES (including systems and sub-systems);
• all required engineering and manufacturers' documentation in as-built revision, including
lists of spares and special tools;
Page 126 of 273

• results of PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING, START-UP and

PERFORMANCE TESTS of the WORK and the FACILITIES, together with copies of
issued MECHANICAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATES, READY FOR START-UP
CERTIFICATE, HANDOVER CERTIFICATE;
• narrative of the implementation and results of all QA/QC activities and production of
associated documentation, including all documentation of Certification Agencies;
• Narrative and associated documentation in respect of HAZOPS studies as they relate to
the performed WORK and the FACILITIES;
• narrative of the implementation and results of HSE activities and production of associated
documentation, including all documentation pertaining to HSE provisions incorporated
into the design and engineering and all HSE management of the WORK at the SITE and
with particular reference to accidents, near miss events, lost time ratios and the like;
• interface / co-ordination documentation with other Contractors including planning and co-
ordination with all other simultaneous activities such as construction, production
operations, maintenance activities and other such like activities as may be on-going;
• operations and maintenance documentation;
• Close-Out Reports.
4.8.3 Prepare operating manuals and other manuals and catalogues called out in the
specifications and prepare mechanical catalogues and VENDORs' data books as
specified in CONTRACT documentation for inclusion in the FINAL
DOCUMENTATION.
4.8.4 Prepare the FINAL DOCUMENTATION for the WORK in complete accordance
with the requirements of the CONTRACT and set out same in requisite sections
and/or chapters.
4.8.5 Submit draft of FINAL DOCUMENTATION and seek COMPANY’s review,

observations, and comments thereon. Following COMPANY’s review, update said
draft FINAL DOCUMENTATION with COMPANY’s observations and comments
so as to form finished documentation and obtain APPROVAL thereon and
thereafter ensure translation, publication and issue of APPROVED FINAL
DOCUMENTATION in the requisite number of copies, together with all requisite
electronic copies as specified in “Specification for Preparation of Final
HANDOVER Documentation” (refer to SECTION IV – DESIGN DOSSIER,
APPENDIX D1).
4.8.6 CONTRACTOR shall submit FINAL DOCUMENTATION to COMPANY’S

review on a monthly basis in accordance with the progress of WORK.
CONTRACTOR shall assign a separate CONTRACTOR’S employee(s) for FINAL
DOCUMENTATION preparation during the WORK performance.
Page 127 of 273

4.9 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLETION ACTIVITIES

4.9.1 The following activities are required by EPC Contractor in order to close the
mechanical open points:
4.9.1.1 Existing piping classes mentioned in the P&ID's are required to be verified and endorsed
during Detailed Design of the EPC scope. In particular all the required items (such as
fittings, valves, etc…), if missing in the piping classes, shall be added.
4.9.1.2 The existing hydraulic and surge analysis study shall be updated during Detailed Design of
the EPC scope taking into account effective ESP Pump intake pressure for each Dammam
wells.
4.9.1.3 To be verified during EPC scope, piping interconnection between new and existing
Damman water injection network, since there are implications in term of safety and process
aspects. In particular there could be the possibility to connect systems with different
pressure rating and different operation parameters. The study of interactions between the
two systems has not been taken into account neither in the FEED design nor in the FEED
safety workshops (HAZOP/HAZID). This topic has to be developed during Detailed
Design of the EPC scope.
4.10 RECOMMENDATIONS FROM SAFETY WORKSHOPS, 3D MODEL REVIEWS

and COMPANY COMMENTS ON FEED PROJECT DELIVERABLES
4.10.1 Some of the recommendations raised during HAZID/ENVID and HAZOP studies
carried out during FEED phase have been deferred to detailed engineering phase.
The implementation of these actions, listed in the Table 1 and Table 2, is included
in the present EPC scope of work.
Table 1 – HAZID/ENVID outstanding actions
Action HAZID/ENVID Actions

ID
Rec. n. 1: EPC contractor to develop HSE procedures to protect
1 construction personnel at risk to high temperatures.
Rec. n. 5: EPC contractor to provide a bunded area / Kerbed area

2 surrounding chemical skid.
Rec. n. 9: EPC contractor to remove the mud pit and backfill prior to
3 construction activities
Rec. n. 11: EPC contractor to select where possible non-flammable

chemicals and ensure that hazardous area classification of equipment
4 takes into account selection of chemicals to be used on-site.
Rec. n. 12: EPC contractor to review and confirm the extent of the
5 mobile flare sterile area based on the latest information that will be
Page 128 of 273

Action HAZID/ENVID Actions

ID
available. If required, ensure that any equipment is situated outside of
the sterile area.
Rec. n. 13: EPC contractor to provide appropriate portable fire

6 extinguishers at the chemical skids and VSD panels.
Rec. n. 19: EPC contractor to conduct a site investigation and to clearly

identify as-built condition, all interfaces with operations and other EPC
7 contractors. Prepare an interface register according to LME procedure.
Table 2 – HAZOP outstanding actions
Action HAZOP Actions

ID
Rec. n. 1: EPC contractor to update the HAZOP and LOPA to take into
account potential additional safeguards for high pressure protection
8 (multi-sensor and ESP control panel reliability) installed on the down-
hole ESP.
Rec. n. 3: EPC contractor to conduct a HAZOP of the chemical injection

9 package with the vendor.
5 PROCUREMENT
5.1 SCOPE OF WORK
5.1.1 The term “procurement” includes, but is not limited to, the provision of all services
necessary to purchase materials, goods, equipment and spare parts, issue all
subcontracts, expedite, inspect and test, control and freight forward and arrange
Customs clearance for all materials and equipment (including spares) required for
execution of the WORK. Procurement also includes the establishment of
comprehensive material control systems capable of tracing and coordinating
movement of all materials and equipment from original identification through to
installation/construction or storage.
5.1.2 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that it procures all materials, goods, equipment and
spare parts for the FACILITIES in accordance with the requirements of this
CONTRACT.
5.1.3 WORK pertaining to CONTRACTOR’s procurement tasks and activities for

materials, goods, equipment, and spare parts includes, but is not necessarily limited
to:
Page 129 of 273

• Development of enquiries;
• Perform Quotation Analysis & Placement of Purchase Orders;
• Development of the QA/QC Factory Inspections & Tests Plans;
• Perform expediting activities to ensure timely delivery of purchased materials, goods,
equipment and spare parts;
• Perform activities in accordance with developed QA/QC Factory Inspections & Tests
Plans;
• Arrange and control freight forwarding of procured materials, goods, equipment and spare
parts;
• Arrange for customs clearance in the Republic of Iraq in accordance with Section II,
Article 10.5, Customs Procedure and Section VII Appendix VII M – Shipping Documents
Approval Procedure.
• Perform inland transportation from a port to the WORKSITE(s);
• Establish and implement Material Control System
• Perform tasks and activities necessary for identification and listing of recommended 2
year operation spare parts for every item of the WORK.
• Purchase and supply of all necessary CONTRACTOR ITEMS to complete the WORK
5.1.4 CONTRACTOR shall supply any special tools needed to install, adjust and
maintain CONTRACTOR ITEMS.
5.1.5 CONTRACTOR shall provide VENDOR (and sub-vendor) representatives to

ensure the correct installation and PRE-COMMISSIONING of the equipment as
necessary to maintain VENDOR warranties and as required to successfully
achieving PRE-COMMISSIONING, MECHANICAL COMPLETION,
COMMISSIONING, START-UP and PERFORMANCE TEST of the
FACILITIES, or separable portions thereof.
5.1.6 Formal weekly procurement meetings shall be chaired by CONTRACTOR’s

Procurement manager and shall be attended by other CONTRACTOR
PERSONNEL including, but not limited to, the Engineering Manager and all
supervisors of procurement, inspection, engineering and scheduling plus
COMPANY procurement personnel and others as deemed necessary. The purpose
of the meetings shall be to ensure that interrelated procurement and design problems
are addressed directly and effectively by the concerned parties and resolved
promptly. The meetings shall also review the progress of the placement of all
enquiries, Purchase Orders, plus manufacturing and delivery of materials and
equipment for the WORK CONTRACTOR shall document all such meetings
including an “Action Item Listing” explaining concerns raised organization
responsible for resolution and final resolution as agreed by COMPANY.
Page 130 of 273

5.1.7 Unless otherwise APPROVED by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE in writing

CONTRACTOR shall only select VENDORs and make purchases of
CONTRACTOR ITEMS from APPROVED VENDORs and who will comply with
SPECIFICATIONS and the requirements of the CONTRACT SCHEDULE and
whose present workload and ability to comply with said SPECIFICATIONS and
said CONTRACT SCHEDULE is assured by the concerned VENDOR and ensured
by CONTRACTOR.
5.2 CONTRACTOR PROCUREMENT PLAN

5.2.1 CONTRACTOR shall develop a Procurement Plan as part of PEP. The Procurement
Plan shall comprehensively define all procurement activities necessary to ensure
that all materials and equipment are delivered to WORKSITE(S) in accordance
(including as to quality) with the terms and conditions of the respective purchase
orders and on or before their “Required at WORKSITE(S)” dates. CONTRACTOR
shall ensure that the requirements arising out of implementation of the construction
plan are addressed and materials and equipment are procured in the correct
sequence to complement planned WORKSITE(S) construction activities.
5.2.2 Further to the general requirements set forth in sub-article 5.2.1 above,
CONTRACTOR’s Procurement Plan shall include:
• CONTRACTOR’s procurement organization for the WORK, including a staffing plan

and the duties of all individuals assigned to procurement activities;
• Engineering / Procurement interfaces, procedures and corrective action plans;
• Procurement Schedules;
• Procurement Progress Reporting;
• CONTRACTOR’s proposed major procurement package scopes, with acquisition
strategy, delivery basis, major risks and preliminary schedule for each;
• Bid conditioning meetings and participation by COMPANY;
• Procurement procedures specifically tailored to satisfy the requirements of the WORK;
• Local (Iraqi) content plan;
• Format of the procurement and expediting status reports which shall be included in
CONTRACTOR’s monthly report;
• Sample Purchase Requisitions and Purchase Order;
• Proposed procurement management and reporting software;
• Spare parts plan for submitting spare parts data packages and monthly spare parts data
package status reports;
• Expediting plan;
Page 131 of 273

• Inspection requirements;
• Claims administration;
• Warranty administration;
• HANDOVER to COMPANY of VENDOR documentation;
• Materials Management Plan, including:
a. Receipt
b. Issue
c. Warehousing
d. Overages, Shortages, and Damages (OS&D’s)
e. Plans and layouts for material and equipment storage areas
f. Preservation
g. Surplus material management
5.2.3 CONTRACTOR’s procurement procedures shall, as a minimum requirement,
address the following:
• Co-ordination and interface procedure with COMPANY together with forms to document
the transmission of information to and from COMPANY for APPROVAL / comment /
information, as appropriate.
• All materials and equipment procurement requirements, including without limitation:
a. General
b. Purchasing
c. Expediting
d. All safety critical elements must be specified and procured with a performance standard
e. Quality control, inspection and testing
f. Packing, transportation and shipping
g. Importation and customs clearance
h. Materials control
i. Procurement reporting
j. Procurement documentation
k. WORKSITE(S) purchasing of materials and services, including VENDORs
representative services at WORKSITE(S)
l. Subcontracting policies and procedures
Page 132 of 273

m. Warehousing and preservation

n. Spares management
o. Reconciliation of all materials and equipment
p. Handling of surplus materials and its storage and/or disposal per CONTRACT
requirements
q. Settlement of claims, back-charges, etc. on all of the above activities
r. Successful close-out of all of the above activities.
5.3 PURCHASING DOCUMENTATION

5.3.1 COMPANY reserves the right to technically review and comment on
CONTRACTOR’s purchasing documentation throughout the procurement cycle.
COMPANY will conduct reviews expeditiously. When submitting documentation
for review, CONTRACTOR shall provide to COMPANY unpriced copies of all
Purchase Requisitions, Technical Evaluations and Award recommendations
5.3.2 CONTRACTOR shall maintain records of procurement and shipping status of all
materials and equipment for the FACILITIES and provide COMPANY with this
information on a weekly basis.
5.3.3 CONTRACTOR shall include a requirement in all Purchase Requisitions requiring

VENDORs to fully identify and explain any deviations, such as exceptions,
alternatives and clarifications, which VENDORs may propose to
CONTRACTOR’s material/equipment specification requirements. Consideration
of any such deviation by CONTRACTOR shall be contingent on obtaining a waiver
for the deviation from COMPANY in accordance with the applicable procedure.
5.3.4 CONTRACTOR shall create a purchase file for all procurement documentation
which shall contain the Purchase Requisition and identify its attachments, related
specifications, bidders’ list, quotation request, bidders’ quotation, the bid summary
identifying all bidders, the placement recommendation including no objection by
COMPANY, a record of all clarification meetings, evidence of technical review and
a copy of the Purchase Order, change orders and identification of their attachments.
The file shall also contain CONTRACTOR’s evaluation of spare parts
requirements. All files shall be continuously updated, filed in a uniform manner and
maintained in a centralized location. COMPANY access to such files shall not
include access to pricing information, which may be redacted from any documents
made available to COMPANY.
5.3.5 CONTRACTOR shall provide an unpriced hard copy and electronic copy of each
final Purchase Order (incorporating any changes to the original Purchase Order) to
COMPANY prior to issuance of the MECHANICAL COMPLETION
CERTIFICATE. For each Purchase Order, CONTRACTOR will include all change
orders and relevant correspondence.
Page 133 of 273

5.4 ENQUIRIES, VENDORS AND PURCHASE ORDER

5.4.1 CONTRACTOR’s Purchase Orders and enquiry packages shall include the
following requirements:
5.4.1.1 All applicable project specifications and standard drawings. Where a sub-
vendor/subcontractor will be involved, CONTRACTOR shall require the VENDOR to
distribute these attachments to the sub-vendor/subcontractor as part of the purchase order
to sub-vendor/subcontractor.
5.4.1.2 Inspection and testing requirements as per the requirements of Section 8 – “Quality
Management Requirements”.
5.4.1.3 Listing of VENDOR documents and data to be submitted.
5.4.1.4 Listing of VENDOR quality records to be prepared, submitted, or made available for
CONTRACTOR’s and COMPANY’s review and APPROVAL (for example, but not
limited to: welding, repair, heat treatment procedures, welder qualifications, hydro testing,
coating and non-destructive testing (NDT) procedures).
5.4.1.5 Provision for COMPANY’s and CONTRACTOR’s right of access to the VENDORs
facility and WORK documents for inspection and audit.
5.4.1.6 CONTRACTOR supplemental technical specification.
5.4.1.7 START-UP and two (2) year operating spare parts data requirements as required in the
format of Spare Parts Interchangeability Record (SPIR) form.
5.4.1.8 Operation and maintenance manuals requirements.
5.4.1.9 Special tools to install, adjust and/or maintain equipment.
5.4.1.10 VENDOR representatives necessary for installation, PRE-COMMISSIONING and

COMMISSIONING supervision and for a safe START-UP.
5.4.1.11 VENDOR drawings and as-built drawings shall be produced in accordance with
COMPANY’s CADD procedure.
5.4.1.12 All information submitted shall be in the English language and units of measure as
indicated in the DESIGN DOSSIER.
5.4.2 CONTRACTOR shall submit the draft enquiry package together with the bidder list
to COMPANY for review prior to issuing the enquiry package to the bidders. Shall
COMPANY’s review result in comments, such comments shall be incorporated into
the enquiry package.
5.4.3 CONTRACTOR ITEMS, its sources and related services, shall be selected on the
basis of financial, quality, schedule and technical capability.
Page 134 of 273

5.4.4 CONTRACTOR shall analyse received quotations, assess and ensure that the
financial status, workload, and suitability and the compliance with
SPECIFICATIONS and CONTRACT SCHEDULE of the selected VENDORs are
satisfactory prior to any CONTRACTOR commitment thereto (Technical Bid
Evaluation to be performed).The results of Technical Bid Evaluation (TBE) shall
be provided to COMPANY for review. Shall COMPANY’s review result in
comments, such comments shall be go into the issue and to be resolved before
Purchase Order placement.
5.4.5 At COMPANY’s sole discretion, CONTRACTOR shall include COMPANY

personnel in the technical bid evaluations of bidder’s responses to enquiry
packages.
5.4.6 CONTRACTOR shall make recommendation to purchase (Award

Recommendation letter) and submit the same to COMPANY for review and after
such review and further response (No Objection Letter) on due time. After such
place the concerned purchase order with the concerned VENDOR or
SUBCONTRACTOR in accordance with the recommendation. Purchase Order to
be placed only upon formal COMPANY’s No Objection response.
5.4.7 CONTRACTOR shall issue status reports on purchasing activities in accordance

with formats and procedures given in the CONTRACT.
5.4.8 APPROVED VENDORS
5.4.8.1 COMPANY shall not allow CONTRACTOR to deviate from those organizations and
entities listed in APPROVED VENDORs list, included within the SECTION IV, DESIGN
DOSSIER, however, where prevailing circumstances dictate that said list is inadequate or
that certain of the listed organizations and entities are not available due to their present
work-load and commitments and CONTRACTOR can give evidence of the existence of
said prevailing circumstances, then CONTRACTOR shall propose alternatives to those
organizations and entities listed in APPROVED VENDORS list for COMPANY’S
consideration and APPROVAL.
5.4.8.2 Shall CONTRACTOR propose an alternative as considered in sub-article 5.4.8.1, then in

all such cases, CONTRACTOR shall provide, for COMPANY’S review and APPROVAL,
a prequalification and evaluation report based on COMPANY “SUPPLIER/VENDOR
CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT FORM”, (found in SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER) to
obtain APPROVAL to alternative SUBCONTRACTORS and VENDORS.
5.4.8.3 For the avoidance of doubt CONTRACTOR is advised that any APPROVAL as provided
for in the foregoing sub- clause 5 shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of any his
responsibilities and duties under the CONTRACT with regard to said APPROVAL of
SUBCONTRACTORS and/or VENDORS.
Page 135 of 273

5.4.9 CONTRACTOR shall ensure VENDORS` readiness and intention to enter into the
long-term supply/maintenance/services contracts (spare parts supply services,
installation, maintenance, etc.) with COMPANY in the future and provide to
COMPANY relevant services for the needs of maintenance and operation.
CONTRACTOR shall provide a document/proof, which confirms VENDORS`
intention as a part of the preferred VENDOR quotation.
5.5 EXPEDITING
5.5.1 Definitions
5.5.1.1 Expedition of Procurement activities relates, in general, to the following up of manufacture

and manufacturing processes of CONTRACTOR ITEMS at VENDORs’ premises to the
extent of said CONTRACTOR ITEMS being ready for onward shipment and transportation
to the SITE.
5.5.1.2 Expedite the manufacture of CONTRACTOR ITEMS in a logical and progressive fashion.
Ensure that expediting tasks and activities are not limited to simply progress reporting.
Take appropriate, rigorous and efficient remedial action with VENDORs and sub-vendors
who are reporting or otherwise demonstrating and incurring slippage to their scheduled
delivery dates or other key date in their manufacturing processes in such cases promptly
recommend appropriate alternative remedial actions to COMPANY and implement same.
5.5.2 Expediting Responsibilities
5.5.2.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform and execute expediting of CONTRACTOR ITEMS so as

to:
• Achieve or improve the CONTRACT delivery dates as to completion of manufacture

while maintaining the purchase order design, specification and conditions and provide
pertaining status reporting accordingly;
• Carry out all expediting of equipment, materials, VENDOR data, VENDOR technical
assistance personnel and documentation from enquiries through to completion of
manufacture ready for shipment of CONTRACTOR ITEMS and including the materials
and equipment on sub-orders;
• Expedite the manufacture of all replacement equipment or materials and associated
documents which are the subject of guarantee or insurance claims;
• Issue regular expediting reports on each purchase order and maintain records for
determining reasons for delay in its manufacture and identifying delinquent orders;
• Issue a Material Status Report to COMPANY containing detailed status information at
agreed meaningful intervals; and
• Monitor progress on purchase orders and prepare and issue a critical schedule to
COMPANY at weekly intervals and which shall identify those items of equipment and
material which are critical or are potentially critical to the CONTRACT SCHEDULE and
which require special attention to ensure timely completion of their manufacture.
Page 136 of 273

5.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

5.6.1 CONTRACTOR shall fully and comprehensively perform all quality assurance and
quality control (“QA/QC”) provisions of the CONTRACT as per the QA/QC
program enclosed herein and carry out, amongst other things, the following QA/QC
tasks and activities:
• All inspection and testing, including materials and equipment on any suborder, and taking
responsibility for ensuring that all materials and equipment are strictly in accordance with
the Specifications as defined in the purchase order;
• Specifying identifiable requirements based on COMPANY’s minimum levels of
inspection for each material requisition, or alternative procedures designed to ensure
equally high standards of inspection;
• Performing inspections and testing only by the use of qualified inspectors. (WORKSHOP
inspection shall be carried out at both the point of manufacture and, where necessary, at
the source of manufacturers' sub-ordered materials);
• Ensuring full and complete performance of all QA/QC tasks and activities including
VENDOR inspection;
• Arranging and coordinating for all necessary / required of Third Party Inspection and
Certification where required for specific equipment and materials in the country of origin,
or for statutory provisions and regulations, or for insurance, or any other reason; and
• Making available at all times for COMPANY to participate (at its option) in all the
foregoing activities and in particular in pre-inspection meetings, inspection visits and
witnessing of tests.
5.6.2 COMPANY shall not consider any materials or WORKS delivered to the
WORKSITE location which fail the QA and inspection provisions of the
CONTRACT, nor any “carry over WORKS” to equipment or materials or skid
mounted deliverables. Any cost or schedule impact as a result of any QA or other
WORKS shall be borne by CONTRACTOR.
5.6.3 Submit to COMPANY written reports on performed expediting and inspection of

manufacture in sufficient detail for COMPANY to monitor the effectiveness of
expediting/inspection. Said reports shall include amongst other things for:
• Progress relative to agreed and scheduled dates;

• Documentation / drawing status and APPROVAL status;
• New or outstanding problem areas including the issuance of non-conformance reports;
and
• Details of QA/QC inspections carried out during visits referencing the appropriate
standards and quality plan together with details of the results of such inspections.
5.6.4 Prepare and issue a monthly inspection status report showing the “test milestones”
reached for equipment and materials comprising CONTRACTOR ITEMS. Ensure
Page 137 of 273

that said report is issued at a minimum of two (2) weeks intervals during the critical
stages of the manufacture and fabrication of said CONTRACTOR ITEMS.
5.6.5 After final inspections confirm satisfactory completion of the production and
manufacturing of any concerned CONTRACTOR ITEMS, release as appropriate
and endorse as correct, all production and manufacturing data folders containing
mill test certificates, machinery test certificates and all relevant inspection data and
sanction the release of completed CONTRACTOR ITEMS for their supply and
transportation to their concerned WORKSITE locations.
5.7 SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS

5.7.1 Definition
5.7.1.1 By means of SUBCONTRACTORs, VENDORs and other APPROVED sources, purchase

and provide required Spare Parts, together with any necessary special tools, for use and
incorporation in the PRE-COMMISSIONING, MECHANICAL COMPLETION,
COMMISSIONING, START-UP, PERFORMANCE TEST of the FACILITIES.
5.7.2 Responsibilities
5.7.2.1 Said spare parts and special tools for PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and
START-UP are to be purchased by CONTRACTOR and be available on SITE for the
execution of the WORK stage.
5.7.2.2 CONTRACTOR shall include the list of the spare parts and special tools for PRE-
COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING AND START-UP into the Purchase Order
utilized for the purchasing of the main item to be procured.
5.7.2.3 All unused spares shall be handed over to COMPANY prior to PROVISIONAL
ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE issue.
5.8 TWO YEARS SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS

5.8.1 Definition
5.8.1.1 By means of SUBCONTRACTORs, VENDORs, and other APPROVED sources and in

close consultation with COMPANY develop and publish a priced list of (strategic)
recommended spare parts for FACILITIES. Said list shall be precise and comprehensive
and shall be sufficient for a two (2) years period of operation and maintenance of the
FACILITIES when in use.
5.8.2 Responsibilities
5.8.2.1 The handover of the two (2) years Spare Parts List to COMPANY from CONTRACTOR
shall be executed not less than three (3) months prior to issue of PROVISIONAL
ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE once CONTRACTOR has finalized the
COMMISSIONING of the FACILITIES.
Page 138 of 273

5.8.2.2 The foregoing provisions shall equally apply to the required Special Tools.
5.9 SURPLUS MATERIALS

5.9.1 Where surplus CONTRACTOR ITEMS (i.e. CONTRACTOR ITEMS, which were
not incorporated into the FACILITIES) were imported into the Republic of Iraq on
the permanent basis or procured locally, such surplus CONTRACTOR ITEMS shall
be listed and disposed by CONTRACTOR within a period of 90 days after the
PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE of the FACILITIES.
5.9.2 Before COMPLETION of the WORK, CONTRACTOR shall submit to

COMPANY a detailed List of Surplus Materials left over at WORKSITE and Camp
stores.
5.9.3 List of Surplus Materials shall be prepared in line with draft format provided by
COMPANY and shall include but not be limited to the following information:
• Full description of each item of the List of Surplus Materials (model, make, serial number,
completeness and components);
• Each item of List of Surplus Materials condition (new; second hand but fit for use;
damaged but fit for use; unfit for use);
• CONTRACT underlying import of the Surpluses to the Republic of Iraq;
• Comments if Surplus item is being a part of the equipment installed in the course of the
Construction WORK;
• Invoice;
• Confirmation of permanent import for each item of the Surpluses;
• Availability of technical documents, Acceptance and Inspection Statements;
• Availability of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), Material Test Report (MTR),
Material Test Certificates (MTC) if applicable.
5.9.4 The packing, marking, transportation, loading and unloading of surplus material to
COMPANY warehouses shall also be within CONTRACTOR’s SCOPE OF
WORK.
5.9.5 All surplus material shall be packed and marked and Package Marking shall provide
the following information:
• CONTRACTOR’s name;
• Number of the Contract underlying delivery of the Project surpluses to the Contract Area;
• Type of packing (box, pallet, bundle, crate etc.)
• Unique continuous number of packaging.
Page 139 of 273

5.9.6 All the packaging related information needs to be stated in the respective field of
the Inventory List of Surplus. Packing and marking shall be performed concurrently
with the preparation of List of Surplus Materials.
5.9.7 Within ninety (90) days after the last Acceptance Certificate COMPANY shall
review the List of Surplus Materials prepared and submitted by CONTRACTOR
and inform CONTRACTOR on actions required to dispose the surplus materials.
5.9.8 In order to dispose Surplus Materials that were procured by CONTRACTOR

without exemption from import customs duties and levies in Iraq/procured locally
in the Republic of Iraq CONTRACTOR will be required to present all original
procurement documents for the concerned Surplus Materials to COMPANY for
further exit pass approval (required for all materials moving out the WORKSITE).
5.9.9 Disposal of Surplus Materials imported in Iraq with exemption from import
customs duties and levies should be carried out by CONTRACTOR in accordance
with the Iraqi Law.
5.9.10 In case CONTRACTOR decides to handover any or all Surplus Materials to

COMPANY, the LIST of Surplus Materials subject to handover shall be prepared
and submitted to COMPANY within ninety (90) days after the PROVISIONAL
ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE. The COMPANY shall review the List of Surplus
Materials and inform the CONTRACTOR whether and which surplus materials are
accepted by COMPANY.
5.9.11 Any and all surplus CONTRACTOR ITEMS which were temporarily imported into
the Republic of Iraq for the purpose of the CONTRACT, should be re-exported
from the Republic of Iraq by CONTRACTOR on time and these actions are the full
responsibility of CONTRACTOR.
5.9.12 Disposal of surplus COMPANY ITEMS (i.e. COMPANY ITEMS, which were not
incorporated in to the FACILITIES) is COMPANY`s responsibility. Such surplus
COMPANY ITEMS shall be handed over by CONTRACTOR to COMPANY
within a period of 30 days after the last PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE of the
FACILITIES and the return shall be confirmed by formal acts of transfer signed by
COMPANY and CONTRACTOR.
5.9.13 The transportation, loading and unloading of Surplus COMPANY ITEMS to

COMPANY warehouses shall also be within CONTRACTOR’s SCOPE OF
WORK. All such material shall be tagged and a detailed comprehensive list shall
be provided to COMPANY prior to the actual HANDOVER of these materials.
5.9.14 Disposal of Waste/Scrap Items is CONTRACTOR`s responsibility. Waste (broken

items, cut-offs of pipes and the like) and Scrap items are still potentially subject to
customs control, especially any identified/numbered non-consumable items. Any
Page 140 of 273

items thrown away or lost may be considered “alienated” and CONTRACTOR will
have to pay duties, taxes, possible fines and interest.
5.9.15 Scrap consumables materials can be disposed, but the process should be well
documented. Broken equipment can be disposed by transfer for utilization allowed
by Customs Authorities.
5.9.16 Iraqi Law is subject to changes, CONTRACTOR is advised to check the current
customs laws and regulations of Iraq to be fully aware of any changes.
5.10 PROCUREMENT CONTROL

5.10.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide the overall control and coordination of all
Procurement activities, maintain all necessary records, issue all required reports,
and take all necessary measures and required follow-up action for the successful
completion of the Procurement activities.
5.10.2 All of the CONTRACTOR’s logistics activities shall be planned, arranged in a

timely manner and coordinated with the COMPANY when appropriate. The
CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the COMPANY the Demand Tracking
Report, Procurement Tracking Report, Expediting Status Report and Unified
Tracking Report. These reports shall be updated on a weekly basis.
5.10.3 CONTRACTOR ITEMS, which is the dual use equipment (for example
telecommunication equipment, security items, chemicals, etc.) shall be dispatched
from the country of export only after all necessary permits and relevant approvals
required for import of such equipment to Iraq are received and COMPANY`s
written authorization for shipment of these items is issued to CONTRACTOR.
5.11 OTHER PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS

5.11.1 For the purposes of COMMISSIONING, START-UP and PERFORMANCE TEST
of the WORK, CONTRACTOR shall procure in agreed quantities all “first fills”
for CONTRACTOR ITEMS such as chemicals, lubricants, greases, gasses, other
fluids and the like and which are required for the WORK up to successful execution
of the FACILITIES PERFORMANCE TESTS.
5.11.2 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all VENDOR documentation relating to

CONTRACTOR ITEMS is fully compliant at all times with applicable standards
and Specifications during their production and manufacturing process and all
applicable and appropriate documentation is available and in place as per “Vendor
Documentation Procedure” (refer to SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER,
APPENDIX D1) to a COMPANY said CONTRACTOR ITEMS at the time of
forwarding for supply and transportation to their concerned WORKSITE locations.
5.11.3 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all procurement shall include for a reasonable
and sufficient amount of “overbuy” of CONTRACTOR ITEMS, including in
Page 141 of 273

particular spares parts per discipline and by type, category and size of material for
PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING, START-UP and
PERFORMANCE TESTS so as to prevent hold-ups or disruptions in the
performance of the WORK and ensure the regular progress of the WORK and its
timely completion.
5.11.4 Ensure the production of all correspondence, drawings, Specifications, data,

technical notes, procedures, memoranda, field notes and the like to be compatible
for use with COMPANY’s EDMS.
5.11.5 SUBCONTRACTORs and VENDORs shall be provided, organized, transported,

housed, serviced, and scheduled by CONTRACTOR to CONTRACTORS own
account.
6 SUPPLY AND TRANSPORTATION

6.1 SUPPLY AND TRANSPORTATION SCOPE OF WORK
6.1.1 For the purposes of customs clearance in the Republic of Iraq and timely
transportation of shipments within Iraq, CONTRACTOR shall within reasonable
time after the EFFECTIVE DATE conclude subcontracts (subject to APPROVAL
by COMPANY of the respective SUBCONTRACTORs) with at least three (3)
logistics and transportation services providers in Iraq (registered in Iraq and
experienced in providing logistics and customs clearance services in Iraq) and
present to COMPANY a proof of such subcontracts being in place.
6.1.2 The tasks and activities of Supply and Delivery of procured CONTRACTOR
ITEMS shall include, but shall not necessarily be limited to:
• Supply and Transportation of CONTRACTOR Bulks items to SITE;

• Supply and Transportation of CONTRACTOR Equipment items to SITE;
• Supply and Transportation of CONTRACTOR Spares items to SITE;
6.1.3 Execute all forwarding of CONTRACTOR ITEMS from their source of supply to
the WORKSITE as applicable and in accordance with VENDORS’ instructions and
recommendations.
6.1.4 Organize and co-ordinate packing and marking of CONTRACTOR ITEMS and
make ready for their supply and transportation to WORKSITE including for
amongst other things:
• Preparation of packing, marking, shipping and documentation Specifications;

• Instructing VENDORs in respect of packing and marking;
• Inspecting said packing, marking, and loading prior to shipment;
Page 142 of 273

• Developing plans and procedures for “freight forwarding”, handling and (where so
necessary) customs clearance so as to ensure that all freight (CONTRACTOR ITEMS) is
consigned to arrive at WORKSITE on time; and
• Organizing and selecting appropriate means of transportation and ensuring availability of
selected means and methods of transportation so as to effect timely shipment of
CONTRACTOR ITEMS to the WORKSITE.
6.1.5 Pre-shipment inspections by the authorized CONTRACTOR`s THIRD PARTY
company of all CONTRACTOR ITEMS, prior to their dispatch to WORKSITE,
shall be arranged and paid for by CONTRACTOR. The Release Note (TPI report)
should be provided for COMPANY`s review. COMPANY may at its own
discretion arrange pre-shipment inspections to be carried out by THIRD PARTY
inspectors authorized by COMPANY with or without participation of
COMPANY`s personnel for any and all CONTRACTOR ITEMS, which are
prepared for dispatch to WORKSITE from the country of Goods` origin or
consolidation to the Republic of Iraq. THIRD PARTY inspection staff services,
requested and authorized by COMPANY, are arranged by COMPANY and are at
the expense of COMPANY. Office space, access to cargoes, possibility to carry out
inspection shall be arranged by CONTRACTOR.
6.1.6 Prepare maintain and issue a weekly “shipping progress” report and weekly
shipping forecast in an agreed format and report on any slippage either actual or
perceived, key delivery dates of CONTRACTOR ITEMS to SITE.
6.1.7 Ship and transport all CONTRACTOR ITEMS to SITE and including, as the case
may be, any transhipment between WORKSITES. Perform all off-loading
operations, handling and movements, together with all protection and preservation,
storage and maintenance of CONTRACTOR ITEMS at WORKSITE.
6.1.8 For the purpose of import of CONTRACTOR ITEMS into the Republic of Iraq to
arrange and obtain all necessary licenses, if any, insurance certificates and any other
documents required for customs clearance.
6.1.9 Fully comply with all customs authority’s procedures and pay all customs duties,
imposts, port handling charges, other port-dues and the like (including any fines).
6.1.10 In particular and as may be the case for any imported CONTRACTOR ITEMS, co-
ordinate, facilitate for and take responsibility for marine transport and/or other form
of waterborne transport and conditions for the performance thereof and obtain
certification and APPROVAL of the load-out and fastening of CONTRACTOR
EQUIPMENT on its means of transportation as required.
6.1.11 Said supply and delivery shall also include for all spare parts and special tools as
required and recommended by the VENDORs and SUBCONTRACTORs for
installation and maintenance of the concerned CONTRACTOR ITEMS together
with all loading and off-loading operations, handling and movements, protection
Page 143 of 273

and preservation, storage and maintenance of said CONTRACTOR ITEMS at

WORKSITE and as the case may require, at WORKSHOPS.
6.2 OTHER SUPPLY AND TRANSPORTATION REQUIREMENTS

6.2.1 Ensure that all VENDOR documentation related to supply and transportation of
CONTRACTOR ITEMS is fully compliant at all times with applicable standards
and specifications and all relevant and appropriate documentation is available to
COMPANY at the time of dispatch of CONTACTOR ITEMS and EQUIPMENT
from the manufacturers facilities to the WORKSITE.
6.2.2 Ensure the production of all correspondence, drawings, specifications, data,

technical notes, procedures, memorandums, field notes and the documents relative
for supply and transportation processes is compatible with COMPANY`s Integrated
Document Management System.
7 CONSTRUCTION
7.1 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF ACTIVITIES
7.1.1 The WORK set out in this clause of SCOPE OF WORK is not intended to be
exhaustive. Any construction work required for the proper execution and
completion of the WORK according to the provisions of the CONTRACT, and
necessary to properly meet the requirements for which the WORK is intended, shall
be deemed included within this clause.
7.1.2 CONTRACTOR shall perform all construction works related to the FACILITIES
and utilities included in the Dammam Pads and the Well Pads as described in Clause
2 of this SCOPE OF WORK.
7.1.3 The SCOPE Of WORK for construction shall include:
• Construction Management
• Mobilization/Demobilization
• Construction Personnel
• Construction Equipment
• Temporary Facilities
• Temporary Utilities
• Construction Execution Requirements
• Construction Documentation
7.2 CONSTRUCTION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

7.2.1 GENERAL
Page 144 of 273

7.2.2 CONTRACTOR shall provide or perform the WORK or cause the WORK to be
provided or performed, in accordance with the terms of this CONTRACT. Without
limiting the foregoing, the WORK shall include conducting, performing, providing
or procuring when and as necessary to permit progress of the WORK to proceed in
accordance with the CONTRACT SCHEDULE.
7.2.3 CONTRACTOR shall perform all construction in full compliance with the
APPROVED detailed design and engineering developed from SECTION IV,
DESIGN DOSSIER, and other pertaining parts of the CONTRACT and in full
compliance with the CONTRACT and take particular account of parameters (and
constraints) arising out of, amongst other things, process engineering, design
optimizations, procurement engineering, construction engineering, surveys and the
like, together with COMMISSIONING of the WORK and all of the foregoing
matters as they apply to the construction of the WORK and FACILITIES.
7.2.4 CONTRACTOR shall perform all construction in full and unreserved compliance
with all applicable health, safety, environmental (HSE) and security considerations
and requirements and both other specific parts of the CONTRACT, and the
CONTRACT as a whole or reasonably implied thereby. Comply without
reservation to all HSE procedures in place and in force in the CONTRACT or as
may be further developed and implemented during the course of the WORK.
7.2.5 CONTRACTOR shall carry out the construction WORK taking into consideration
interface/coordination with other CONTRACTORS, including planning and
coordination with all other simultaneous activities such as construction, drilling and
completion, production operations, maintenance activities and other suchlike
activities as may be ongoing.
7.2.6 CONTRACTOR shall carry out the construction and management in accordance
with CONTRACTOR’s construction method statements and procedures adjusted or
modified so as to suit the requirements of the CONTRACT. Said procedures shall
be subject to APPROVAL and shall provide for, but shall not necessarily be limited
to:
• construction execution planning;

• construction safety provisions;
• construction quality provisions;
• construction engineering provisions;
• execution of tie-in works;
7.2.7 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the WORK is performed in accordance with AFC
drawings, SPECIFICATIONS and relevant standards. This includes preparing,
submitting for APPROVAL and carrying out PRECOMMISSIONIG checks in
accordance with the APPROVED procedures.
Page 145 of 273

7.2.8 CONTRACTOR shall, to the maximum extent practical, implement

modularization/pre-assembling of the equipment and structures to be installed on
the FACILITIES. Pre-assembling of the modules/skids/units can be performed
either at the manufacturer’s facilities or at SITE prior to actual installation/erection
or lifting of the module. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that, where applicable, the
modular structures are properly reinforced/braced in accordance with the
APPROVED drawings/procedures prior to relocation/lifting.
7.2.9 CONTRACTOR shall take all precautions to protect the MATERIALS,

EQUIPMENT and the WORK as completed or partially completed up to and
including HANDOVER from damage or deterioration caused by weather
conditions, construction and installation activities or third parties. Pay particular
attention to items of installed materials, goods and equipment with regards to
temporarily sealing of all orifices, threaded ends and openings, pipe-ends, tube-
ends, tube connectors and fittings, cable ends and cable connectors and hook-up
loops (including electrical cables, instrumentation cables and fibre optic cables) and
the like and cover up and protect from damage, dirt and dust ingress, excessive
humidity, excessive cold and other deterioration while the ongoing installation of
WORK at the SITE progresses. CONTRACTOR shall take all precautions to
protect all adjacent or adjoining property and FACILITIES from damage.
7.2.10 Supply of all consumables required for construction works including diesel fuel and
water which shall be sourced out by CONTRACTOR from local suppliers to the
specifications/quality required for the performance of the WORK. In no case, the
existing plant water will be used for the execution of the WORK.
7.2.11 Any changes of price of diesel fuel, water or any other locally supplied consumables
that may occur after EFFECTIVE DATE and further during execution of the
WORK shall not affect CONTRACT PRICE and shall not be subject to
VARIATION. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that local diesel fuel is supplied in
accordance with Iraqi Law, Iraqi Ministry of Oil and Basra Oil Company
requirements.
7.2.12 CONTRACTOR shall refer to COMPANY Guideline for Monthly Fuel Demand
Collection set forth in SECTION IV of the CONTRACT that establishes the
procedure of diesel fuel supply coordination. Ensure that such procedures where
necessary include the preparation and issue of all shop drawings, calculation notes,
method statements, lists of materials and equipment, lists of CONSTRUCTION
EQUIPMENT, lists of personnel, planning and scheduling, back-up of contingency
procedures and the like.
7.2.13 CONTRACTOR’s construction WORK shall also entail the following:
• obtaining all authorizations, permits, licenses, visas and, where applicable, customs
clearances from the Local Authorities necessary for establishing quarry operations,
Page 146 of 273

batching operations, offsite staging/storage areas, offsite fabrication shops and offices,
haul routes, roads and bridges, etc.
• managing, coordinating and supervising the WORK of VENDORs and
SUBCONTRACTORs to ensure WORK is performed in accordance with the
APPROVED schedule, quality and safety requirements.
• providing manpower and construction equipment loading charts, schedules and progress
reporting in accordance with the procedures agreed to with the COMPANY.
• ensuring timely mobilization of VENDOR representatives and/or any specialists, and their
retention at SITE for the required durations.
• assisting COMPANY with technical safety reviews to confirm that the FACILITIES may
be operated, maintained and shut down in a satisfactory manner.
• preparing of remedial plans when late material/equipment delivery and/or other
construction problems arise.
• preparing of complete sets of data sheets, specifications, as-built drawings and necessary
documentation for maintenance.
• preparing of rigging and lifting studies as required.
• preparing of transportation/logistics studies as required.
• managing field changes, including revision of the drawings and design change requests.
• maintaining construction records in formats APPROVED by the COMPANY.
• maintaining and operating an adequate material control procedure at all locations where
WORK is performed and provide a secure and proper storage, care and maintenance of
all materials, equipment and consumables.
• implementing provisions of the quality assurance plan and quality control procedures.
7.2.14 CONTRACTOR shall exercise due care to prevent damage to any existing or newly
built pipelines, structures, UTILITIES and FACILITIES as a result of
construction/installation works executed by the CONTRACTOR or its
SUBCONTRACTORs. If any existing item is damaged, CONTRACTOR shall, at
own expense, replace the damaged item with a new one in accordance with relevant
CONTRACT requirements and SPECIFICATIONS.
7.2.15 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
7.2.16 CONTRACTOR shall acquire, deploy and utilize all necessary CONSTRUCTION
EQUIPMENT for and in the performance of the construction WORK including all
necessary construction plant and machinery, both static and mobile, and of
whatsoever kind and capacity and including all consumables and ancillary fittings
and attachments. CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT shall also include any means of
transportation of construction personnel, materials and equipment to and around
WORKSITE.
Page 147 of 273

7.2.17 Any delivered asset or personnel (operator) may be rejected by the COMPANY, if,
at its sole discretion, it is deemed unsafe, not meeting the equipment specifications,
lacking adequate maintenance, lacking mandatory certification / training / licensing.
In this case the CONTRACTOR shall either undertake the immediate repair of the
rejected asset to bring it to the fully mission capable condition or shall replace it
with another asset of equal capacity. In the instance where a replacement asset is
required, it shall meet the same acceptance criterion detailed in this SCOPE OF
WORK.
7.2.18 Failure of the COMPANY to immediately detect the non-compliance within the
provided equipment during the initial evaluation/inspection shall not relieve the
CONTRACTOR of the obligation to deliver the equipment that meets the
specifications outlined herein. It is assumed by the COMPANY that the equipment
being priced by the bidder will meet or exceed all specifications provided within
this SCOPE OF WORK and the acceptance of the non-compliant equipment will
not constitute a waiver of these specifications.
7.2.19 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT mobilized or used for the WORK under the
CONTRACT shall satisfy the following requirements:
• All CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT shall be in “Fully Mission Capable” condition with

the manufacturing date not exceeding 3 years by the time of mobilization to site. Any
exceptions from this requirement shall be requested in writing from the COMPANY and
such exceptions shall not be assumed as acceptable without written authorization from the
COMPANY. For any such case CONTRACTOR shall provide full details of the current
condition of the said equipment with solid justification of its usability for the duration of
the task it is required for. “Fully Mission Capable” (FMC) asset shall mean an equipment
unit with all associated equipment that can safely perform all of its functions at the design
capacity as specified by its manufacturer.
• All CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT shall be rated for the operating environment in
Southern Iraq.
• All CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT shall meet the capacity rating for the WORK they
are required to perform taking into consideration any applicable de-ration factors, charts
and calculations.
• All CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT that have a potential of being used on the public
roads in Iraq shall meet Local Traffic Safety Requirements.
• Upon arrival to site all CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT shall undergo and pass technical
inspection performed by a technical representative authorized by the COMPANY. No
equipment shall be used for the WORK until it has been inspected and accepted by the
authorized representative.
• All CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT shall be operated only by the licensed operators
and, where required, such operations shall be supported by trained assistance personnel
(e.g. riggers, banks men, etc). All licenses are subject to verification by the authorized
COMPANY representative(s).
Page 148 of 273

7.2.20 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT provided for the WORK under this contract shall
include all of the following standard features and certifications:
• Each crane and its rigging equipment shall be load tested,

• Each item of mobile equipment shall be equipped with seat belts for the driver/operator
and all passengers,
• Windshield glass shall not be cracked or show spotting and shall be securely fastened in
place,
• Mirror brackets and lens holders shall be correctly secured and mounted to the equipment,
• Fully operational climate-controlled interior (A/C, heat),
• All odometers and speedometers shall accurately register the corresponding kilometers
and speed,
• Headlights, brake lights, turn signals, windshield wipers, parking brake and horn shall be
fully operational,
• Manufacturer’s Operator Manual shall be provided with all equipment,
• CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT shall be equipped with all the necessary safety
devices/equipment as required by the applicable safety procedures, standards, regulations
and best practices implemented specifically for this project and/or required by the
manufacturer.
7.2.21 None of the CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT shall be reused for incorporation as
part of the FACILITIES.
7.2.22 CONTRACTOR is responsible for all cleaning works required to be performed

upon completion of CONTRACTOR’s construction/installation activities.
7.2.23 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE
7.2.24 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for performing all scheduled and unscheduled
maintenance on the CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT (including supply of labour,
spare parts, fluids and any other consumables as specified by the manufacturer) that
may be required to maintain the equipment in Fully Mission Capable condition and
minimize downtime due to equipment repair within the duration of the WORK.
7.2.25 CONTRACTOR is required to have established maintenance procedures, which

shall be based on, but shall not be limited to, the minimum requirements set forth
by the equipment manufacturer, however, shall also consider applicable safety
codes and best business practices. Execution of such procedures shall be overseen
by qualified maintenance personnel/supervisors.
7.2.26 All maintenance shall be at the CONTRACTORs own expense. COMPANY shall
not be held responsible for any maintenance required during the term of this
Page 149 of 273

CONTRACT; nor will the COMPANY be responsible for ordinary wear and tear
to the equipment, whether at fault or not.
7.2.27 Scheduled maintenance shall include, but not be limited to lubricants, fluids, filters,
batteries, additives, brakes, tracks, and bulbs which may be required by the
operating and maintenance manual.
7.2.28 Unscheduled maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, all necessary repairs
to engine components, transmissions, drive trains, tracks, electrical components,
suspension, paint, glass, hydraulics, etc. as well as normal lifespan operating
occurrences such as body damages, windshields breaks, etc.
7.2.29 Ensure that any waste produced as a result of the equipment maintenance is handled
strictly in accordance with the applicable environmental regulations including
proper utilization and disposal of any grease, oil, fuel, oily water, coolant, etc. as
well as construction and maintenance of the required utilities required for
containment of the pollutants such as containment of the service pits/ramps,
secondary containments under storage, oil/water separators (at equipment washing
stations), etc.
7.2.30 Provide continuous review of the status and condition of all said CONSTRUCTION
EQUIPMENT and its status as to “Fully Mission Capable”.
7.2.31 HEAVY LIFTS AND RIGGING PLAN
7.2.32 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all heavy lift and general equipment installation
is executed only by competent CONTRACTOR and/or SUBCONTRACTOR
personnel.
7.2.33 CONTRACTOR shall classify heavy lifts according to their weight and/or
complexity of lift, sequence of delivery, sequence of erection, accessibility, etc.
7.2.34 Conceptual studies shall be conducted by CONTRACTOR to identify the various

lifting operations and identify requirements which shall be incorporated into
engineering such as special ground preparation, lifting attachment type and
position, saddle locations, etc.
7.2.35 Detailed lifting procedure shall be prepared for each specific case and shall be
reviewed and approved by both the CONTRACTOR and COMPANY considering
the suitability of equipment capacity, sequence of execution and safety. Such
procedures shall include the following considerations:
• approaching ways, paths and type of ground surface;

• operating position and capacity of lifting equipment;
• slings and shackles with individual safety factor;
• sequence of operations;
Page 150 of 273

• critical positions; and

• foundation drawing's position & rigging details.
7.2.36 All heavy lift equipment shall be:
 tested and certified according to stated requirements;

 used within capacities that are within the published equipment chart;
 in accordance with the applicable and recognized international codes and standards;
 inspected and all crane slings, lifting beams, shackles, etc. to be certified by the relevant
authorities; and
 operated by an experienced and duly certified heavy lift operators and riggers.
7.2.37 CONTRACTOR shall maintain loading charts of lifting equipment, weekly and
daily force reports, accident reports and statistics.
7.3 PREFABRICATION AND MODULARIZATION

7.3.1 CONTRACTOR shall, to the maximum extent practical, implement
modularization/pre-assembling of the equipment and structures to be installed on
the Project. Pre-assembling of the modules/skids/units can be performed either at
the manufacturer’s facilities or at site prior to actual installation/erection or lifting
of the module. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that, where applicable, the modular
structures are properly reinforced/braced in accordance with the APPROVED
drawings/procedures prior to relocation/lifting.
7.3.2 CONTRACTOR shall maximize the pre-fabrication of piping spools, piping and
E&I supports, precast of civil trenches, civil foundations, structural steel fabrication
and execution of mechanical testing in advance (when applicable) in order to ensure
the time savings at SITE.
7.3.3 All pipework shall be fabricated within the tolerances specified on the fabrication
Isometric drawings and detailed survey dimensional control of pre-fabricated
pipework. All dimensional surveys shall be performed in accordance with
CONTRACTOR Procedure for dimensional control of pipework.
7.4 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

7.4.1 GENERAL
7.4.2 CONTRACTOR shall establish a comprehensive Construction Management

organization that will perform overall construction management function required
for ensuring execution of the following tasks in accordance with the applicable
standards, procedures, practices, APPROVED schedule and this CONTRACT.
7.4.3 CONTRACTOR’s Construction Management roles will cover and not be limited
to:
Page 151 of 273

• Management and coordination of the overall construction process including all related on-
and off-site activities up to and including COMMISSIONING of the FACILITIES;
• Interface with COMPANY, OTHER CONTRACTORS and Third Parties;
• Acquisition of all permits required by the host country;
• Development and implementation of the detailed SIMPOPS plans and procedures;
• Establishment and enforcement of safety program throughout the performance of WORK;
• Establishment and enforcement of construction quality program throughout performance
of WORK;
• Control of personnel and equipment mobilization/demobilization process/schedule;
• Control of the construction schedule, including update and recovery;
• Control and accountability of expenditures associated with the performance of WORK;
• Management and accountability of the construction resources;
• Management, accountability and protection of the construction materials/equipment;
• Coordination of material procurement, delivery and installation processes;
• On- and off-SITE supervision of the construction WORK;
• Management of the construction documentation required for in-process accountability and
final acceptance of the FACILITIES; and
• other miscellaneous tasks related to general construction management.
7.4.4 CONTRACTOR is responsible for preparation of the detailed construction
schedules for the WORK in accordance with the requirements of the CONTRACT,
providing regular monitoring of this schedule and ensuring appropriate adjustments
to maximize productivity, taking into account all interfaces with COMPANY and
other parties involved in construction activities of the FACILITIES.
7.4.5 CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain schedule of the manpower to be

deployed on the WORK, together with pertaining stacked histograms.
7.4.6 CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain schedule of CONSTRUCTION

EQUIPMENT to be deployed on and in the WORK with particular reference to
cranes and other lifting equipment, bulk excavation and trench excavation
equipment, etc.
7.4.7 CONTRACTOR shall carry out construction in accordance with the detailed
CONTRACT SCHEDULE so as to achieve the dates set out in CONTRACT and in
particular the HANDOVER date for the WORK and the FACILITIES to the
COMPANY.
Page 152 of 273

7.4.8 CONTRACTOR shall carry out Construction Planning in accordance with

established procedures and recognized techniques. Establish procedures to describe
the programs and methods to be employed for monitoring and reporting against the
plans and schedules and for controlling actual WORK performance against the plan.
7.4.9 CONTRACTOR’s Construction Management organization, among other

requirements, shall also be responsible for preparation of field drawings, calculation
notes, method statements, lists of materials and equipment, lists of
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, lists of CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL,
planning and scheduling, back-up and contingency procedures and the like.
7.4.10 CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL
7.4.11 CONTRACTOR is responsible for provision of all necessary documents and work
permits for CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL including, but not limited to, passports,
visas, medical fitness records, resumes, current licenses, certificates and
qualifications, etc. CONTRACTOR is advised that to obtain permits for Iraqi entry
visas CONTRACTOR should follow the document “IRAQI ENTRY VISA
GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACTORS’ as provided in SECTON IV, DESIGN
DOSSIER. CONTRACTOR shall take in account that the period for obtaining
permits for Iraqi entry visas is not less than ninety (90) days. CONTRACTOR shall
in advance obtain all required visas for CONTRACTOR’S, SUB-
CONTRACTOR’S, VENDOR’S, etc. personnel and bear sole responsibility for any
delays or additional costs incurred by the CONTRACTOR for delays in visas
obtaining.
7.4.12 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for evaluating all CONTRACTOR

PERSONNEL it proposes to be involved in the WORK to ensure they are capable
of safely performing the WORK. Direct hire craftsmen are to be evaluated for
experience/skills prior to hiring. SUBCONTRACTORs shall be evaluated on safety
record and experience. All costs associated with the above shall be the responsibility
of CONTRACTOR.
7.4.13 CONTRACTOR shall carry out “trade-tests” on specific trades including, but not
limited to, welders and electricians and reject all personnel who fail to meet trade-
test criteria and demonstrate competence in their particular trade. COMPANY shall
require that all such CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL be certified in their particular
trade in accordance with the industry accepted procedures and code requirements
(e.g. ASME Section IX, AWS, NFPA 70, NESC, etc.). The CONTRACTOR shall
provide such certificates to the COMPANY immediately upon request.
7.4.14 CONTRACTOR shall carry out HSE inductions to all CONTRACTOR

PERSONNEL to be deployed either on SITE or to any other
production/construction facility related to the WORK under the terms of this
CONTRACT.
Page 153 of 273

7.4.15 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that no CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL of any tier,

including personnel of SUBCONTRACTORs (and VENDORs), are deployed on
WORKSITE without current passport, visa, valid medical certification, all
necessary work-permits, HSE induction and appropriate trade-test certification to
COMPANY’s satisfaction.
7.4.16 CONTRACTOR shall establish and maintain a CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL

training program to ensure that any personnel involved in a special type of
construction, working outside of their field of expertise/qualification or in unusual
conditions/environment (e.g. confined space, etc.) are properly trained to perform
the WORK in accordance with applicable codes, safety regulation and procedures.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for maintenance of all such training records.
7.4.17 Carry out the construction WORK taking into consideration interface / co-
ordination with OTHER CONTRACTORS including planning and co-ordination
with all other simultaneous activities such as construction, drilling and completion,
production operations, maintenance activities and other such like activities as may
be on-going. Arrange regular site interface meetings with other CONTRACTORS
with the participation of COMPANY interface personnel to resolve coordination,
priority sequencing and interface issues.
7.5 MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION

7.5.1 MOBILIZATION
7.5.2 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for, and shall carry out all activities and
WORK related to the mobilization of CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL and
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT at the SITE including but not limited to:
• employment and mobilization of all CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL of whatsoever tier

required to perform WORK under the terms of this CONTRACT; provision of adequate
accommodation of said personnel in the residential facilities at CONTRACTOR’s man-
camp(s);
• mobilization, in a timely and efficient manner, of all CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
required for execution of the WORK in accordance with the approved mobilization
schedule;
• provision and erection of temporary shops and utilities required for maintenance and
repair of said CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT including, in particular, sources and
means of distribution of electrical power, water and any other items necessary for this
purpose;
• mobilization and installation of temporary facilities such as production facilities required
for onsite fabrication/preparation of the elements of the WORK/FACILITIES (e.g. trade
shops, concrete batching plant, test labs, etc.) as well as the auxiliary facilities required
for support of construction operations (e.g. construction man-camp, offices, storage
facilities, laydown areas, temporary emergency response facilities, site communication
Page 154 of 273

infrastructure, utilities, etc.). All facilities within the CONTRACTOR’s mobilization site
shall be of substantial construction suitable for the local weather conditions; and
• CONTRACTOR shall mobilize Construction tools and other items required for execution
of the WORK, such as lifting devices, scaffolding, safety related items, measuring
devices, testing devices, transportation/movement devices, and other suchlike items.
7.5.3 DEMOBILIZATION
7.5.4 Upon completion of the WORK, or parts thereof, demobilize said CONTRACTOR
PERSONNEL, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, Construction tools and
temporary facilities, including any preparatory/temporary earthworks, in
accordance with a demobilization plan agreed to by the COMPANY.
7.5.5 CONTRACTOR shall remove all temporary works/facilities and reinstate the
WORKSITE to its original condition upon completion of the WORK and prior to
HANDOVER.
7.6 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

7.6.1 GENERAL
7.6.1.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide all temporary facilities required for its SUB-
CONTRACTORS, its own PERSONNEL and EQUIPMENT and COMPANY for
performance of the WORK covered by the terms of this CONTRACT.
7.6.1.2 Temporary facilities shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
• access and temporary access roads, offices and living accommodations, dining
areas/facilities,
• emergency response/medical facilities;
• maintenance areas/shops, trade shops;
• laydown areas and storage facilities;
• fuel storage and dispensing area/facilities;
• security structures/facilities/infrastructure;
• communications facilities and infrastructure;
• utilities (power, water, etc);
• waste management facilities; and
• hazardous materials storage yards.
7.6.1.3 CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Security and HSE requirements based on
the established procedures and assessments performed under the terms of this CONTRACT
in regards to establishment of the temporary facilities.
Page 155 of 273

7.6.1.4 It is CONTRACTOR’s sole responsibility to perform all works associated with installation
of the temporary facilities including any preparatory works related to site selection,
grading, perimeter fencing and security.
7.6.1.5 CONTRACTOR shall consider utilization of any existing infrastructure/utilities/camps

which may become available upon completion of the previous phase of the project by
others. All such options shall be properly evaluated and coordinated with the COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR shall not make assumptions on availability of any of the existing
facilities/utilities/infrastructure without prior confirmation from the COMPANY.
7.6.1.6 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that any and all temporary facilities whether within the larger
secured perimeter or in the remote areas to the reasonable extent of applicability and in
accordance with established security requirements are covered by the adequate security
measures including but not limited to access control, security fencing, manned guard posts
and observation towers, locks, alarms, etc.
7.6.2 ACCESS TO THE SITE AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES
7.6.2.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide necessary access to the WORKSITE and associated
temporary facilities which may include, but shall not be limited to, temporary or permanent
roads (if included in the final design of the FACILITIES or existing) adequate for the traffic
and loads associated with delivery of materials and equipment, access gates and doors for
vehicles and personnel, and/or special means of transportation/access such as helicopter,
barge, boat, portable bridge, etc.
7.6.2.2 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all means and provisions for access are in accordance
with established security and HSE requirements, which are subject to APPROVAL by the
COMPANY.
7.6.2.3 During construction the CONTRACTOR shall provide access and temporarily relocate
roads as necessary to maintain traffic. The CONTARCTOR shall maintain and protect
traffic on all affected roads during the construction period except as otherwise specifically
directed by the COMPANY.
7.6.2.4 Measures for the protection and diversion of traffic, including the provision of watchmen
and flagmen, erection of barricades, placing of lights around and in front of equipment and
the work, and the erection and maintenance of adequate warning, danger, and direction
signs, shall be as required by and in coordination with the COMPANY. The traveling public
shall be protected from damage to person and property. The CONTRACTOR’s traffic on
roads selected for hauling material to and from the site shall interfere as little as possible
with Host Nation and other SITE traffic involved in Operations. The CONTRACTOR shall
investigate the adequacy of existing roads and the allowable load limit on these roads. The
CONTARCTOR shall be responsible for the repair of any damage to roads caused by
construction operations.
7.6.2.5 CONTRACTOR shall comply with all SITE security and access requirements. Obtaining
Page 156 of 273

current and detailed information on SITE access, security and badging procedures is the
responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and the CONTRACTOR shall converse with the
appropriate authorities in order to obtain a thorough knowledge of access, procedures and
policies in order to determine required time and costs associated with SITE access and
logistics. COMPANY will not be held responsible for any delays to the schedule resulting
from lack of access to the SITE. The CONTRACTOR shall bear sole responsibility for any
delays or additional costs incurred by the CONTRACTOR for access delays.
7.6.2.6 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating with the Host Government/
AUTHORITIES use of any existing roads as haul routes. Construction and routing of new
haul roads, and/or upgrading of existing roads for the CONTRACTOR’s use, is the sole
responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to
obtain such local authorizations, permits and licenses necessary to establish his
mobilization camp and haul routes.
7.6.3 CONSTRUCTION OF CONTRACTOR’S MAN-CAMP(S)
7.6.3.1 CONTRACTOR shall mobilize, maintain and operate CONTRACTOR’s man-camp(s)

including any base camps and mobile site facilities, if any, and demobilize said camps upon
completion of the WORK.
7.6.3.2 The camp(s) shall be designed, installed and operated in accordance with the applicable
COMPANY, industrial and HSE regulations/codes/standards.
7.6.3.3 Design/Layout as well as the location of such camp(s) is subject to APPROVAL by the
COMPANY and, if applicable, Local AUTHORITIES. Acceptance of the camp design by
the COMPANY doesn’t relieve the CONTRACTOR from the responsibility to comply
with the applicable industrial and HSE regulations, violations of which might be revealed
at a later time of the project.
7.6.3.4 No camp shall be installed without prior authorization from the COMPANY.
7.6.4 DINING Facilities
7.6.4.1 CONTRACTOR shall establish properly sized and arranged dining facilities for providing
meals to all of its direct and subcontracted personnel (where required). Such facilities, if
applicable, shall also have provisions for preparation and packaging of meals required for
personnel working on remote SITES who are unable to attend the facility during regular
meal times. If necessary, CONTRACTOR shall also arrange delivery of pre-packaged
meals to the mentioned remote locations.
7.6.4.2 All dining facilities and areas shall meet the applicable HSE/Sanitary standards. Such
facilities are subject to inspections performed by the COMPANY HSE representatives.
7.6.5 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES
7.6.5.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary Emergency Response Facilities and personnel
in accordance with the internationally acceptable standards and procedures and in
Page 157 of 273

accordance with COMPANY’s policies established on/applicable to the specific site

consistent with the identified hazards and restrictions.
7.6.5.2 Emergency Response Facilities, where applicable, shall include, but shall not be limited to,
the following:
• Medical Clinic(s);
• First Aid stations throughout the camp/site;
• Medical Response Units/Ambulance;
• Fire Station(s) with any required vehicles and equipment;
• On SITE Firefighting stations/equipment within the temporary and permanent areas
during the period of construction works execution including fire extinguishers, fire
hydrants, water source (tanks, pumps), etc.;
• Fire trucks (if necessary); and
• Emergency Command Center with communications equipment.
7.6.5.3 Emergency Response facilities and services shall be covered by trained and qualified
personnel.
7.6.5.4 SANITARY FACILITIES
7.6.5.5 CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain within the construction area adequate number
of field-type sanitary facilities (toilets) in accordance with the applicable requirements.
7.6.6 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
7.6.6.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary utilities required for execution of the WORK,
which, where applicable, shall include production, storage and distribution of potable and
process water, fuel, lubricants and oils, electric power and its distribution, waste/sewage
treatment and disposal facilities.
7.6.7 ELECTRICAL POWER
7.6.7.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain a safe, secure, stable, self-contained and
adequately sized electric power generation and distribution system to supply all of its
TEMPORARY FACILITIES including camp(s), offices, dining facilities, warehouses,
workshops, etc. as well as construction areas at WORKSITE.
7.6.7.2 CONTRACTOR shall supply and install all the necessary components of the electrical
system including power generation equipment, switches, transformers, panels, controls,
cables and any other accessories required for complete system. Generator units shall be of
silenced type, sheltered and located in such a way or shall be adequately protected and
isolated by noise isolating panels/walls as to minimize exposure of the accommodation
areas to the noise generated by the engines. In any case the noise generated by the Power
Generation equipment shall not exceed the levels established by the applicable standards
Page 158 of 273

accepted by the COMPANY for any occupied areas.
7.6.8 WATER SUPPLY
7.6.8.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide all water required for construction and operation of all
CONTRACTOR’s construction areas and temporary facilities, including potable, drinking,
construction, and testing water, etc.
7.6.8.2 CONTRACTOR shall provide, at his temporary facilities, a dedicated Water Treatment
Plant with the adequately sized treated water storage. The Water Treatment Plant shall have
capacity sufficient for satisfying CONTRACTOR’s water demand.
7.6.8.3 Separate Potable Water lines shall be provided for the dining facilities, ice making, medical
and recreation facilities. Such lines, where necessary, shall be equipped with backflow
prevention devices and shall be configured in the way as to eliminate water stagnation as
required by the applicable plumbing and sanitary standards.
7.6.8.4 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the entire range of services associated with water
filtration, sterilization, chlorination, chemical treatment and neutralization to meet water
specifications applicable to each category of use.
7.6.8.5 Throughout the CONTRACT period the CONTRACTOR shall take weekly samples to
ensure that the water quality is maintained at the required level for consumption. A full and
detailed water analysis shall be submitted to COMPANY on a weekly basis.
7.6.8.6 COMPANY reserves a right to take random water samples for quality verification
purposes.
7.6.8.7 All matters related to the disposal of reject water as a result of filtration process shall be in
compliance with the applicable local regulations and such disposal methods shall be
APPROVED by the relevant parties including, but not limited to, COMPANY and Local
AUTHORITIES.
7.6.9 SEWER SYSTEMS
7.6.9.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide and operate a Sewage Treatment Unit (STU) for the sewage
collection, treatment and disposal with a particular attention given to the HSE expectations
and local environmental regulations.
7.6.9.2 CONTRACTOR shall provide a sewer collection system serving the facilities within the
camp area with disposal to the designated location and/or facility approved by
AUTHORITIES. The sewage treatment plant shall be adequately sized to accommodate
the peak volumes expected to be generated during the times of maximum quantity of
CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL present on SITE using the facilities. The sizing of plant
shall comply with COMPANY Waste Management philosophy and the relevant local
regulations.
7.6.9.3 At the time of demobilization the CONTRACTOR shall reinstate all areas/grounds affected
Page 159 of 273

by the operation of this system.
7.6.10 WASTE MANAGEMENT
7.6.10.1 CONTRACTOR shall collect, segregate, and store waste in appropriate containers
distinguished in accordance with the colour coding system established in order to segregate
all recyclable wastes such as paper/cardboard, plastic, metal, and domestic waste.
7.6.10.2 CONTRACTOR shall provide a temporary solid waste incineration facility, complying
with all applicable regulations imposed by the Local Authorities that will be of sufficient
capacity to process all of the waste generated at the temporary facilities.
7.6.10.3 CONTRACTOR shall establish a dedicated area/facility for sorting of the collected
waste/trash prior to incineration in order to remove any non-combustible and/or recyclable
materials (plastic, bottles, cans, wood, glass, etc.) from the load. Any recovered recyclables
shall be stored in segregated piles or containers for further disposal in an appropriate and
approved manner.
7.6.10.4 CONTRACTOR, to the maximum extent practical, shall incinerate all the combustible
solid waste generated on site as a result of construction activities and operation of the
temporary facilities.
7.6.10.5 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that Waste Incineration Unit is operated in accordance
with the procedures provided by the equipment manufacturer.
7.6.10.6 Under no circumstances shall CONTRACTOR attempt to incinerate materials which

the equipment is not designed for without prior approval from the manufacturer as it may
be associated with risks of personnel injury, equipment damage, and/or excessive levels of
contaminants released to the environment.
7.6.10.7 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all ash generated as a result of incineration operations
is handled in strict adherence to the applicable HSE regulations. No ash shall be buried in
the landfill without prior written APPROVAL from the Local AUTHORITIES. If requested
by the COMPANY and/or Local AUTHORITIES, CONTRACTOR shall perform tests on
the produced ash and provide results to the relevant parties for review.
7.6.10.8 Any solid waste unsuitable for such process shall be recycled and/or disposed of in an
appropriate and APPROVED manner.
7.6.10.9 CONTRACTOR shall liaise with members of the local community and local
AUTHORITIES on the matters related to disposal of scrap, recyclable materials and other
waste generated on site. Under no circumstances shall the CONTRACTOR use existing or
establish new landfills without prior authorization from all relevant parties including, but
not limited to, COMPANY and Local AUTHORITIES.
7.6.10.10 CONTRACTOR shall establish appropriate procedures for collection, storage and
disposal of the Hazardous Waste generated as a result of the construction activities and
operation of the temporary facilities.
Page 160 of 273

7.6.10.11 Hazardous Waste may include, but not limited to, waste generated from the
maintenance facilities, used oil from the machinery and power generation/distribution
equipment, liquids and aerosols and/or solid matter used in construction and laboratory
testing, FOG from dining facilities, etc.
7.6.10.12 All Hazardous Waste shall be stored in a dedicated and specially prepared area ensuring
that all such materials are handled in accordance with the applicable regulations, HSE
standards and associated (Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
7.6.10.13 CONTRACTOR shall submit for review to the COMPANY a detailed Waste
Management Plan reflecting CONTRACTOR’s waste management strategy based on the
assessment of the population, construction activities, quantities, existing facilities, etc.
7.6.10.14 Waste Management procedures applied by the CONTRACTOR shall comply with
Environmental, Social, Health Impact Assessment requirements.
7.6.10.15 At the time of demobilization the CONTRACTOR shall reinstate all areas/grounds
affected by the operation of this system/unit(s) at each location where it was used.
7.7 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTATION

7.7.1 GENERAL
7.7.1.1 CONTRACTOR is required to establish and maintain appropriate document control system
suitable for proper storage, flow and tracking of all construction related documentation to
the satisfaction of the COMPANY. Such system shall provide control of availability of
drawings, specifications and reports at their latest revision at all places where WORK is
performed.
7.7.1.2 At any time, COMPANY shall have unencumbered and “full-read” access to
CONTRACTOR’s construction document databases and upon COMPANY’s request
CONTRACTOR will provide a software copy of its databases and software used for such
purposes and provide status reports as required by the COMPANY.
7.7.1.3 During Detailed Design as well as during construction execution process CONTRACTOR
shall prepare and submit to the COMPANY for APPROVAL, in the required number of
copies and by the use of COMPANY APPROVED software, all drawings and documents
for the WORK under this CONTRACT. These shall include, but shall not be limited to, the
following:
• WORK plan, including, but not limited to, a method for disconnecting, modifying,
removal, replacing of the existing facilities, utilities and services;
• all plot plan and P&ID updated, equipment data sheet and drawings, above ground
structures, piperacks, all piping and cable trays, underground foundation, piping layout,
drains and cables runs;
• Key Plot Plans subdivided into geographic construction areas, and their corresponding
documentation;
Page 161 of 273

• Tie-ins register;
• Equipment/Piping Arrangement Drawings. Drawings shall show the layout and shall
indicate all the component/equipment on the relative P&ID and the following:
a. all aboveground and underground piping complete with valves, flanges, fittings with
suitable references for line Specifications, insulation, tracing and line instrumentation;
b. equipment foundation, both steel and concrete structures, required for the erection of
pipework;
c. location and definition of supports;
• Test materials certificates, including: country of origin, type, characteristics and quality
certificates for CONTRACTOR supplied materials in general, and the following in
particular:
a. steel for structures, bolts and nuts;
b. materials for painting & coating;
c. cement, aggregates and rebar’s for reinforced concrete;
d. all other construction materials, furniture and fittings;
• Any certificates required for demonstrating proof of compliance of materials with
specification requirements shall be obtained and, upon request, provided by
CONTRACTOR. Each certificate shall be signed by an official authorized to certify on
behalf of the manufacturing company involved and shall contain the name and address of
the CONTRACTOR, the project name and location, description and the quantity of the
items involved, and date or dates of shipment or delivery to which the certificates apply.
Copies of laboratory test reports submitted with certificates shall contain the name and
address of the testing laboratory and the date or dates of the tests to which the report
applies. Certification shall not be construed as relieving the CONTRACTOR from
furnishing satisfactory material;
• Construction and testing procedures including method statement for disposal of testing
water and waste materials;
• WORK Safety plan;
• WORK Schedule;
• WORK Quality plan;
• All other documents required by COMPANY to verify the quality and the progress of the
WORK;
• Any other documentation necessary for construction or to obtain all permits,
APPROVAL, authorizations from any concerned AUTHORITIES.
7.7.1.4 Immediately upon the CONTRACT award, CONTRACTOR shall begin preparation of all
documentation required by the national and local legislation and state AUTHORITIES in
order to obtain all permits, certificates, authorizations and approvals necessary for all the
Page 162 of 273

WORK phases such permits, certificates, authorization and APPROVAL applied for by
either CONTRACTOR or COMPANY.
7.7.1.5 Moreover, CONTRACTOR shall prepare any further documentation required by the
authorities after submission of the permit applications. All documentation shall comply
with the Iraq legislation and state AUTHORITIES.
7.7.1.6 CONTRACTOR shall regularly update the construction engineering documentation so as

to provide for its utilization and incorporation as part of the “As-built package” forming
the FINAL DOCUMENTATION for the WORK.
7.7.1.7 CONTRACTOR shall maintain a full size set of CONTRACT drawings for depicting a
daily record of as-built conditions. These drawings shall be maintained in a current,
reproducible condition at all times during the entire CONTRACT period and shall be
readily available for review by the COMPANY representatives at all times. The as-built
drawings shall be updated daily by the CONTRACTOR showing all changes from the
CONTRACT plans which are made in the work, or additional information which might be
uncovered in the course of construction. This information shall be recorded on the prints
accurately and neatly by means of details and notes.
7.7.1.8 The daily record of As-Built conditions shall include but not necessarily be limited to the
following:
• all necessary information for As-Built conditions including proprietary materials,

equipment, system, and patented processes, shall be transferred from the appropriate shop
drawings and digitally incorporated into the As-Built drawings in the Computer Assisted
Design and Drafting (CADD) format;
• the location and description of any utility lines or other installations of any kind or
description known to exist within the construction area. The location includes dimensions
to permanent features;
• the location and dimensions of any changes within the FACILITIES or structure, and the
accurate location and dimension of all underground utilities and facilities;
• correct grade or alignment of roads, structures, or utilities if any changes were made from
CONTRACT requirements;
• correct elevations if changes were made in SITE grading;
• changes in details of design or additional information obtained from working drawings
specified to be prepared and/or furnished by the CONTRACTOR including but not
limited to fabrication, erection, installation plans and placing details, pipe sizes, insulation
material, dimensions of equipment foundations, etc.;
• the topography and grades of all drainage installed or affected as part of the WORK;
• all changes or modifications of the original design including those which result from the
final inspection;
7.7.1.9 where CONTRACT drawings or SPECIFICATIONS allow options, only the option
Page 163 of 273

actually used in the construction shall be shown on the as-built drawings. The option not
used shall be deleted.
7.7.1.10 Upon completion of each FACILITIES under this CONTRACT, the CONTRACTOR
shall prepare and furnish both as-built drawings and Geospatial shape files to the
COMPANY. The as-built drawings shall be a record of the construction as installed and
completed by the CONTRACTOR. They shall include all the information shown on the
CONTRACT set of drawings, and all deviations, modifications, or changes from those
drawings, however minor, which were incorporated in the work, including all additional
work not appearing on the CONTRACT drawings, and all changes which are made after
any final inspection of the WORK. In the event the CONTRACTOR accomplished
additional work which changes the as-built conditions of the FACILITIES after submission
of the final as-built drawings, CONTRACTOR shall furnish revised and/or additional
drawings and drawing files as required showing the final as-built conditions. The
requirements for these additional drawings shall be the same as for the as-built drawings
specified in this paragraph.
7.7.1.11 Only personnel proficient in the use of Computer Assisted Design and Drafting
(CADD) for the preparation of drawings shall be employed to modify the CONTRACT
drawing files or prepare new drawing files.
7.7.1.12 Existing digital drawing files shall be updated to reflect as-built conditions.
Independent drawing files containing only as-built information are not acceptable. The
modifications shall be made by additions and deletions to the original drawing files, and
where additional drawings are necessary, they shall be developed in individual digital files
for each new drawing. All additions and corrections to the CONTRACT drawing files shall
be clear and legible, and shall match the adjacent existing line work and text in type, size,
weight, and style. New or revised information placed into the design files shall be placed
on the levels and in the colors used for placement of the corresponding initial data.
Similarly, the drawing size, title block, and general format of new drawings shall be
consistent with the format established by the original drawings.
7.7.1.13 CONTRACTOR shall check all final as-built drawing files for accuracy, conformance
to the initial drawing scheme and the above instructions.
7.7.1.14 CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the COMPANY a complete set of As-built
drawings and documents; at least three (3) hard copies and two (2) electronic copies shall
be provided before the PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE of the WORK by the
COMPANY.
7.7.1.15 CONTRACTOR shall furnish operation and maintenance manuals for all FACILITIES
constructed under this CONTRACT. The manuals shall be loose leaf, indexed and shall
consist of manufacturer's brochures, manufacturer's operation and maintenance manuals,
service and repair manuals, catalogs, service bulletins, instruction charts, diagrams, other
information as necessary to support the operation and maintenance of the end items of
equipment, assemblies and systems. Each type of FACILITIES or system shall be covered
Page 164 of 273

by a separate manual (or manuals) consisting of all data pertaining to the equipment and/or
systems within that FACILITIES.
7.7.1.16 Identical equipment within a single major system shall require only one submittal of
data.
7.7.1.17 After initial submittal of O&M manuals and until PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE of
all equipment, CONTRACTOR shall prepare and deliver to the COMPANY supplemental
technical data as previously described for all changes, modifications, revisions and
substitutions to equipment and components. For equipment or systems introduced into the
CONTRACT under change order, or modified by change order, supplemental data shall be
furnished. The supplemental data furnished shall be properly prepared and identified for
insertion into the O&M manuals.
7.8 FRAMED INSTRUCTION FOR SYSTEMS

7.8.1 GENERAL
7.8.1.1 APPROVED wiring and control diagrams showing the complete layout of the entire
system, including equipment, piping, valves and control sequence, framed under glass or
in approved laminated plastic, shall be posted, where applicable, in all mechanical
equipment/control rooms. In addition, detailed operating instructions explaining safe
starting and stopping procedures for all systems shall be prepared in typed form along with
the inspections required to insure normal safe operations. These instructions must be in the
host nation language and in English. The instructions shall be framed as specified above
for the wiring and control diagrams and posted beside the diagram. Proposed diagrams,
instructions, and other sheets shall be submitted for APPROVAL prior to posting.
Operating instructions shall be posted before acceptance testing of the systems and verified
during acceptance testing.
7.8.1.2 COMPANY reserves the right to determine whether the above specified information, as
furnished by the CONTRACTOR, is adequate and complete and to require such additional
submittals by the CONTRACTOR as necessary to insure that adequate information has
been furnished to provide the satisfactory operation and maintenance of the various items
of equipment and to fulfil the intent of the specifications. Additional submittals or re-
submittals supplementing incorrect or incomplete data shall be made within thirty (30)
calendar days after receiving notice by the COMPANY. All costs arising from these
resubmissions shall be borne by CONTRACTOR.
7.9 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION

7.9.1 The following activities are required by EPC Contractor during construction in
order to guarantee the
7.9.1.1 Contractor to guarantee 7 meters of clearance around oil wellheads free of any installation.
7.9.1.2 Contractor to guarantee equipment protection from vehicles alongside the access road.
Page 165 of 273

7.9.1.3 Contractor to consider continued accessibility to WQ2 facilities when defining construction
strategy for trunk line installation and provide alternative access roads where needed.
7.9.1.4 Contractor to ensure that temporary facilities (e.g. gravel walkways and access ways) are
provided to safely allow movement of personnel and machinery in case of temporary
flooding.
7.9.1.5 Contractor to ensure that adequate procedures are developed to guarantee that the internal
of pipework are kept 'wet' during opening of the section, to minimize risk of potential for
pyrophoric reaction when Iron Sulphide is exposed to air.
7.9.1.6 Contractor to prepare Material Handling and Lifting Plan (for each Well Pad), define the
lifting areas required and to assess adequacy of soil conditions for crane pads and access
roads, and to prepare the ground (if required).
7.9.1.7 Contractor to develops a Waste Management Procedure and Waste Management Plan for
the construction activities in compliance with Lukoil Waste Management Plan.
7.9.1.8 Contractor to select appropriate area for location of temporary Diesel Generator with
respect to Hazardous Areas Classification.
7.9.1.9 Contractor to ensure that sufficient Nitrogen is available for any foreseen construction
activities (e.g. purging or inerting).
7.9.1.10 Contractor to ensure that sufficient hydro test water is available, and that the water
quality complies with the Lukoil QC Procedure.
7.9.1.11 Contractor to prepare Traffic Management Plan in compliance with Lukoil HSE Traffic
Management Plan.
7.9.1.12 Contractor to consider work schedule to account for adverse weather conditions during
construction, in compliance with Lukoil HSE Standard. Provide means to minimise health
effect to personnel and impacts on the schedule (temporary shelters, welfare cabins etc.).
7.9.1.13 Contractor to develop Hot Works Procedure in compliance with Lukoil procedures,
including temporary / portable Gas Detection system to be located in Hot Work areas. In
case of alarm from the existing F&G System, ensure that any Hot Works is interrupted and
work area is left in a 'safe state'.
7.9.1.14 Contractor to develop Confined Space Entry Procedure in compliance with Lukoil
Confined Space Entry Procedure.
7.9.1.15 Contractor to develop dedicated Emergency Response Plan for the construction phase,
to include existing hazards, and construction hazards, in compliance with Lukoil
Emergency Response Procedure.
7.9.1.16 Contractor to ensure all personnel are suitably trained and qualified for tasks required.
EPC Contractor to provide a Sub Contracting Plan for Company approval prior to any site
Page 166 of 273

work.
7.9.1.17 Contractor to provide H2S Awareness Training for all personnel working on site, and
provide all personnel with personal H2S detectors, in compliance with Lukoil H2S
Procedures.
7.9.1.18 Contractor to ensure that the storage of X-Ray equipment and Radiation sources is
accounted for.
7.9.1.19 Contractor to ensure means to enforce security and relations between locals and
expatriate workers in the construction areas under EPC Contractor responsibility are in
place.
7.9.1.20 Contractor to develop security procedure. This should include daily mobilisation of
construction tools and materials from Contractor Camps.
7.9.1.21 Contractor to develop construction method statement for access and egress to existing
sleeperways without climbing onto live pipework, for welding activities within
sleeperways considering presence of pressurised hydrocarbon pipework.
7.9.1.22 Contractor to ensure to manage the availability of workforce during National holidays
and religious holidays.
7.9.1.23 Contractor to ensure appropriate scheduling of all construction activities, considering

the customs clearance required for importing equipment to Iraq and to have resources
locally in Iraq to minimise potential delays.
7.9.1.24 Contractor to ensure appropriate scheduling and cost estimation of all testing and
sampling activities, considering the need for exporting samples outside of Iraq.
7.9.1.25 Contractor to develop a plan for EPC contractor camp / construction laydown area
locations and submit to Lukoil for approval, considering HSE / security arrangements.
7.9.2 CONTRACTOR shall assure that valve SSSDV EIV-351 and SSDV EIV-352 at
WIW shall be locked open. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the operativity
of such operation.
7.9.3 COMPANY to evaluate the possibility to remove the SSSDV EIV-351. However,
this action, if necessary, will be carried out by COMPANY and it is out of
CONTRACTOR’S scope of work.
7.9.4 CONTRACTOR shall consider excavation in all kinds of soils, including the
removal of rocks, dewatering, etc.
7.9.5 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for disposing of all unsuitable excavated

material at appropriate APPROVED locations.
8 COMPLETION, HANDOVER & PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK
Page 167 of 273

8.1 GENERAL
8.1.1 The completion activities consist of a set of different controls and activities, carried
out before the FACILITIES are started-up, by which newly constructed and/or
installed equipment and systems, can be brought into operation safely and without
adverse impact on the surrounding environment.
8.1.2 The aim of these controls is to assure, that each piece of equipment is built and can
operate as per design. These verifications are also the last critical review of the
design before the START-UP and Operation.
8.1.3 Completion ultimate goal is to ensure the integrity of the installations, and to
provide assurance that the FACILITIES as safe and trouble free as possible. The
completion activities are separated into PRE-COMMISSIONING and
COMMISSIONING, roughly corresponding to the phases of static and dynamic
tests respectively.
8.1.4 The completion activities commence during construction (MECHANICAL

COMPLETION) and shall be followed by the COMMISSIONING and then the
START-UP phase, corresponding to the introduction of process fluid feedstock into
the FACILITIES.
8.2 PROCESS
8.2.1 During the Engineering & Procurement phase of the WORK (home office
activities), CONTRACTOR shall mobilize personnel of the CONTRACTOR’s
COMMISSIONING Team, in order to enable smooth development of the PRE-
COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and START-UP deliverables and to
incorporate lessons learnt from experiences gained from previous projects.
8.2.2 CONTRACTOR shall maximize the tests at the VENDOR’s premises prior to and
during FAT (Factory Acceptance Tests) and, shall involve the CONTRACTOR’s
and COMPANYs’ COMMISSIONING Team during these activities.
8.2.3 During the PRE-COMMISSIONING phase, CONTRACTOR’s

COMMISSIONING Team shall inspect, check and prove the functionality of any
single equipment (static tests).
8.2.4 During the COMMISSIONING phase, CONTRACTOR’s COMMISSIONING

Team with the support of the COMPANY’s COMMISSIONING team shall prove
the functionality of the FACILITIES (dynamic tests) and shall conduct all
operational tests and pre START-UP activities. After achieving the READY FOR
START-UP CERTIFICATE, CONTRACTOR shall HAND-OVER the FACILITY
to COMPANY pursuant to Article 19.3 of SECTION II and Clause 8.6 hereof.
8.2.5 During the START-UP phase, COMPANY’s COMMISSIONING & Operation

personnel will lead the first introduction of process product or the main fluids for
Page 168 of 273

what the FACILITIES have been design to handle, into the process systems and
shall put the FACILITIES into service and operation. During this period
CONTRACTOR’s COMMISSIONING Team will provide all necessary support to
achieve the objective.
8.2.6 During the PERFORMANCE TESTS (72 hours of uninterrupted service) phase, the
COMPANY’s COMMISSIONING & Operation Personnel shall demonstrate the
stability of the operating system and after the successful completion of the test and
pursuant to sub-article 19.1.1 (b) of SECTION II, CONTRACTOR shall request,
the PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE of the FACILITIES.
CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary support to achieve the objective.
8.2.7 For a schematic showing the different completion phases of the WORK and
corresponding certificates to be issued by COMPANY please, refer to
ATTACHMENT III A: STAGES LEADING TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF
WORK hereof.
8.3 PREPARATION ACTIVITIES

8.3.1 General
8.3.1.1 Completion and START-UP process requires effective and efficient execution, such as:
• Early identification of the activities;

• Definition of responsibilities for each activity;
• Identification of required resources to complete the activity;
• Integration of the activities into an overall WORK strategy and CONTRACT
SCHEDULE.
8.3.1.2 CONTRACTOR shall develop all procedures and plans related to the completion and
START-UP activities (preparation and execution) in line with WORK specifications,
regulatory documents and contractual obligations.
8.3.2 Home Office Activities
8.3.2.1 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to perform home office activities and produce
deliverables in order to cover the following topics. It shall include:
• Develop the PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and START-UP Execution

Plan;
• Perform breakdown of the WORK into manageable Systems/ Subsystems, which can be
declared as ready for COMMISSIONING;
• Develop and provide the PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and START-UP
Schedule (integrated with the overall CONTRACT SCHEDULE);
Page 169 of 273

• Review the field Quality Control Specifications (QCS) and Inspection and Test Plans
(ITP) for the PRE-COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING activities;
• Assist CONTRACTOR’s CMS (Completion Management System) Administrator to
develop, populate, and maintain the database, so that all the MECHANICAL
COMPLETION, PRE-COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING activities can be
planned, verified, inspected and tested according to the requirements;
• Develop the PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and START-UP method
statements and Procedures;
• Review the spare part lists, the special tool list, test equipment and operating &
consumable material requirements for the equipment (based on recommendations
provided by equipment Supplier/ Manufacturer);
• Develop a list of anticipated temporary equipment, test equipment, material and
consumables. This list shall define system by system the specific requirements to perform
PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and START-UP;
• Develop the CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING Team Organization Chart indicating
major positions;
• Develop a plan for any Suppliers Assistance at Site;
• Review the Operating Manual(s), prepared by Suppliers & Engineering;
• Review the Maintenance Strategy and Manual(s), prepared by Suppliers & Engineering;
• Review any Operating & Maintenance Training Course Program & Manual(s), prepared
by Suppliers & Engineering.
8.3.3 Factory Acceptance Tests (FAT)
8.3.3.1 Packaged systems and other manageable blocks of equipment, where applicable, shall be
inspected and tested in the VENDOR’s facilities.
8.3.3.2 During the engineering / procurement phase, CONTRACTOR shall review the VENDOR’s
FAT procedures to ensure the testing activities, to be conducted at the Fabrication yards
and/or VENDOR’s facilities, and the subsequent preservation requirements are properly
specified.
8.3.3.3 The assembling, testing, and preservation activities shall be maximized in the VENDOR’s
fabrication yards.
8.3.3.4 CONTRACTOR shall participate at VENDOR’s FAT to ensure all testing and preservation
activities are conducted in accordance with the APPROVED procedures for the WORK.
8.3.3.5 COMPANY personnel, or a Third Party inspector appointed by COMPANY shall also
witness FAT’s performed at VENDOR’s facilities to verify compliance with APPROVED
procedures for the WORK.
8.3.4 System Integration Tests (SIT)
Page 170 of 273

8.3.4.1 In case the components of a package are supplied from different sources, one of the
VENDORS (Principle VENDOR) shall be responsible for staging all components of the
package and assembling into the complete package for System Integration Testing (SIT).
The location of the SIT can be either; the Principle VENDOR’s fabrication yard, a
convenient location provided by a Third Party or the WORKSITE.
8.3.4.2 During the engineering stage, CONTRACTOR shall identify the packages that shall be
subjected to System Integration Tests (SIT). The Principle VENDOR shall be responsible
for developing inspection and test procedures to demonstrate the capability of the system
components to function correctly as a system.
8.4 MECHANICAL COMPLETION

8.4.1 Scope
8.4.1.1 MECHANICAL COMPLETION marks the end of construction and PRE-

COMMISSIONING and it is achieved when all the inspection and testing, to be carried out
for validating the completeness and correctness execution of construction, are complete and
documented.
8.4.1.2 PRE-COMMISSIONING consists of carrying out static tests on all items of the System/
Subsystem which form part of the FACILITIES.
8.4.2 Methodology
8.4.2.1 PRE-COMMISSIONING and MECHANICAL COMPLETION shall involve all

disciplines, with the overall goal of verifying the Systems/ Subsystems are designed and
constructed to fulfil their purpose and the “ready for COMMISSIONING” requirements.
8.4.2.2 MECHANICAL COMPLETION process of each System/ Subsystem shall start once the
construction activities have been completed.
8.4.2.3 COMMISSIONING schedule shall guide the construction and PRE-COMMISSIONING

completion schedule
8.4.2.4 All inspection and testing shall be carried out on a single discipline basis on each tagged
item in accordance with the QA/QC documentation and the approved procedures.
8.4.2.5 All construction and PRE-COMMISSIONING stages shall be controlled using Quality
Control Procedures (QCP’s), Inspection and Test Plans (ITP’s), and recorded on Inspection
and Test Report (ITR’s) forms detailing the quality verification to be carried out by the
concerned parties.
8.4.2.6 PRE-COMMISSIONING activities shall be planned and registered in the Completion

Management System (“CMS”) database referencing to the appropriate Inspection and Test
Report (ITR) forms and certification.
8.4.2.7 PUNCH LIST process shall begin at the MECHANICAL COMPLETION stage for each
Page 171 of 273

System and Subsystem.
8.4.2.8 QA/QC documentation, PRE-COMMISSIONING status reports, punch lists and

certificates shall be tracked and managed through the CMS database.
8.4.3 PRE-COMMISSIONING Activities
8.4.3.1 PRE-COMMISSIONING activities shall include, but not limited to:
• Conformity checks carried out on each equipment or component, to verify visually the
condition of the equipment, the quality of the installation, the labeling, the accessibility,
the compliance with Detail Design drawings and specifications, VENDOR’ instructions,
safety rules, codes, standards and industry best practice.
• Static tests carried out on tagged item basis.
• Hydro test.
• Flushing, cleaning and degreasing of lines and vessels.
• Blowing of lines.
• Lube oil flushing carried out on machinery lube oil circuits.
• Air gross leak tests carried out on a System/ Subsystem basis to prove the integrity of:
a. gaskets and flange joints;
b. valve packing;
c. vents and drains;
d. instrumentation and valves (i.e. control valves and safety valves) installed after the
pressure test;
e. Alignments;
f. Vessel inspection;
g. Etc.
• Functional tests carried out for checking that each elementary electrical and instrumental
function included in the design performs correctly. The purpose of the electrical functional
testing is:
a. Prior to energize: to check and test electrical equipment protection systems, such as
interlocks and interfaces with other equipment (control circuits), in order to be sure of
their correct operation in auto and manual modes.
b. Energize electrical equipment; and
c. After the energization, to check electrical equipment for their correct operation in auto
and manual modes.
d. The purpose of instrument function testing is:
Page 172 of 273

e. The dynamic verification that each individual instrument performs correctly;

f. Instrument calibration; not dynamic and is done on bench (if applicable);
g. Instrument Settings;
h. Loop checks;
i. Panel function tests, and
• Tests in absence of process fluid (while water, nitrogen or other nonhazardous fluids
different from process product can be used), calibration, alignment, rotation direction and
testing of machinery.
• Chemicals and catalysts loading.
• VENDOR COMMISSIONING of specific packaged units (if any).
• Final elimination of any temporary filter, blind flange, temporary support and rack not
required for COMMISSIONING.
8.4.4 Roles and Responsibilities
8.4.4.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform all checks, tests and inspections and produce
documentation, check sheets, punch lists, certificates, etc. in order to meet the requirements
of System MECHANICAL COMPLETION status.
8.4.4.2 At the MECHANICAL COMPLETION stage CONTRACTOR’s construction team shall

HAND-OVER the Systems / Subsystems to the CONTRACTOR’s COMMISSIONING
team, with a limited number of PUNCH LIST items, acceptable for COMMISSIONING.
8.4.4.3 CONTRACTOR shall perform PRE-COMMISSIONING of all Systems / Sub-Systems by

providing resources, establishing procedures and performing checks, tests and inspections,
with APPROVAL from COMPANY. CONTRACTOR shall supply all services, labour,
tools, equipment and consumables required to perform the PRE-COMMISSIONING
activities.
8.4.4.4 In additional CONTRACTOR shall:
• Preserve and maintain all equipment in accordance with VENDOR and CONTRACTOR/
COMPANY specifications.
• Maintain a safe working environment.
• Arrange, directly and/or through the COMPANY, all required interfacing with OTHER
CONTRACTOR’s and AUTHORITIES as necessary for the satisfactory implementation
of MECHANICAL COMPLETION and PRE-COMMISSIONING requirements.
• Define and provide the required temporary equipment, test equipment, spare parts, special
tools and consumables.
Page 173 of 273

• Provide sufficient and competent SITE engineering support throughout construction and
Completion phases, ensuring any issues, modifications, non-conformities and changes are
addressed appropriately and in a timely manner.
• Progress the WORK in accordance with the schedule so as to reach ready for
COMMISSIONING status of the individual Systems and the entire FACILITIES on or
before the scheduled date.
8.4.4.5 VENDOR Representatives shall supervise the SITE activities on their equipment and/or
packages, under the coordination of CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL and accordingly to the
VENDOR Intervention Schedule.
8.4.4.6 COMPANY shall participate to the MECHANICAL COMPLETION and PRE-

COMMISSIONING activities and shall witness and APPROVE checking, testing and
inspection activities as required by the APPROVED ITPs.
8.4.4.7 COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE shall issue the MECHANICAL COMPLETION

CERTIFICATE, after the receipt of the CONTRACTOR application.
8.5 COMMISSIONING
8.5.1 Scope
8.5.1.1 COMMISSIONING consists in carrying out operational tests on all the items of the
Systems part of the FACILITIES and may begin once the System has reached the ready for
COMMISSIONING stage, proving the equipment / units can be energized and pressurized
without risk for the personnel, the equipment and the environment.
8.5.1.2 COMMISSIONING is aimed at verifying the proper running of the several components
(equipment, machinery, packages and related control systems) and to test the overall
process, output, quality and performance against the design specifications. This is achieved
by first making available all utilities and emergency response systems, then gradually
introducing process product or the fluid for which the FACILITIES has been designed to
handle in the process units, according to specific process and safety requirements
addressing the sequence.
8.5.1.3 Introduction of process product or the fluid for which the FACILITIES has been designed
to handle into the FACILITIES shall require the COMPANY operating procedures, safety
rules, and Permit to Work system are implemented and followed.
8.5.1.4 COMMISSIONING begins after MECHANICAL COMPLETION of the System and leads
to the stage the System is READY FOR START-UP.
8.5.1.5 IT, Telecommunication COMMISSIONING is part of CONTRACTOR’s WORK.

CONTRACTOR shall include IT&T COMMISSIONING activities into the
COMMISSIONING network plan.
8.5.2 Methodology
Page 174 of 273

8.5.2.1 COMMISSIONING shall involve all disciplines, with the overall goal to prove and validate
the dynamic functioning of the System / Subsystem in accordance with the specified
requirements and to verify the System/Subsystem is “READY FOR START-UP”.
8.5.2.2 COMMISSIONING activities shall be carried out by a multi-discipline team of engineers,

technicians and operators on a System/ Subsystem.
8.5.2.3 COMMISSIONING of a System / Subsystem shall start once the construction and PRE-
COMMISSIONING activities relevant to that System / Subsystem have been completed
and the MECHANICAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE issued and signed.
8.5.2.4 COMMISSIONING shall be organized on a System / Subsystem basis.
8.5.2.5 START-UP plan schedule shall guide the COMMISSIONING sequence (plan & schedule).
8.5.2.6 COMMISSIONING activities shall be carried out in accordance with the

COMMISSIONING plan, the QA/QC documentation and the step-by-step
COMMISSIONING procedures.
8.5.2.7 All COMMISSIONING activities shall be controlled using QCP’s, ITP’s, and ITR’s forms
detailing the quality verification to be performed by the concerned parties.
8.5.2.8 COMMISSIONING activities shall be planned and registered in the CMS database
referencing to the appropriate Inspection and Test Report (ITR) forms and certification.
8.5.2.9 QA/QC documentation, COMMISSIONING status reports, PUNCH LISTS and certified
shall be tracked and managed through the CMS database.
8.5.2.10 Completion of COMMISSIONING for a System / Subsystem shall be granted by the

CMS database when all complete forms are recorded without any blocking PUNCH LIST
item.
8.5.2.11 Completion of COMMISSIONING for a System / Subsystem shall be formalized

through a READY FOR START-UP CERTIFICATE.
8.5.3 COMMISSIONING Activities
8.5.3.1 COMMISSIONING activities shall include, but not limited to:
• Ensure documentation, to support MECHANICAL COMPLETION and PRE-

COMMISSIONING, is in place (activity done System by System);
• Operational and Site Acceptance Tests;
• Pre-START-UP activities.
8.5.3.2 Operational and Site Acceptance Tests
• Once all the basic functional tests are completed the System is subject, wherever
practicable, to operational tests.
Page 175 of 273

• Operational tests consist in bringing the System close to the operating conditions; in order
to live test the manual & automatic controls, the normal and shutdown sequences, and to
reveal possible mechanical or electrical faults which may occur during START-UP &
operation.
• The operational tests shall mainly comprise:
a. Tests preparation;
b. START-UP, dynamic tests and load tests;
c. Simulated operation tests and fine-tuning;
d. Site Acceptance Test (SAT), where applicable.
8.5.3.3 Concerning the utility systems, operational tests shall generally correspond to the effective
System START-UP.
8.5.4 Pre- START-UP Activities
8.5.4.1 Pre START-UP activities shall include, but are not limited to:
• Completion of all PUNCH LIST Items – Category “B”;

• Red-Line the key drawings;
• FACILITY valves stroking and calibrating.
• Calibration of instruments
• and others
8.5.5.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform COMMISSIONING of all Systems/ Sub-Systems by

providing resources, establishing procedures and performing checks, tests and inspections,
with APPROVAL from COMPANY. CONTRACTOR shall supply all services, labor,
tools, equipment and consumables required to perform the operations.
8.5.5.2 IT, Telecommunication COMMISSIONING is part of CONTRACTOR’s WORK.

CONTRACTOR shall include IT&T COMMISSIONING activities into the
COMMISSIONING network plan.
8.5.5.3 In addition, CONTRACTOR shall:
• Preserve and maintain all equipment in accordance with VENDOR and CONTRACTOR
/ COMPANY specifications.
• Maintain a safe working environment.
• Arrange, directly and/or through the COMPANY, all required interfacing with OTHER
CONTRACTOR(s) and AUTHORITIES as necessary for the satisfactory implementation
of COMMISSIONING requirements.
Page 176 of 273

• Define and provide the required temporary equipment, test equipment, spare parts, special
tools and consumables.
• Progress the WORK in accordance with the CONTRACT SCHEDULE so as to reach
READY FOR START-UP status of the FACILITIES on or before the scheduled date.
• Quickly remedy all discrepancies / deficiencies found during field activities and will
resolve all PUNCH LIST items without adversely impacting the START-UP activities
and further FACILITIES HANDOVER to the COMPANY.
8.5.5.4 VENDOR Representatives shall supervise the SITE activities on VENDOR supplied
equipment and/or packages, under the coordination of CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL and
in accordance with CONTRACTOR’s accepted VENDOR Intervention Schedule.
8.5.5.5 COMPANY shall participate in the COMMISSIONING activities and shall witness and
APPROVE CONTRACTOR checking, testing and inspection activities as required by the
APPROVED ITPs and/or procedures.
8.5.5.6 COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE shall issue the READY FOR START-UP

CERTIFICATE, together with the HAND-OVER CERTIFICATE after the receipt of the
CONTRACTOR application demonstrating fulfilment of CONTRACTOR’S obligations.
8.6 HAND-OVER CERTIFICATE

8.6.1 Upon completion of the COMMISSIONING and achievement by the FACILITIES
or part thereof of the READY FOR START-UP the care and custody of
FACILITIES or part thereof shall be transferred from CONTRACTOR to
COMPANY and which is to be confirmed by a respective, issued by COMPANY,
HAND-OVER CERTIFICATE.
8.6.2 In order to request relevant HANDOVER CERTIFICATE upon achievement by the

FACILITIES or part thereof of READY FOR START-UP CONTRACTOR shall
perform following:
• promptly return all unused materials and equipment furnished by COMPANY

(“COMPANY ITEMS”) or otherwise dispose of same as may be instructed by
COMPANY if any;
• remove from any COMPANY’s premises all of CONTRACTOR's equipment, material
and CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT and leave COMPANY’S premises and the vicinity
thereof in a clean, tidy and safe manner;
• demobilize to an agreed program and plan all non-required CONSTRUCTION
EQUIPMENT save that equipment as may be required to complete the WORK; and
• clear up the SITE, remove surplus materials, all debris and all accumulated rubbish and
level, grade and reinstate WORKSITE back to its original condition.
• issue the relevant part of FINAL DOCUMENTATION required for subsequent START-
UP, PERFORMANCE TEST and operation of FACILITIES.
Page 177 of 273

8.6.3 For all of the foregoing purposes CONTRACTOR shall prepare an appropriate and
comprehensive demobilization plan in accordance with the provisions of SECTION
V and SECTION VII and implement said demobilization plan and thereafter
HAND-OVER WORKSITE to COMPANY.
8.6.4 All of the foregoing shall, as appropriate be prepared and issued as part of the
Detailed Design and Engineering of the WORK and issued or made available in
accordance with the requirements of the CONTRACT SCHEDULE as set out in
SECTION V AND VI.
8.7 START-UP AND PERFORMANCE TESTS

8.7.1 General
8.7.1.1 First START-UP consists in introducing the feedstock into the FACILITIES to bring all
equipment to their normal operating conditions and begins once the Systems part of the
FACILITIES, have reached the READY FOR START-UP stage.
8.7.1.2 Introduction of process product or process fluids into the FACILITIES shall require the
COMPANY operating procedures, safety rules, and Permit to Work system are
implemented and followed.
8.7.1.3 After the initial START-UP activities, the plant throughput shall be increased in a
controlled manner and in accordance with the agreed instructions / procedures. During this
phase, the operation of automatic controls shall be checked and adjusted and set-point of
controllers and alarms shall be fine-tuned.
8.7.1.4 COMPANY Operations together with CONTRACTOR’s COMMISSIONING and

START-UP support team shall proceed with the operation of the FACILITY and
PERFORMANCE TESTS, as requested by the CONTRACT, in order to prove the
FACILITIES operational stability within the defined operating envelope and can
satisfactorily be operated in accordance with the design parameters and achieve the
performance warranties required under the CONTRACT.
8.7.1.5 COMPANY’s Operation and CONTRACTOR’s COMMISSIONING and START-UP

support team shall conduct the PERFORMANCE TESTS for the FACILITIES at the
prevailing conditions and shall compared the results with the performance warranty
requirements provided by the CONTRACT taking into account the effect of the prevailing
conditions.
8.7.1.6 After the successful completion of the PERFORMANCE TESTS and the achievement of
"First Production", CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to formally request the issuance of
the PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE for the FACILITIES.
8.7.2.1 COMPANY with the assistance of CONTRACTOR’s COMMISSIONING and START-

UP Support team, will directly perform the START-UP of all FACILITIES.
Page 178 of 273

CONTRACTOR’s responsibilities include the provision of resources, procedures and

performing checks, tests, remedial works and inspections.
8.7.2.2 COMPANY Operation and CONTRACTOR’s COMMISSIONING and START-UP

Support team will progress the WORK in accordance with the schedule so as to reach the
Ready for PERFORMANCE TEST status of the FACILITIES on or before the scheduled
date.
8.7.2.3 CONTRACTOR shall quickly remedy all discrepancies and/or deficiencies found during
field activities and will resolve all PUNCH LIST items without adversely impacting the
START-UP activities.
8.7.2.4 CONTRACTOR shall maintain a safe working environment during all phases of the
WORK.
8.7.2.5 VENDOR Representatives will provide SITE support as required during the various
construction, Pre- COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and START-UP activities to
their equipment, packages, and systems under the coordination of COMPANY Operation
and/or CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL.
8.7.2.6 Subject to the requirements of Article 19.5 of SECTION II, COMPANY

REPRESENTATIVE shall issue the PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE for
the FACILITIES. Such certificate shall state the FACILITIES has been fully commissioned
and started-up and has undergone successful PERFORMANCE TESTS in accordance with
the technical requirements of the CONTRACT and the associated WORK has been
completed, including the provision of all related FINAL DOCUMENTATION.
8.8 PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE

8.8.1 COMPANY Operations team together with CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING
and START-UP support teams shall conduct the PERFORMANCE TESTS for the
FACILITIES at the prevailing conditions and the results compared with the
performance warranty requirements provided in the CONTRACT taking account
the effect of the prevailing conditions.
8.8.2 If the results of the PERFORMANCE TESTS fully meet the requirements specified
in the CONTRACT; CONTRACTOR, after the successful completion of the
PERFORMANCE TESTS and after achievement of "First Production", shall be
entitled to formally request the issuance of the PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE
CERTIFICATE for the FACILITIES (or) corresponding part of the FACILITIES.
8.8.3 COMPANY shall issue to CONTRACTOR the PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE

CERTIFICATE or a written notice specifying in reasonable detail any respect in
which the FACILITIES and/or the WORK does not conform to CONTRACT, in
which case CONTRACTOR shall promptly correct such defects and/or
deficiencies. The foregoing procedure shall be repeated, if necessary, until all
Page 179 of 273

defects and/or deficiencies are corrected and the relevant PROVISIONAL

ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE shall be issued.
8.8.4 The PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE shall state the date on which
all conditions, as per CONTRACT, have been met and shall be effective from such
date.
8.9 FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE

8.9.1 At the end of the last DEFECTS CORRECTION PERIOD and provided that
CONTRACTOR has duly complied with his obligations under the CONTRACT
and following a last satisfactory inspection of the FACILITIES and WORK by
COMPANY, CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to request and COMPANY shall
issue the FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE.
8.9.2 The FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE shall state the date on which all
related CONTRACT requirements and conditions have been met altogether and
shall be effective from such date.
8.10 PROGRESS AND REPORTING

8.10.1 The CMS database shall permit to manage, control and track the progress of, and
generate reports concerning Construction, PRE-COMMISSIONING and
COMMISSIONING activities, including HANDOVER from Construction Team to
COMMISSIONING Team and from CONTRACTOR to COMPANY.
8.10.2 PRE-COMMISSIONING & COMMISSIONING reports shall be generated from

the results of actual progress established by the test sheets which have been
completed, APPROVED by the COMPANY, and entered into the CMS database as
done.
8.10.3 Completion Management System (CMS) Database
8.10.3.1 The objective of the CMS database is to manage, control and trace all the information
required by the CONTRACTOR to execute its SCOPE OF WORK throughout
CONTRACT duration.
8.10.3.2 CMS database shall be used by the CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING Team to plan
the Inspection and Test Report (ITR) and to track the execution of PRE-
COMMISSIONING and COMMISSIONING tasks.
8.10.4 Quality Control Documentation
8.10.4.1 CONTRACTOR in conjunction with SUBCONTRACTOR(s) shall develop and submit

to COMPANY for APPROVAL the discipline Quality Control Plans (QCP’s), which
include the Inspection and Test Plans (ITP’s) and applicable Inspection and Test Report
(ITR) forms.
8.10.4.2 The ITP’s shall make references to applicable procedures, acceptance criteria,
Page 180 of 273

documentation, quality records and inspection attendance, in accordance with VENDOR,

CONTRACTOR and COMPANY requirements, from construction, throughout PRE-
COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and Start Up.
8.10.5 Inspection and Test Report (ITR)
8.10.5.1 The Inspection and Test Report (ITR) form, referenced to in the ITP’s is a document
developed generically for specific types of equipment. It describe the checks and
inspections that shall be carried out for the various tagged items by discipline (i.e.
electricity, instrumentation, telecommunication, piping, mechanical, etc.) and by phase
(construction, PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and Start Up).
8.10.6 Tag Allocation and Issue of Check Sheets / Test Sheets
8.10.6.1 During CMS database set-up, the various item lists (equipment, lines, instruments,
electrical material, etc.) shall be loaded and each tagged item linked to relevant ITR
form(s). Each item to be commissioned shall be allocated to a particular system/sub-system
(in addition to the discipline).
8.11 PUNCH LIST

8.11.1 During the early stage of construction the CONTRACTOR shall develop a PUNCH
LIST Procedure to define the work process, roles, and responsibilities for the
preparation, issue, follow-up and closure of PUNCH LISTS and punch items which
require action/ verification by SUBCONTRACTOR(s), VENDOR(s),
CONTRACTOR and/or COMPANY.
8.11.2 PUNCH LIST check shall be performed by both CONTRACTOR and COMPANY
Representatives.
8.11.3 PUNCH LIST process shall begin at MECHANICAL COMPLETION stage for
each System/ Subsystem, when the construction activities are close to the
completion.
8.11.4 All defective or incomplete items shall be recorded on a PUNCH LIST for the
respective discipline, system and associated subsystem (if any). Where applicable,
the equipment tag number, data sheet and associated drawings shall be used as well
to identify the deficiency.
8.11.5 PUNCH LISTS shall be consolidated by CONTRACTOR. Items priority level shall
be defined and reviewed with the COMPANY before they are recorded in the
database.
8.11.6 PUNCH LIST items shall be registered and tracked electronically. A paper master
copy of the PUNCH LISTS shall be kept for reference.
8.11.7 Modifications falling outside the contractual scope shall be handled by the project
management team outside the PUNCH LIST system.
Page 181 of 273

9 ATTACHMENT III A: STAGES LEADING TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF WORK
COVERED BY LUMP SUM
FACILITY MECH. COMPL. HANDOVER
WORK PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR COMPANY
WORK ASSISTED BY COMPANY CONTRACTOR
CARE AND CUSTODY CONTRACTOR COMPANY
CONSTRUCTION
(FINAL DOCUMENTATION)
PRECOMMISSIONING (BY START UP & PERFORMANCE DEFFECTS CORRECTION

COMMISSIONING (BY SYSTEMS)
SYSTEMS) TEST PERIOD
PROVISIONAL FINAL
MECHANICAL RFSU ACCEPTANCE ACCEPTANCE
C0MPLETION CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE
CERTIFICATE (PAC) (FAC)
FACILITY HANDOVER
DOSSIER
SYSTEM MECH. COMPL.
DOSSIER(S)
FACILITY
HANDOVER
CERTIFICATE
(FHC)
Page 182 of 273

10 ATTACHMENT III B: CONTRACTOR’S HOME OFFICE EQUIPMENT LIST

Table A. End-user Equipment
# Description Quantity
1 Dell Port Replicator: Advanced E-Port with 130W AC Adaptor without stand
(Kit) 10
2 Dell Russian (QWERTY) Standard Quietkey USB Keyboard Black (Kit) (or
alternative) 10
3 Dell Optical USB (2 buttons + scroll) Black Mouse (Kit) (or alternative) 10
4 Dell P2411H LCD Display (or alternative) 10
5 Network Multifunctional Device HP Color LaserJet M880 (or alternative) 1
6 HP LaserJet 500 Color M551 or similar alternative 1
Table B. Network Equipment
Quantit
# Description Part Number y
1 Cisco Catalyst 3560X 48 Port PoE IP Base WS-C3560X-48P-S 1
C3KX-PWR-
2 Cisco 3K-X 715W AC Power Supply 715WAC 1
3 Digi CM 8 Console Server with rack mount 76000705 1
SRX320 Services Gateway: 8 ports GE, 2 slots Mini-

4 PIM, RAM 4Gb, Flash 8Gb, power supply, power cord SRX320-SYS-JE 2
Rack mounting kit for Juniper Networks SRX220

5 Services Gateway SRX300- RMK0 2
Table C. Server Equipment
Page 183 of 273

Table D. Videoconference System
Quantit
# Description Part Number y
HP ProLiant DL380p Gen8 E5-2650 2P 32GB-R P420i

1 SFF 750W PS High Perf Server 642106-xx1 1
HP 600GB 6G SAS 10K rpm SFF (2.5-inch) SC

2 Enterprise 3yr Warranty Hard Drive 652583-B21 3
SURTD3000RMXL
3 APC Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) 3KVA 1
T3U
4 HP RDX 1TB External Removable Disk Backup System BV849A 1
5 HP RDX 1TB Removable Disk Cartridge Q2044A 2
6 Rittal 19” rack 1
# Description Part Number Quantity
1 LCD TV 55” 1
Cisco TelePresence SX20 Quick Set with camera

2 1
1080p12x, licensees, cables and accessories.
DVD Player, Overhead Video Projector (with RGB and

3 1 set
HDMI ports)
Additional microphone for Cisco TelePresence SX20

4 2
Quick Set
Page 184 of 273

11 ATTACHMENT III C: CONTRACTOR’S WORKSITE OFFICE EQUIPMENT LIST

Table A. End-user Equipment
# Description Quantity
1 Dell Port Replicator: Advanced E-Port with 130W AC Adaptor without stand
(Kit) 10
2 Dell Russian (QWERTY) Standard Quietkey USB Keyboard Black (Kit) (or
alternative) 10
3 Dell Optical USB (2 buttons + scroll) Black Mouse (Kit) (or alternative) 10
4 Dell P2411H LCD Display (or alternative) 10
5 Network Multifunctional Device HP Color Laserjet M880 (or alternative) 1
6 HP LaserJet 500 Color M551 or similar alternative 3
Table B. Network Equipment
1 Cisco Catalyst 3560X 48 Port PoE IP Base WS-C3560X-48P-S 2
2 Cisco 3K-X 715W AC Power Supply C3KX-PWR-715WAC 2
3 Digi CM 8 Console Server with rack mount 76000705 1
SRX320 Services Gateway: 8 ports GE, 2 slots

Mini-PIM, RAM 4Gb, Flash 8Gb, power supply,
4 power cord SRX320-SYS-JE 2
Rack mounting kit for Juniper Networks SRX300

5 Services Gateway SRX300-RMK0 2
Page 185 of 273

6 Cisco Access Point AIR-CAP3702I AIR-CAP3702I 2
7 Ubiquity PowerBeam 5AC-500-ISO PBE-5AC-500-ISO 2
Table C. Server Equipment
HP ProLiant DL380p Gen8 E5-2650 2P 32GB-R

1 P420i SFF 750W PS High Perf Server 642106-xx1 1
HP 600GB 6G SAS 10K rpm SFF (2.5-inch) SC

2 Enterprise 3yr Warranty Hard Drive 652583-B21 5
SURTD3000RMXLT
3 APC Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) 3KVA 1
3U
HP RDX 1TB External Removable Disk Backup

4 System BV849A 1
5 HP RDX 1TB Removable Disk Cartridge Q2044A 2
Table D. Videoconference System
1 LCD TV 55” 1
Cisco TelePresence SX20 Quick Set with camera

2 1
1080p12x, licensees, cables and accessories.
DVD Player, Overhead Video Projector (with RGB

3 1 set
and HDMI ports)
Page 186 of 273

Additional microphone for Cisco TelePresence

4 2
SX20 Quick Set
Page 187 of 273

12 ATTACHMENT III D: REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTOR DOCUMENTS

12.1 MINIMUM CONTRACTOR DOCUMENTS AND APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS
12.2 General
12.2.1 The purpose of this APPENDIX is intended to define the minimum requirements
for CONTRACTOR documents to be prepared and issued for COMPANY
“REVIEW”, APPROVAL or “INFORMATION”.
12.2.2 The lists set out herein are not intended to be exhaustive and any document required
within the frame of this CONTRACT, necessary for the execution of the WORK,
shall be prepared by or caused to be prepared by CONTRACTOR and be made
available for COMPANY review, APPROVAL as requested.
12.2.3 CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit for APPROVAL the detailed Master
Document Register on which he shall have marked the classification of documents
(for “REVIEW”, “APPROVAL” or “INFORMATION”) based upon the
classification guidelines herein. “Approved for Construction’’ and “As-built” is the
final complete status.
12.2.4 CONTRACTOR shall refer to the Minimum Engineering Deliverables, Document

Number: 8015-0151-LM20-36-000-AL-RG-00001 (Refer to SECTION IV,
DESIGN DOSSIER, APPENDIX D1). This is a minimum list of deliverables for
the PROJECT as a guideline. CONTRACTOR shall develop a detailed MDR based
on SCOPE OF WORK and in accordance with CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR
shall assign a document number to each of the document.
12.2.5 CONTRACTOR documents shall be issued to COMPANY simultaneously with

other addressees at all stages of progress and all status of revision. Periodic
CONTRACTOR documents shall be issued to COMPANY in accordance with their
stated periodicity.
12.3 Documents to be sent for COMPANY’s review/APPROVAL

12.3.1 CONTRACTOR will develop and submit for APPROVAL the Project’s MDR and
document distribution matrix and shall supply the COMPANY with the documents
listed below as they are prepared, according to the Distribution Matrix and
transmittal schedule APPROVED by COMPANY.
12.3.2 The documents listed in MDR shall comprise, among other things as applicable:
• Project Execution Plan.

• Project procedures (management, Engineering, procurement, construction, Startup,
PERFORMANCE TESTs).
• Project base data.
• Quality and quality assurance manuals.
Page 188 of 273

• Construction schedule.
• Minutes of meeting of CONTRACTOR with the COMPANY.
• Requests for modifications.
• Level 1 overall schedule (horizontal bar chart for all Project phases, i.e., Engineering,
procurement, construction and Startup).
• Level 2 schedule with detailed bar chart, with critical path based on the earliest and latest
startup and completion dates of all Project activities.
• Level 3 detailed engineering, procurement, construction and startup schedules.
• Level 4 detailed engineering, procurement, construction and startup schedules.
• Philosophy and list of spare parts.
• Norms and standards applicable to the WORK.
• Overall Plot Plan.
• Detailed plot Plans.
• Process diagrams.
• Interface data Registers (for all disciplines).
• Cause and effect diagram.
• Basis of design.
• Data sheets of all Equipment and Materials.
• Sub-Station one-line schematics.
• Zone classification plans.
• Lighting plans of buildings and Construction facilities.
• Electrical connection schematics.
• Electrical system detail plans.
• Overall one-line schematic.
• Electrical cable routing plans.
• Grounding plan.
• Spare parts list (PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING, START-UP and 2 years
operation).
• Comparative table of quotes for main units of equipment.
• Specifications of Equipment and Materials, including hardware and bulk materials.
Page 189 of 273

• Specifications.
• Valve Material Data Sheets for Manual as well as actuated Valves
• Requisitions of Equipment and Materials, including hardware and bulk materials.
• Inspection programs at VENDOR(s).
• Inspection and follow-up reports.
• Calculation notes.
• Drawings of symbols and abbreviations.
• GA and Detail Construction drawings of Manufacturer.
• All Construction related documents viz. QA/QC, Welding, Painting, Testing etc.
• Final Dossier of Manufacturer.
• Quality Plan.
• HSE Philosophy and HSE Plan.
• Electrical Hazardous Area Classification.
• Safety Layouts.
• Waste Management.
• Piping material classification.
• P&ID’s of all the Construction systems.
• HAZID study reports.
• HAZOP and SIL Reports
• SIMOPSstudy reports.
• 3D model of unit Line classification list.
• Equipment classification list.
• Line support plans.
• Line layout plans.
• Interface management plans.
• Interface data register (referencing all discipline interfaces and tie-in details).
• Isometrics (for critical lines) list of lines to be identified during detail engineering.
• Stress analysis of critical lines (list to be kept jointly during detail engineering).
• Underground mains plans.
Page 190 of 273

• Profile plans.
• Road profile plans.
• Foundation plans.
• Steel structure plans.
• Geotechnical soil report.
• Report on hydrotests.
• Reporting on piping pressure test.
• Electrical cable routing plans.
• Trench cross-section plans.
• Instrumentation cable routing plans.
• Electrical load balances.
• Logic diagrams.
• Cause and Effect Diagrams.
• Loop Drawing.
• Input/Output (I/O) Index.
• Control System Architecture.
• SIH, MCB and SS equipment Layout.
• Control Philosophy.
• Control Narrative.
• Shutdown Philosophy.
• Cable Block Diagram.
• Electrical systems detail plan.
• Instrument index.
• Instrument data sheets.
• Layout Diagrams (for racks, trunks, trays, indoor and outdoor cables etc.).
• Power Supply & Grounding design diagram.
• WORK place allocation plans for each part of FACILITY (when applicable).
• General connection diagrams.
• Detail connection diagrams.
Page 191 of 273

• Cable schedules.
• Cables and Equipment Labeling.
• Security Facilities design and information.
• Material requisitions.
• Technical Bid Evaluations.
• Bills of equipment and materials.
• Final acceptance Certificate.
• List of SUBCONTRACTORs.
• Safety equipment list.
• VENDOR(s) master schematics for main units of equipment.
• “As-Built” drawings.
• Operating and maintenance manuals.
• Construction safety manual.
• IT&Telecom system architecture diagram.
• IT&Telecom system cable connection diagram.
12.3.3 In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall make available in EDMS, a scanned copy of
the APPROVED documents listed below. Each document, identified below, shall
be signed and scanned once during the Project typically at Approved For
Construction issue or other appropriate Issue as APPROVED:
• Drawings;
• PFDs;
• P&IDs;
• Basis of Design;
• Plot Plans;
• General Notes (all disciplines);
• Single Line Diagrams;
• CONTRACTs, Sub-CONTRACTs, bids summary, unpriced copies of all Purchase
Requisitions, Technical Evaluations and Award Recommendations;
• Equipment Lists;
• Electrical Load List;
• Specifications.
Page 192 of 273

12.3.4 For the proper performance of CONTRACT, the PARTIES may agree upon other
documents that are to be submitted by the CONTRACTOR for review or
APPROVAL by the COMPANY according to the APPROVED document matrix.
12.4 Documents sent for information

12.4.1 Additionally to the documents indicated in this SCOPE OF WORK, the following
as applicable shall be issued, all revisions, by the CONTRACTOR to the
COMPANY for “INFORMATION”:
• Monthly order statement (requisition sending date, order date, expected delivery, delivery
date);
• VENDOR’S plans;
• Monthly status of equipment and materials received at worksite;
• Monthly Expediting Reports;
• Monthly statement of requisitions (expected issue date, revision);
• Photographs (8’’ X 10”) and films showing monthly progress of construction;
• Catalogs of all pieces of equipment and materials of the different VENDOR(s);
• Reports on the progress of the manufacturing of the equipment;
• Monthly schedule of labor used (included in Monthly construction report and based upon
SUBCONTRACTOR Monthly Reports);
• Expected weekly WORK schedule and weekly reports of tasks actually carried by activity.
(Per standard COMPANY format);
• Simulations run reports;
• List of electrical-energy consumers;
• Electrical load balance;
• Cable connection diagram;
• List of electrical cables;
• Calculation notes of main cables;
• Standard installation schematics;
• Equipment compliance certificates installed in hazardous zones;
• Isometrics (for non-critical lines);
• Spare parts storage and preservation information;
Page 193 of 273

• Weekly statements of personnel present on SITE according to category (administration,

construction, subcontracting, etc.) and by building trade, specifying whether local or
expatriate;
• Utility consumption statements and stock recommendations for construction and Startup
needs;
• Materials and equipment shipping and reception schedule at Construction SITE;
• Latest edition of the maintenance and operation notices and manuals of Equipment and
Materials as soon as they are received at the SITE;
• Schedule of no-load tests, hydrotests and pneumatic tests, chemical cleaning, flushing and
drying of piping and inspection of circuits;
• Weekly startup schedule;
• Provisional monthly statement of plans to be issued by the CONTRACTOR and
VENDOR(s);
• Monthly progress reports of the WORK with monthly progress rates and curves
concerning Engineering, procurement, construction, START-UP);
• The aforementioned documents shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR to the
COMPANY, electronically, except as noted.
12.5 Archive design

12.5.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide an electronic archive of all plans, Specifications and
documents part of this CONTRACT in their final issue (As built and approved,
AFC and As Built appropriate) for archiving.
12.6 Scheduling
12.6.1 Engineering:
• Starting and end-of-activity date (planned/actual).

• Number of plans issued.
• Number of plans issued month by month.
• Number of plans APPROVED month by month.
• Number of planned man-hours by building trade.
• Number of actual man-hours month broken down by month and building trade.
• Theoretic and actual progress curve.
• Progress measurement method.
• Latest edition of material and piping summary (C.P.M.S).
12.6.2 Procurement:
Page 194 of 273


• Number of planned man-hours (purchases, inspection, follow-up).
• Delivery: planned tonnage (at construction SITE).
• Schedule planned/actual purchasing orders month by month.
• Progress curve of activities (planned/actual).
12.6.3 Construction:

• Number of planned man-hours by building trade and category.
• Number of expended man-hours by building trade, category and month.
• Progress curve of activities (planned/actual).
• Mobilization and demobilization curves by building trade and by categories
(planned/actual).
12.7 Startup to Provisional Acceptance and Final acceptance:

• RFSU (Ready for START-UP) and end-of Startup date (planned/actual).
• Number of planned man-hours month by month.
12.8 Financial Documents

• Loss experience records, claims and loss record.
• Fiscal documents and clearance.
• Customs clearances.
12.9 Historical maintenance record for each tagged equipment

12.9.1 These records, classified by equipment or system type, shall comprise, among other
things, all of the documents relative to all mechanical, electrical and instrumentation
type of equipment or all systems.
12.9.2 The history of each piece of equipment shall include, among other things:
• Data sheets.
• Requisitions.
• Manufacturing reports.
• Test reports.
Page 195 of 273

• Control certificates.
• Endorsements required by different regulatory agencies (if required).
• Problems encountered during manufactures, assembly, shipping, preservation at SITE,
tests up to Provisional Acceptance and Final acceptance and solutions provided.
• Inspection reports.
12.10Operating manual
12.10.1This manual shall be divided in sections and each of them shall comprise, among
other things:
• Introduction
• Scope
• Definitions and Abbreviations
• Basis of Design
• Reference Documents
• Layout plan.
• List of equipment (with short data –TAG, Manufacturer Name, Model Number etc).
• System & Process Description.
• PFD’s and material and heat balances.
• P&ID’s.
• DCS Description
• Operating conditions.
• Corrosion Monitoring
• Safety equipment.
• Startup.
• Equipment Operating envelopes
• Normal running.
• Normal shutdown.
• Emergency shutdown.
• Safety Instructions and interlocking system.
• Utility consumption record.
• Fire protections.
Page 196 of 273

• Troubleshooting
• Maintenance plan and procedure
12.11PERFORMANCE TEST logs

12.11.1The PERFORMANCE TESTS logs are those used during the start-up phase and the
testing phase until the PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE.
12.12As built drawings

12.12.1The “As Built” drawings shall be sent to the COMPANY at the latest by the
Provisional Acceptance and shall be prepared in collaboration with the
COMPANY’S staff, and be in native file format as specified in “As-built
Documentation Procedure” (refer to SECTION IV, DESIGN DOSSIER,
APPENDIX D1).
12.12.2Any modifications occurring during construction and start-up must be included in

the as-built drawings at the latest sixty (60) days after said modification.
12.12.3The documents to be delivered “As-Built” shall be the drawings and documents

listed below that have been approved for construction (AFC) and that have been
modified during the construction to include all changes executed in the WORK
during the construction period.
12.12.4CONTRACTOR will submit for COMPANY’S APPROVAL the list of drawings

in the SCOPE OF WORK Appendix-E to be “As-Built” including, but not limited
to:
• P&ID’s
• Plot Plans
• Alignment sheets
• Isometric drawings
• Electrical Single Line Diagrams
• Electrical Area Classification
• Electrical Relay Settings
• Electrical schematic / wiring diagrams
• Instrument Loop Diagram
• Cause and Effect Diagrams
• DCS/SIS Narrative
• Function Block Logic Diagrams for Safety systems
Page 197 of 273

• Configuration for the Control Systems

• Underground Piping (firewater, oily water, sanitary sewer, etc.)
• Underground Instrument
• Underground Electrical
• Layout Diagrams (for racks, trunks, trays, indoor and outdoor cables, etc.)
• Security systems inspection and test plan
• Security systems devices and cables tagging procedure
• Security systems list of spare parts
• Security systems cable and rack specification
• Security systems contract breakdown of quantities
• Security systems schematic & connection diagram
• Security systems external connection diagram
• Security systems block diagram
• Security systems equipment technical data (Datasheets)
• Security systems wiring details
• Security systems equipment layout
• Security systems cable schedule
• Security systems specification and description
• IT&Telecom Rack Equipment Layout diagrams (rack’s fronts and rears with all active,
passive and UPS equipment layouts shall be provided)
• IT&Telecom system architecture diagram
• IT&Telecom system cable connection diagram
• Cable schedules
• Cable Test results (Fiber Optic and CAT 6 cable tests including cable pin assignment,
cable length, spectral analysis and electrical parameters measurements). FOC test shall be
submitted in .sor format with all additional information regarding test condition.
12.13Copy of the regulatory records

12.13.1These records, classified by type of equipment or system, shall comprise, among
other things, all of the documents required by the different IRAQI administration
agencies and that have been sent to them by the CONTRACTOR.
Page 198 of 273

12.14 DOCUMENTS DISTRIBUTION AND SUBMITTAL TIMES

12.14.1Documents issued, throughout the WORK, shall be distributed, reviewed,
commented on and APPROVED electronically and not via paper copies.
CONTRACTOR shall establish and maintain the EDMS which supports this
implementation methodology for all participants including COMPANY,
CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTORs, VENDOR(s), etc.
12.14.2A separate document describes the EDMS procedures to be used during the WORK.
12.15 DELIVERABLES LIST

12.15.1CONTRACTOR shall develop a Master Document Register (MDR) for the
PROJECT, which shall be submitted to COMPANY for APPROVAL.
12.15.2CONTRACTOR shall refer to the Minimum Requirements for CONTRACTOR

documents, provided herein, ATTACHMENT III D. This is a minimum list of
deliverables for the PROJECT as a guideline. CONTRACTOR shall develop a
detailed MDR based on SCOPE OF WORK and in accordance with CONTRACT.
CONTRACTOR shall assign a document number to each of the document.
Page 199 of 273

13 ATTACHMENT III E: TECHNICAL REVIEWS

13.1 GENERAL
13.1.1 In addition to the Technical Audits which COMPANY may affect, or have affected
on all aspects of the WORK, at any time and as deemed necessary, COMPANY’s
policy is to have systematic reviews independent from the Project team (referred to
hereinafter as “Project Technical Reviews” (“PTR’S”) carried out during the course
of the WORK and at different stages thereof.
13.1.2 Such PTR’S are identified as follows:
• One (1) technical review during the period of Detailed Design and identified as “PTR 1”.
This will consist of a systematic review of P&ID’s (CONTRACTOR’s and VENDORs’
engineering) together with a review of the specifications defining the maintenance,
operations and QA/QC documentation required from the concerned VENDORs and
SUBCONTRACTORs; and
• One (1) technical review before COMMISSIONING and identified as “PTR 2”. This will
be principally a detailed review of the installation and organization so as to give clear
assurance that adequate procedures, personnel, manpower and methods statements are set
up for inspection, testing, COMMISSIONING and START-UP of the FACILITIES.
13.1.3 Technical reviews shall also be carried by COMPANY as deemed necessary at
various stages of WORK to ensure that design is as per the COMPANY requirement
and meets the local regulations, international codes and standards. This includes
review of key deliverables including but not limited to P&ID’S review, Plot plan
review, Electrical single line drawing, electrical and instrument equipment layout
for substations and control rooms, system architecture drawing, constructability
review. Competent personnel from CONTRACTOR and representatives from
COMPANY shall attend these reviews and timing shall be decided by COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE based on WORK progress.
13.1.4 Accordingly, therefore, this APPENDIX B is intended to describe the purposes of

the Project Technical reviews and to make clear CONTRACTOR’s minimum
involvement in such reviews.
13.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE TECHNICAL REVIEWS

13.2.1 Technical Review at Detailed Design Phase – PTR 1
13.2.2 PTR 1 is intended to be held when CONTRACTOR is “nearing” the end of the
Detailed Design phase such that P&ID’s and major Equipment and Packages
specifications are defined and in place.
13.2.3 The purposes of PTR 1 will be to:
• identify potential deviations from normal operating conditions;
Page 200 of 273

• check that the consequences of each identified deviation are adequately taken into
consideration in said design in respect of safety and operability;
• protection of persons, safety and health;
• environment protection
• check that key issues in relation to fabrication, construction including PRE-
COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING, START-UP, normal and abnormal operation,
are adequately taken into consideration and documented;
• review the actions identified at the Basic Engineering (arising from or as part of the
“Endorsement of the Basic Design) have been implemented; and
• Review and examine the HAZOPS dossier prepared by CONTRACTOR further to his
internal study and/or HAZOPS review by COMPANY team.
13.2.4 CONTRACTOR shall systematically carry-out his own internal HAZOPS studies
prior to this PTR 1, as part of his quality control procedures, so as to:
• identify the reaction of plant and equipment systems to process’s perturbations and
deviations;
• assess whether the reaction of the system, or plant or equipment will produce effects
which are detrimental to the public, personnel, environment and asset protection;
• recommend corrective actions which will mitigate or eliminate such detrimental effects;
• investigate the operability of the process; and
• Identify availability and maintainability issues.
13.2.5 Where significant modifications to the basic design have been made COMPANY
will decide on the necessity to perform a further HAZOPS by COMPANY’s
HAZOPS Team at the end of the Detail Design as it may pertain to specific issues
arising from such modifications.
13.2.6 Two (2) weeks prior to the commencement of PTR 1 CONTRACTOR shall make
available the following documentation resulting from the Detailed Design prepared
and issued (or ready for issue) as "Approved for Construction" (“AFC”):-
• all P&ID’S issued, including those from SUBCONTRACTORs, VENDORs;

• Scoping Environment Impact Assessment;
• HAZID/HAZOP Dossier;
• SUBCONTRACTORs, VENDORs and VENDORS’ Equipment and Package
specifications including the requirement of maintenance, operations and QA/QC
documentation; and
• Copies of Purchase Orders and Construction Subcontracts.
Page 201 of 273

13.2.7 CONTRACTOR shall consider that PTR 1 completion and implementation of PTR
1 recommendations and findings implementations may constitutes if requested by
COMPANY, one of the prerequisites conditions for the issuance of "APPROVED
for construction" documents.
13.2.8 Technical Review at End of Construction Phase - PTR 2
13.2.9 COMPANY will carry out PTR 2 at the end of the Construction Phase of the
WORK, and at which time PRE-COMMISSIONING tasks and activities have
commenced at SITE.
13.2.10PTR 2 will be principally a detailed review of the installation and organization so

as to give clear assurance that adequate procedures, personnel, manpower and
method statements are set up for inspection, testing, COMMISSIONING and
startup of the built FACILITIES. Responsibilities between COMPANY AND
CONTRACTOR shall also be identified.
13.2.11The purpose of PTR 2 will be to:
• review any post AFC changes to the specifications and designs;

• check adequacy of inspection, testing, COMMISSIONING and Ready for START-UP
operations against safety and environmental protection policy;
• confirm that the FACILITIES are fabricated and constructed without dilution of the
design intent;
• verify that remedial measures to be taken by COMPANY in response to previous PTR 1
report have been satisfactory documented in the operation manuals;
• Ensure that the COMPANY’s point of view is taken into account for the Pre
COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and Ready for START-UP;
• Check that the initial START-UP conditions (temporary lines, utility supplies, by-passes,
etc.) are safe and covered by specific procedures and instruction;
• Ensure that necessary documents exist (safety, evacuation, operations, training,
maintenance, inspection and the like);
• Check installation of Safety and fire-fighting equipment. To assess the training of
operating personnel in emergency situation.
13.2.12Together with a comprehensive review of all concerned documentation, PTR 2 will
also carry out a series of interviews with PRE-COMMISSIONING,
COMMISSIONING and START-UP support personnel and with particular
reference to the following matters as applicable:
• COMMISSIONING system/subsystem list and definition;

• START-UP sequence;
Page 202 of 273

• COMMISSIONING management procedures (HANDOVER from PRE-

COMMISSIONING to COMMISSIONING to READY FOR START-UP team, PUNCH
LIST, modification, organogram, qualification and manning, spare parts, reporting, and
the like);
• Specific permits to work procedure (electrical locking, safety device by-pass and the like);
• List of systems/subsystem, operating tests and specific review of operating test
procedures;
• Review of HANDOVER dossiers and other tests dossiers (hydro-test, re-instatement tests,
cable continuity tests and the like);
• Chemical handling and loading procedures;
• START-UP team organization and responsibility matrix;
• START-UP procedure;
• Operating Manuals;
• Maintenance preparation (documentation availability, spare parts ordering, specific
assistance CONTRACT, and the like);
• Operating and maintenance personnel training programs;
• Safety procedures during COMMISSIONING, START-UP and Operation phases
(evacuation, firefighting, gas alert, spill control and the like); and
• Cross checking of initial START-UP conditions (temporary lines, utility supplies, by pass
line, etc.) have been installed, safe and covered by specific procedures and instructions.
13.2.13Two (2) weeks prior to the commencement of PTR 2 CONTRACTOR shall make
available the following documentation:
• “As built” or “as installed” documentation, including that of SUBCONTRACTORs;

• Procedures (PRE-COMMISSIONING, testing, COMMISSIONING, operational test,
START-UP, emergencies, etc.)
• HANDOVER dossiers; and
• Organization charts and planning.
13.2.14CONTRACTOR shall consider that the completion and implementation of the
recommendations and findings of PTR 2 constitutes one of the prerequisite
conditions for his issuance of "as built" documents including those of
SUBCONTRACTORs and VENDORs.
13.3 DUTIES & OBLIGATIONS IN RESPECT OF TECHNICAL REVIEWS

13.3.1 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in the CONTRACT for the
purpose of the foregoing described Technical Reviews CONTRACTOR shall:
Page 203 of 273

• provide COMPANY’s PTR (Project Technical Review) team with all copies of
documentation required for the concerned reviews;
• provide COMPANY’s PTR team with access to all required documentation and in
whatever status it may be in at the time of the concerned reviews;
• provide COMPANY’s PTR team with access to CONTRACTOR’s personnel for the
purposes of interview;
• provide COMPANY’s PTR team with access to the SITE and the WORK (at whatever its
status might be);
• ensure that CONTRACTOR’s group/discipline leaders are available to give “on-the-spot
answers” to any questions raised by COMPANY PTR team and are available at any time
in order to attend PTR meetings;
• implement at the earliest the comments made by COMPANY’s PTR team in their
Technical Review report (including any required repairs, re-WORK and replacement);
and
• Provide a live database of Technical Review findings and agreed actions, together with
current status for review at any stage during the execution of the WORK.
13.4 CONTRACT SCHEDULE: PROVISIONS FOR TECHNICAL REVIEWS

13.4.1 The CONTRACT SCHEDULE shall clearly identify the foregoing Technical
Reviews as critical events. If deemed necessary, durations in bar-chart form with
commencement and completion dates may be added to the said events and
incorporated as WORK-time durations in said schedule.
Page 204 of 273

14 ATTACHMENT III F: Responsibility Matrix for ESP and related equipment supply,
installation and operation
P - Perform Task, W - witness task, I - inspect task, A – assist
Resposibility
Task Equipment EPC VSD

LM contractor Supplie Othe
E s r r
1 Equipment Supply
1.1. Supply ESP ESP P
Downhole
P
1.2. Supply Downhole Cable cable
Junction
P
1.3. Supply Junction Box Box
Supply Power Cable From Junction

Power Cable P (Note 1)
1.4. Box to VSD
Supply Power Cable from

Power Cable P
1.5. Penetrator to Junction Box
1.6. Supply VSD VSD P
Supply Power Cable from VSD to

Power Cable P
1.7. Switchgear 6.6 section
Switchgear
P
1.8 Supply Switchgear 6.6 section 6.6
Supply Power Cable 0.4 kV for

Power Cable P
1.9 VSD HVAC units.
Page 205 of 273

Switchgear
P
1.10 Supply Switchgear 0.4 kV 0.4 kV
Supply Cable Glands for all power Cable

P
1.11 cables Glands
Supply all types of instrument

Instrument
cables, glands and other fittings for P
Cables
1.12 connection SIH to VSD
2 Equipment Installation
2.1. Install ESP ESP I P A
Connect Downhole Cable to ESP Downhole

I P A
2.2. Motor cable
Connect Downhole Cable to Downhole

I P A
2.3. Wellhead Penetrator cable
Lay Power Cable from Wellhead

Penetrator to Junction Box.
Power Cable P I
The cable shall be laid in plastic
2.4. conduit dia.150mm.
Connect Power Cable from

Wellhead Penetrator to Junction Power Cable I P
2.5. Box
Lay Power Cable from Junction

Power Cable P
2.6. Box to VSD
2.7. Install VSD VSD А P
Switchgear
P
2.8. Install Switchgear 6.6 6.6
Page 206 of 273

Connect Power Cable to Junction P (Note

Power Cable P
2.9. Box 2)
Connect Power Cable to VSD form P (Note

Power Cable P
2.10. Junction Box side 2)
Lay Power Cable from VSD to

Power Cable P
2.11. Switchgear 6.6
Connect Power Cable to VSD form

Power Cable I P А
2.12. Switchgear 6.6 side
Connect Power Cable to Switchgear

Power Cable I P
2.13. 6.6 from VSD side
2.14. Lay Data-Cable form VSD to SIH Data-Cable P
Connect Data-Cable to VSD form

Data-Cable I P А
2.15. SIH side
Connect Data-Cable to SIH from

Data-Cable I P
2.16. VSD side
Install Switchgear 0.4 kV near VSD Switchgear

P
2.17 platform 0.4 kV
Lay Power Cable 0.4 kV from

Power Cable P
2.18 Substation to Switchgear 0.4 kV
Connect power cable 0.4 kV from

substation side and Switchgear 0.4 Power Cable P
2.19 kV side
Install Power Cable 0.4 kV to VSD

Power Cable P
2.20 HVAC units.
Connect VSD cooling system to

Power Cable P A
2.21 Switchgear 0.4 kV
Page 207 of 273

Install the instrument cables from Instrument P

2.22 SIH to VSD Cables
Connect instrument cables inside Instrument P

SIH to respective equipment and to Cables
2.23 VSD panels
3 Start-up and commissioning procedures
Loop test Power Cable on Junction

Box to Wellhead Penetrator section.
Power Cable P
Megger test Junction Box to ESP
3.1. Motor system
Megger test Wellhead Penetrator to Downhole

P
3.2. ESP Motor system cable
Loop test Power Cable on Junction

Box to VSD section Power Cable I P
3.3. Megger test Junction Box to VSD.
Loop test Power Cable on VSD to

Power Cable I P
3.4. Switchgear 6.6 section
Pre-commission, commission and Switchgear

I P
3.5. start-up Switchgear 6.6 6.6
Switchgear
P A
3.6. Supply power to VSD 6.6
Supply power to VSD cooling Switchgear

P A
3.7 system 0.4 kV
VSD setup, input settings, check

transformers winding position,
VSD I P
check downhole telemetry, check
3.8. data transfer to SIH
Page 208 of 273

3.9. Start ESP ESP А P
Establish ESP regime, control

ESP A P
3.10. Motor parameters
DCS-VSD serial interface

DCS
3.11. communication check I/A P
3.12 Bit-map DCS I/A P
3.13 DCS graphics configuration check DCS I/A P
General alarm and Trip signals

DSC
3.14 loop-test I/A P
Earthing
3.15 Joint resistance grounding test system W P
Earthing
3.16 grounding resistance test system W P
Notes:
1) Cable from VSD to JB recommended by VSD manufacturer is AWG 1/0 for Dammam wells
2) EPC contractor installs cable glands and stripping of power cable between VSD and JB and JB side
for power cable from Wellhead Penetrator. Connection to VSD and JB connectors by ESP supplier
Page 209 of 273

15 ATTACHMENT III G: CONTRACTOR DOCUMENTS: MINIMUM

REQUIREMENTS
15.1 Generalities
15.1.1 This purpose of this APPENDIX III I is intended to define the minimum
requirements for CONTRACTOR DOCUMENTS to be prepared and issued for
COMPANY information and/or review or/and APPROVAL.
15.1.2 The lists set out herein are not intended to be exhaustive and any document required
within the frame of this CONTRACT, necessary for the execution of the WORK,
shall be prepared by or caused to be prepared by CONTRACTOR and be made
available for COMPANY review, approval as requested.
15.1.3 CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit for APPROVAL the detailed Master
Document Register on which he shall have marked the classification of documents
(for review or/and APPROVAL) based upon the classification guidelines herein and
the requirements of SECTION VII.
15.1.4 Documents have to be developed to “Approved for Use”, and “As-built” status.
15.1.5 CONTRACTOR’s documents shall be issued to COMPANY simultaneously with

other addressees at all stages of progress and all status of revision. Periodic
CONTRACTOR documents shall be issued to COMPANY in accordance with their
stated periodicity.
15.1.6 The number, type of support and procedure for submission of documents for review
or APPROVAL, and of FINAL DOCUMENTATION are found in SECTION IV
15.1.7 CONTRACTOR Document Distribution Schedule shall indicate COMPANY

requirements for distribution of documents in addition to CONTRACTOR'S, and
shall be submitted for APPROVAL.
15.1.8 When VENDOR/SUBCONTRACTOR documents are ready for issue by

CONTRACTOR to VENDOR/SUBCONTRACTOR they will be issued to
COMPANY with CONTRACTOR’S comments already incorporated.
15.2 Class of Document

15.2.1 CONTRACTOR shall mark each document issued with its appropriate “Class
Number”. Where the assignment of a particular class to a document is in doubt,
CONTRACTOR shall refer to COMPANY for a decision as to classification.
15.2.2 The concerned listing of documents is tabulated overleaf.
Page 210 of 273

15.3 CLASS OF APPROVAL

15.3.1 Documents shall be classified in the MDR in accordance with COMPANY’s
procedure # 8015-0150-LMEL-00-000-IM-PP-00001:
(a) for COMPANY’s APPROVAL;

(b) for COMPANY’s review;
(c) for information only.
15.3.2 COMPANY shall be at liberty to revise the classification (i.e. APPROVAL, review,
for information, etc.) of any documents in the register proposed by
CONTRACTOR.
***********************
Page 211 of 273

15.4 GENERAL DOCUMENTS
GENERAL DOCUMENTS: Document Description Class
Master Document Register 2
List of Documents Required For obtaining Certificates in the Republic of Iraq 2

(Certification Documents)
Progress Reports Relating to Permits, Licenses, Approvals 2
Minutes of Meetings 1
Page 212 of 273

Project Execution Plan covering including but not limited the following project Areas: 1
Integration Management
Communication Management
Stakeholders Management
Project Funding
Scheduling
Cost Estimating
Project Controls
Change Management
Human Resources
Information Management
Document Data Management
Project Assurance
Risk Management
Quality Management
Health & Safety
Security
Environment
Regulatory
Interfaces Management
Contract Management
Procurement Management
Material Management
Engineering Management
Construction Management
Completions Management
Page 213 of 273

Procedure of Coordination / Administration Between Company and 1

Contractor/Subcontractor
Document Control Procedure 1
CONTRACTOR Document Management Procedure 1
VENDOR/SUBCONTRACTOR Document Management Procedure 1
FINAL DOCUMENTATION Management Procedure 1
Documentation Archiving Procedure 1
Procedures for Numbering of Project Documents/Facilities/Equipment, etc. 1
Project Change Procedure (additional work scope, not provided for by Contract; necessity 1
to make changes in the course of design based on new information or calculations)
Design Change Control Procedure 1
Procedure of Communication between Company/Contractor/Subcontractor 1
Certification Schedule, Including: List of Material Support, Purchase and Delivery 1

Schedule, Certification Matrix, List of Metrological Equipment and Instruments, List of
Hazardous Equipment for Which CONTRACTOR Intends to Obtain Safety Data Sheets in
the Republic of Iraq
HSE Management Plan 1
Engineering Management Plan 1
Procurement Management Plan 1
Construction management Plan 1
Page 214 of 273

Cost and Schedule Management Plan 1
Risk Management Plan 1
Risk Management Register 2
Risk Management Procedure 2
Schedule Risk Analysis Procedure 2
Risk Mitigation Reports 2
Quality Assurance and Quality Control Manuals/Plans 1
Permits and Approvals Plan 1
Master Schedule of all Permits, Licenses, Approvals under the Project 2
Local Content Plan 2
Non-conformance Control Procedure 1
CONTRACT Coordination Manual, Including Detailed Procedures for Project Control

2
Services
Interface Management Plan including Organization Chart 1
Interface Data Register (for all disciplines) 1
Interface Responsibility Matrix 1
QA/QC, HSE, Security and Construction supervision Matrix 2
Completion of battery limit definition with OTHER CONTRACTORS 1
Page 215 of 273

Document Distribution Schedule 2
Design Document Submission Procedure 1
Vendor Documentation Control Procedure 1
Project Documentation Quality Control procedure 1
Hand Over Procedure 1
Project Cost and Schedule Controls Plan 1
Work Breakdown Structure 1
Cost Breakdown Structure 1
Progress Measurement Procedure 1
Reporting Procedure 1
Invoicing Procedure 1
Cost Evaluation Methodology 1
Monthly Reports and Other Periodic Reports including Weekly and Daily Reports 2
Monthly Progress 2
CONTRACT Organization and Manning, Organization Charts 2
Manpower Projections 2
Level 0 and 1 CONTRACT Schedules 1
Page 216 of 273

Level 2 ,3 and 4 CONTRACT Schedules, and other scheduling and progress documents
2
specified in SECTION VII Administrative Procedure
Resource Loaded Schedule Level 3 2
Training materials 2
Latest edition of the maintenance and operation notices and manuals of Equipment and
3
Materials as soon as they are received at the SITE.
Project(s) Close out report(s) 2
FINAL DOCUMENTATION 1
15.5 QA/QC DOCUMENTS
QA/QC DOCUMENTS: Document Description Class
Engineering Standards Auditing Procedure 1
Laws, Norms, Codes and Standards Auditing Procedure 1
Quality Management Manual 1
Design Quality Auditing Procedure 1
Design Progress Auditing Procedure 1
Deliverables Control and Registration Procedure 1
Quality Audit Data Registration Procedure 1
Quality Audit Procedure 1
Audit Reports 1
Page 217 of 273

Audit Finding 2
Audit Summary 2
Training Procedure 1
Project Specific Quality Training procedure 2
Vendor’s Proposals Technical Evaluation and Conformance to Project Standards 1

Evaluation Procedure
Inspection and Test Plans 1
Inspection Release Certificates 1
Manufacturer’s/Vendor’s Data Books/Equipment Manuals 1
Material Certificates/Material Test Reports 1
Shop Inspection Reports 2
Turnover Notice 2
Request For Clarification of Information 2
Surveillance Report 2
Quality Records Control List 2
Non-conformance Report 2
Non-conformance Report Log 2
Corrective Action Report 2
Page 218 of 273

Corrective Action Report Log 2
Control of Special Processes Summary 2
I.M.T.E. Sign In/Out History of Use Log 2
Calibration Assignment Log 2
Calibrations Tickler File 2
Calibration Data Sheet 2
Soil Inspection Checklist 2
Soil Testing Laboratory Evaluation Record 2
Concrete Batch Plant Evaluation Record 2
Concrete Testing Laboratory Evaluation Record 2
Field Compaction Test Record 2
Density of Soil in Place By Sand-Cone Method 2
Nuclear Density – Bituminous Concrete 2
Batch Plant Inspection 2
Pre-Concrete Inspection Checklist 2
Concrete Compression Strength Test Record 2
Epoxy Resin Grout Inspection Record 2
Cementitious Grout Testing Record 2
Page 219 of 273

Cementitious Grout Inspection Record 2
Concrete Pour Card 2
Concrete Placement Log 3
Concrete Ticket 2
Approved Mix Design Records 2
Concrete Lab Reports 2
Nuclear Moisture – Density Test Report 2
Bituminous Concrete Paving Inspection Checklist 2
Bulk Specific Gravity 2
Bituminous Concrete Compaction 2
Structural Steel Inspection 2
Torque Wrench Calibration Log 2
High Strength Bolting Wrench Calibration Log 2
Structural Steel Punch List Record 2
HVAC Inspection Checklist 2
Supplier Field Representative Reports 2
THIRD PARTY Inspection Agency Reports 2
Equipment Guarantee Requirements 2
Page 220 of 273

Copy Of ASME Code Packages 2
Underground Pipe Inspection Record 2
Insulation Resistance Insulated Flanges-Underground Piping Test Record 2
Above Ground Pipe Inspection Record 2
Piping Punch Record 2
Piping Pressure Test Package 2
Pipe Cleaning and Verification Checklist 2
Positive Material Identification Report 2
Visual Inspection of Flanges, Gaskets and Bolting 2
Electrical Punch List Record 2
Underground Conduit (Duct Bank) Inspection Checklist 2
Aboveground Conduit Inspection Checklist 2
Conduit Sealing Inspection Record 2
Cable Tray Inspection Checklist 2
Cable Pulling Inspection Checklist 2
Insulation Resistance (Power, Control Wire and Cable) Test Record 2
Insulation Resistance (Instrument Wire and Cable) Test Record 2
Medium and High Voltage Cable Termination Inspection Checklist 2
Page 221 of 273

Medium and High Voltage Underground Cable Splice Inspection Record 2
Ground /Earthing System ( Grid or Loop Type System ) Inspection Record 2
Ground /Earthing Anode Testing Test Record 2
Ground Continuity ( Nonelectrical Equipment / Structures) Test Record 2
Ground Continuity ( Electrical Equipment and Ground Test Bars ) Test Record 2
Lighting Panel board Inspection Record 2
Liquid-filled Transformer Inspection Record 2
Insulation Resistance (Transformer) Test Record 2
Busway Inspection Record (if applicable) 2
Switchgear Inspection Record (if applicable) 2
Drawout Vacuum Breaker Inspection Record (if applicable) 2
Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Inspection Record (if applicable) 2
Motor Control Center Inspection Record 2
Feeder Breaker (MCC) Test Record 2
Breaker / Contactor (MCC) Test Record 2
Motor Circuit (MCC) Test Record 2
Insulation Resistance (Equipment ) Test Record 2
Procedure for UT (Lamination) 2
Page 222 of 273

DC High Potential Test – Test Record 2
Battery and Battery Charger Inspection Record 2
Electric Motor – Electrical Activities Inspection Record 2
Electric Motor – Mechanical Activities Inspection Record 2
Electric Motor Run – In Test Record 2
Insulation Resistance (Rotating Equipment) Test Record 2
Pressure Relief Valve Test Record 2
Control Systems Punch List Record 2
Calibration Certification Record 2
Final Loop Check 2
Instrumentation Inspection Checklist 2
Thermal Insulation Inspection 2
Coating Inspection 2
Welder Individual Performance Record 2
Daily Welding Inspection Report 2
Post Weld Heat Treatment Log 2
Radiographic Examination Report and Film 2
Welder B31.3 Random Radiography Control Log 2
Page 223 of 273

Radiographic Rejectable Defects Statistics 2
Welding numbering system 2
Welding/NDE Status Log 2
NDE Subcontractor Evaluation Record 2
Welder Qualification Test Record 2
Welder’s Qualification Log 2
Welding Consumables Inspection Record 2
NDE Procedures (e.g. Radiographic, Ultrasonic, Penetrant, Magnetic particle 2

examination procedures)
NDT Reports 2
PWT Reports 2
Arc Strike repair Procedure 2
Alloy Weld Rod Requisition 2
Ultrasonic Flaw Detection Examination Report 2
Hardness Testing Report 2
Verification of Training for Hardness Testing 2
Report of Vision Test 2
Weld Procedure Qualification Record 2
Page 224 of 273

Magnetic Particle Examination Record 2
Weld Mapped Drawings 2
Open Butt Weld Inspection 2
Weld Procedure Specification 2
Welder Performance Qualification Record 2
Liquid Penetrant Examination Record 2
Ultrasonic Thickness Examination Report 2
Line Class/NDE Summary 2
Storage Inspection Checklist 2
Permanent Plant Material & Equipment Inspection List 2
Receiving Inspection Checklist 2
Site Subcontractor Qualification 2
System Walkdown Notice 2
Completion Checklist-Civil 2
Completion Checklist-Electrical/Instrumentation 2
Completion Checklist –Mechanical 2
Completion Checklist-Quality Control 2
Master Punchlist Record 2
Page 225 of 273

Request for Inspection/Witnessing of the Work 2
Photoactivity Inspection Records 2
Master Piece Records 2
15.6 HSE DOCUMENTS
HSE DOCUMENTS: Document Description Class
HSE Management Plan 1
Constructability Review/ SIMOPS Study ToR, Workshop, Report and Close-Out Report 1
Materials Safety Data Sheets 2
Hazardous Material Inventory and Register 1
Emergency Response Plan for Construction Phase 1
Medical Response and MEDEVAC Plan for Construction Phase 2
Contractor Camp Management Plan 2
Page 226 of 273

HSE DOCUMENTS: Document Description Class
HSE Procedures including; 2
Hazard Identification and Risk Management
Confined Space Entry
Hot Work
Excavation
Transportation Safety
H2S Awareness Training
Permit To Work
Lock Out Tag Out (LOTO)/ Isolation
Incident Investigation
HSE Walkthrough and Inspections
Working at Height
Scaffolding
Lifting
PHSSER – Procedure, Workshop, Report and Close Out Report: 2
15.7 ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS
General Engineering: Document Description Class
Basis of Design 1
List of Norms and standards applicable to the Project 2
List of applicable General Specifications 2
Project Specifications 2
Page 227 of 273

General Engineering: Document Description Class
Design Guides, Philosophies and Criteria 2
Engineering Study Reports 2
Design Calculation Notes 2
Calculation Sheets (VENDORS and SUBCONTRACTORS) 2
Document and Drawing Register, Schedule and Status 2
List of Vendor Drawings and Documentation 3
Purchase Requisition 2
Bid Technical Evaluation Reports for (Vendor/Subcontractor selection) 2
Equipment lists 2
Plot Plans and Elevations, Layouts 1
Technical rooms and Control room Plans and Elevations, Layouts 2
COMMISSIONING and Start up spare parts 2
Maintenance special tools and Programming tools 2
2 Years Spare Parts 1
Weight control report 2
Tie-in drawings, schedule and specifications 2
Hazard & Effects Register (live document) 2
Risk Register / HSE Action Tracking register (including basic update) 2
Page 228 of 273

15.8 PROCESS ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS
Process Engineering Documents: Description of Document Class
Process document index 2
Drawing Lists 2
Process Design Basis 2
Process Description 2
Process and Utilities Sizing criteria 2
Mass, Heat and Material Balances 2
Dynamic Simulation Study 2
Steady state Hydraulic Study Report 2
Transient Hydraulic Study Report 2
Flow assurance Report 2
Operating and control and safeguard philosophies 2
Operating Manual 2
Equipment and lines isolation philosophy 2
Maintenance philosophy 2
Sparing & Redundancy Philosophy 2
Relief, Venting, Drainage, Automatic Shutdown, Blowdown & Depressurization 2

philosophy
Over Pressure Protection philosophy 1
Page 229 of 273

Start up and shutdown philosophy 1
Black Start Philosophy 1
Legend sheets for PFD and P&ID 1
Process Flow Diagrams (PFDs) 1
P&IDs numbering specification 1
Equipment numbering specification 1
P&I Diagrams (P&IDs), P&ID legend and Drawing list 1
U&I diagrams (U&IDs), U&ID legend and Drawing list 1
Control Valve Calculation Notes 2
Relief and safety valves throughput calculation 2
Equipment summary list 2
Utility Summary & Power Requirements 2
Utility Adequacy Report(existing facilities checking) 2
ESD Hierarchy and Logic Diagrams 1
Process Data Sheet for all Equipment, including:
- Instruments
- Valves 1
- Packages
- and the like
Page 230 of 273

Process Design Calculations 1
Line lists 2
Line sizing specification 1
Shutdown matrix, Logic and Sequence 1
Cause and Effects Charts (Emergency Shutdown) 1
List of Initial Fills 2
Waste matrix 2
Process and Utilities Tie-in points Hook-up list 2
Process Block Flow Diagram 1
Process and Safety Diagram 1
15.9 TECHNICAL SAFETY ENGINEERING
Technical Safety Engineering: Description of Document Class
Technical Safety Philosophy 1
Safety & Environmental Philosophy 1
HAZID/ENVID – ToR, Study Report and Close-out Report 1
Register of Safety Related Devices (RSRD) 2
HAZOP – ToR, Study Report and Close-out Report 1
Page 231 of 273

SIL (LOPA) Assessment – ToR, Study Report and Close-out Report 1
SIL Verification Report 1
Hazardous Area Classification – Schedule and Drawings 2
Toxic (H2S) Gas Dispersion Analysis – Assumptions and Report 1
Toxic (H2S) Hazardous Zones Layout 2
F&G Detection and Alarm Layouts 2
F&G Detection and Alarm Cause and Effects Chart 2
Fire Fighting, Safety Equipment and Safety Signs Specification
Data Sheets for Personal Protective Equipment 2
Data Sheets for Safety Signs 1
Data Sheets for Fire Fighting Equipment and Safety Equipment 1
Fire Fighting and Safety Equipment List 2
Fire Fighting and Safety Equipment Layouts 2
Escape Route and Safety signs Layouts 2
Safety Signs and Safety Equipment Detailed Installation Drawings 2
HSE Action Tracking Register 2
Hazards & Effects Register 2
Page 232 of 273

ALARP Demonstration 2
15.10PIPING & MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Piping & Mechanical Engineering: Description of Document Class
Piping Drawings Index 2
Flowline Alignment Sheets 2
General Layout Plan 2
Crossings Matrix 2
Pipe longitudinal displacement calculations and verification of pipe overall stability 2

Report
Elastic bend radius calculations Report 2
Road crossings calculations Report 2
Anchor flange calculation report 2
Buoyancy calculations 2
Specifications and Data Sheets for all Flowline items, including:
Isolating Joints;
Anchor Flanges;
Pipe supports; 1
External Coating of Flowline;
Field Joint Coating;
Concrete coating
Page 233 of 273

And the like.
Typical drawings, including but not limited to: 2
Road Crossing Thrust / Auger Bored;
Open Cut Road Crossing;
Flowline Trench for different soil types;
Flowline weights;
Flowline Trench & Backfill within areas with High water table;
Flowline Crossing with Existing Pipelines;
Flowline Crossing of underground Cables;
Flowline Markers Details & combined Marker post with CP test station;
Flowline Crossing Of H.V.O/H Power Line Cable;
And the like.
Plot Plans and Equipment layout 2
Plot Plan Review Close-Out Report 2
Piping General Arrangement Drawings 2
Unit plot plans 2
Sections/ elevation drawings (General arrangement drawings) 2
Material Handling Review Close-out Report 2
Material Handling Procedures 2
Piping Isometric Drawings 2
Flowline & Piping site Survey reports (Tie-ins) 2
Specification for Drain Vessel
Page 234 of 273

Bulk Material Take-off all items including surplus (Including supports) 2
Piping Stress Design Calculations Dossier 2
Line Lists 2
Pipe support specification 2
Special Piping item list 2
Special Pipe Support Drawings – showing pipe attachment and support steelwork 2
Piping interface tie-in Isometric Drawings 2
Piping interface tie-in Schedule and associated bills of materials 2
Stress Critical Line List 2
Mechanical Drain vessel data sheet 1
Data Sheets for Special Piping Components 1
Piping Component Specifications 2
Piping Material Classes 2
Valve Specifications 2
Valve List 2
Data sheets for valves 1
Piping Standards 2
Piping Hydraulic Testing, Cleaning and Flushing Procedures 2
Piping Design Basis 2
Page 235 of 273

Piping insulations specification and typical drawing 2
Pipe wall thickness calculation 2
Specification for Piping Design and Layout 2
Specification for Interlock System 2
Data Sheet for Interlock System 1
Specification for stress analysis 2
Requisition + TBE for: 2
Pipes;
Piping fittings;
Piping special items;
Piping valves;
Isolating Joints;
Drain Vessel
Interlock System
And the like.
Piping Material Take Off (Preliminary, Intermediate, Final) 2
15.11CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
Civil and Structural Engineering: Description of Document Class
Civil and Structural Drawings Index 3
Standard symbols and Abbreviations for Civil and Structural 2
Civil and Structural General notes and Legend drawing 2
Page 236 of 273

Survey Specification - Geodetic /Topographical 2
Survey Specification - Geotechnical 2
Survey Specification - Geological surveys, Sub-soil surveys and analysis of borehole data 2
and existing ground conditions;
Survey Specification - Meteorological surveys 2
Survey Specification - Environmental surveys 2
Specification for Setting out stations, triangulation points and bench marks for the WORK 2
Specification for As-built surveys 2
Engineering Survey Reports with necessary plans, sections and other required drawings 2
Specification for Earth Work for Site preparation 2
Site preparation quantity & earth volumes plans 2
Earth Works Layouts 2
Earth Works Sections 2
Excavation and Backfilling Layout 2
Specification for Underground System 3
Calculation: Blasting Jobs Design 2
Calculation: Drainage Design 2
Calculation: Flame-protection Activities 2
Temporary Buildings Construction Layout 2
Page 237 of 273

Detailed Drawings of Cable and Flowline Trenches (Buried) 2
Detailed Drawings of Buried Utility Lines 2
Specification for Roads, access and parking 3
Standard Construction drawing Site Finishing & Miscellaneous Type Roads 2
Specification for Structural Steelwork 2
Specification for Concrete works 2
Foundation General Arrangement Details Foundation Calculations and Reports 2
Foundation details 2
Reinforced Concrete (RC) Details 2
Reinforcing Bars Bend Schedule 2
Concrete and Steel Analysis & Calculations Reports 2
Structural Analysis, Calculations and Reports 2
Structural Layout and detail Drawings 2
Structures Location Plot Plans - Fire Protection 2
Structures Location Plot Plans - Service Platforms 2
Typical drawings for all civil and structural details 2
Typical Identification Slabs and Cable Tiles 2
Cable tray loading Calculations 2
Typical Markers and Warning Signs 2
Page 238 of 273

Typical Fence and Gate 2
Typical Road 2
Civil Materials Take Off 2
Structural Materials Take Off 2
15.12ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Electrical Engineering: Description of Documents Class
Electrical Drawings Index 2
Electrical Symbols and Legends 2
Electrical System Design Criteria 2
Electrical system operating philosophy 2
Electrical Load summary table 1
Electrical Interface location Drawing 2
Electrical Equipment/Package/ PCS/ESD/F&G/PDCS and the like Interface Input/Output

2
List
Page 239 of 273

Technical Specification For: 2
Electrical Cables;
Switchboards;
Switchgears;
Motorized Valve Actuator;
Electrical bulk material;
Lighting System;
Earthing System;
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) system;
Batteries, battery stands, configuration of racks, connection cables, jumpers;
Cathodic Protection System;
And the like.
Electrical control system design specification 2
Metering and Protection Diagram for Switchgear 2
Sizing and Selection of Main Equipment and Accessories 2
Earthing and lighting system calculation 2
Cable Sizing Calculations for LV, auxiliary voltages Power and Control cables including
2
AC and DC UPS distribution
Electrical Cable and gland Schedule 2
UPS sizing calculations report 2
Area classification conformity for selected equipment 2
Power supply Adequacy Reports 2
Page 240 of 273

Single Line Diagram - Overall 2
Detailed Single line diagram for WSW Area 2
Detailed Single line diagram for WIW Area 2
Analysis of Static and Dynamical Stability Report 2
Analysis of Power System Protection and Ability to Coordinate 2
Emergency Power Supply System. List of High Reliability Consumers 2
Overall protection coordination / selectivity study, short circuit study, complete with
2
relevant relay setting booklet for the overall (new and existing) network.
Electric cable Route Plan 2
Electric cable Longitudinal Section 2
Electric cable Crossing Details (Water, Road, Pipelines) 2
Electrical Equipment Layout Drawings 2
Technical Specification for Electrical Installation 1
Technical room Location Plans and Power Distribution Layouts 2
Technical room Equipment Layout 2
Detailed Installation and Construction Standards (Earthing, Power, Lighting) 2
Equipment and Power Layouts, Drawings and Details 2
Lighting Layouts (outside/inside/emergency) Drawings and Details 2
Lighting circuit diagram 2
Page 241 of 273

Sockets layout 2
Earthing Layouts, Drawings and Details 2
Lightning protection study and risk analysis 2
Lightning Protection Layout 2
Earthing and Lightning protection typical installation details 2
Earthing & Lightning protection calculation 2
Switchboard Schedule 2
MV & LV Typical Control and Protection Schematic Diagrams 2
Interconnection and External Wiring Diagrams (one per equipment and/or consumers) 2
Circuit Schedules 2
Electrical equipment list 2
Electrical cable drum schedule 2
6.6 kV Technical Data Sheet 2
Power And Control Cables Data Sheets 1
Motorized Valve Actuator Data Sheet 1
Electrical bulk items data sheets 1
Page 242 of 273

Requisition + TBE for; 2
AC & DC UPS & battery;
Power & Control cables;
Lighting Fixtures and Others;
Cable termination kits;
Cable tray / conduit system;
Earthing materials;
Cathodic protection equipment and material;
General layout of Junction boxes 2
Junction boxes drawings and wiring diagrams 2
Electrical resistivity measurements to be done by reputed vendor (THIRD PARTY) as 1

per COMPANY approval
Electrical System Operating Manuals 2
Verification Dossier as per the requirement of IEC 60079‐14 § 4.2 2
Electrical Equipment Obsolescence Dossier (Plan and mitigation measures in place, 2

Lifecycle of equipment and components, etc.)
Material Take Offs (for all equipment/accessories/bulk) for earthing, lighting and power 2
15.13INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING
Instrumentation & Control System Engineering: Description of Documents Class
Instrumentation Drawings Index 2
Instrumentation Equipment Identification and Symbolisation 2
Instrument and Control General Philosophy 2
Page 243 of 273

Hardware, Licenses and Software List 2
Instrument Index/schedule with nameplates 2
Instrument and Control system integration with existing facilities 2
Instrument and control system architecture 2
Power/Heat/HVAC/Mass Estimates 2
Control Narrative and Functional Schemes Description 2
Process Interlock narrative 2
Cable Block diagrams for all systems 2
Instrument layout drawings 2
Equipment instrument Specification and Data sheets 1
Instrument / Electrical Interface diagrams, specification 2
Instrument Air and Power consumption details 2
Instrumentation Interface points diagram 2
Sizing and Selection of Instruments 2
Instrument Specifications and Data Sheets 1
Pressure Safety Valve Specification 2
Specifications for all line instruments like Control Valves, On-Off Valves, MOVs, etc. 2
Control valves and Noise and Vibration studies (acoustic fatigue) 2
Page 244 of 273

Cables specification and data sheets 1
Instrument cables schedule 3
Alarm and Trip schedule 2
Instrumentation Cable & Cable way (Main and branch) layout drawings 2
Instrumentation main and branch cable wiring layout 2
Instrument, Junction Boxes, Field Panel Location Layout 2
Instrumentation Junction Boxes, field panels and field equipment wiring diagrams 2
Instrument Junction Boxes and Field Panels – specification, GA, schedule and termination 2
drawings
Specification for Instrument Tubing and Cabling 2
Installation Drawings and Details 2
Instrumentation Interface points location Drawings 2
Instrument Loop Diagrams for DCS, ESD, HIPPS and F & G 2
DCS, ESD, FGS - I/O database with alarm and set points for control systems – hardwired 2
and software signals;
Control System (DCS, ESD, FGS) Documents – Control System Functional Design 2
Specifications (FDS)
Control System (DCS, ESD, FGS) Documents - Control panel internal and external GA, 2
BOM, mounting details, powering, I/O assignment, external field-side and internal wiring,
operator workstation GA & wiring, hardwired emergency console GA, layout and wiring
drawings, etc. as applicable.
Page 245 of 273

Control System (DCS, ESD, FGS) Documents - Networking and interfacing documents, 2
server, IT component drawings, application Programming/ configuration docs, Operation
Graphics, Reports, Alarm and Event reporting, etc.
Package & Control System (DCS, ESD, FGS) Documents –Operation and Maintenance 2
Manuals;
Package Documentation – Panel GA, Layout, Wiring, BOM, Instrument details, etc. as 2
applicable
Logic diagram for interlocks – all systems (DCS, ESD, FGS etc.); 2
F & G Drawings 2
F & G Detectors and Panels Specification & Data Sheets 1
Control Room equipment Layout 2
Control Room wiring and Grounding layout 2
Control Panel Drawings 2
Interconnection and Termination Drawings 2
Construction/Installation Specifications 2
Instrument and control system power distribution drawings 2
Calculation Notes 2
Instrument Testing Procedures 2
Trouble Shooting Loop Diagram 2
Page 246 of 273

Instrument Hook-ups diagrams (Process, Pneumatic, Hydraulic etc.) including connection 2

detail and BOM
Junction and Marshalling Cabinet Layout drawings 2
Block Diagrams (General, F&G, & ESD) 2
Instrument Schedule Format 2
Instrument Systems I/O Lists and tags database (S4i) 2
Design of the PCS / ESD / F & G Systems 2
Instrument Cable Tray Routings 2
S4i and System data base 2
RTU and DCS /HMI Specifications with integration of ESD and F&G alarms 2
Package PLC Application Programming/Configuration docs, including mimics, reports, 2

alarm and event reporting, etc.
ESD logic Diagrams 2
ESD and HIPSS System Specification 2
Instrument Mounting Details – Instrument, cable mounting/ supporting, tubing support, JB 2

Mounting details, grounding scheme of trays and field panels, air piping support, etc.
Actively Cooled shelter Specifications 2
Temperature relief valve datasheets and sizing 2
Electrical and Hydraulic Valve Actuator data Sheets 1
Page 247 of 273

Data Sheets for: 1
ESD Valve Actuator
Pressure Safety Valves
Temperature Instruments
Pressure Instruments
Level Instruments
Control Valves
Safety and Shutdown valves;
Fire & Gas Detectors
Material Requisitions +TBE for: 2
DCS;
F & G Detectors and Alarms
ESD& HIPSS (if required);
Remote Terminal Units;
Pressure Instruments;
Temperature Instruments;
Flow Instruments;
Analysers;
Instrument Bulk Materials;
Instrument Cables;
Control valves;
Temperature Relief valves;
Actively Cooled Shelter;
Intools database specification 2
Page 248 of 273

Intools electronic database. Working license to be provided at Contractor’s office, on 3

request.
Safety & Relief Valve Data Sheets and sizing 1
Control valve Data Sheets and sizing 1
Start-up and shutdown interlock logic for packages 2
Instrument Material Criticality Report 2
F&G and Instrument Installation Typical Drawings 2
Instrument Cable, cable tray & accessories, cabling accessories - Material take off 2
COMPANY Personnel Training Program 2
Bulk Material Take Off, Instrumentation hook-up and tubing material take off 2
Control valves and Noise and Vibration studies (acoustic fatigue) 2
15.14TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND IT ENGINEERING
Telecommunications and IT Engineering : Description of Documents Class
IT & Telecommunication and MES Systems Drawings Index 2
Scope of Work for IT & Telecommunication System Supplier & Integrator 2
IT &Telecommunication Systems Philosophy 1
Interface And Integration Philosophy For IT & Telecommunication And MES Systems 1
Symbol and Legend Sheet 2
Page 249 of 273

Design Basis for IT & Telecommunication And MES Systems 2
Specification For Backbone Fibre Optic Cable 2
Specification For Data Transmission Networks System 2
Specification For Cabling Infrastructure System 2
Specification For IT&Telecom UPS System 2
Specification For Process CCTV System 2
Specification For MES&PA System 2
Specification For FOC Underground Laying And Installation 2
Specification For Telecom Facility (Masts, Towers, Telecom And Server Rooms, Cable 2
Duct System, Grounding And Lightning Protection Loops, Etc.)
Overall Architecture Diagram. IT& Telecommunication System 2
Overall Architecture Block Diagram for MES&PA System 2
Trunking System Coverage Map and associated calculations 2
Data Transmission Networks System Layer 1,2,3 Diagram 2
Data Transmission Networks System. Table of Calculations of Data Transmission System 2

Traffic Loads
Architecture Block Diagram for Backbone Fiber Optic Cable 2
Architecture Block Diagram for Data Transmission Networks System 2
Architecture Block Diagram for Cabling Infrastructure System 2
Page 250 of 273

Architecture Block Diagram for IT&Telecom UPS System 2
Architecture Block Diagram for Process CCTV System 2
Architecture Block Diagram for MES&PA Systems 2
Functional Block Diagram for Backbone Fiber Optic Cable 2
Functional Block Diagram for Data Transmission Networks System 2
Functional Block Diagram for Cabling Infrastructure System 2
Functional Block Diagram for IT&Telecom UPS System 2
Functional Block Diagram for Process CCTV System 2
Functional Block Diagram for MES&PA Systems 2
Logic Diagrams for all telecommunication systems where applicable 2
Telecommunication System Interface Point Location Diagram 2
Cable Routing Diagrams 2
IT& Telecom Rack Equipment Layout 2
Cable Schedule 2
Traffic Load Calculation for Data Transmission Networks System 2
IP Addressing Plan 2
Coverage Area Study Report for Process CCTV System 2
Coverage Area Plan for Process CCTV System 2
Page 251 of 273

FOC Core Distribution Calculations 2
Cable Sizing Calculations 2
Lighting Calculation for Process CCTV 2
Power Consumption and Heat Dissipation Calculation 2
Load Flow and Short-Circuit Calculation 2
Equipment Lists for all systems to be designed 2
List of Licenses 2
Material Take Off for IT & Telecommunication Systems (for all hardware, software, 2
licenses and bulk materials)
Material Take Off for MES&PA Systems 2
IT & Telecommunication Systems Wiring Diagram (For Each Process Facility) 2
IT & Telecommunication Systems Schematic Diagram (For Each Process Facility) 2
IT & Telecommunication Systems Cable Schedule (For Each Process Facility) 2
Optic fibers (OF) interconnection diagram 2
Junction Boxes Wiring Diagrams 2
Equipment Specifications and Data Sheets (for each system) 1
Cables Specifications and Data Sheets 1
General Arrangements of Equipment in Telecom Racks in three dimensions 2
Page 252 of 273

Equipment Installation/Support Drawings 2
Equipment Layout, Cable and Trays Routing Drawing (for each building and process 2
facility)
Power Consumption and Heat Dissipation for IT & Telecommunication Systems 2
Duct System Design (for each building and process facility) 2
Material Requisition (for each system) 2
Purchase Requisition (for each system) 2
TBE (for each system) 2
Antennas Mounting Arrangements 2
Data Transmission Networks System Reconnection Procedure 2
Backbone FOC Trace Routing (with Geo-referencing, Scale 1:2000) 2
Vendor Documentation (installation and O&M manuals etc.) 2
Method Statements for each system 2
Spare Parts List (for entire IT & Telecommunication Systems) 2
As-built drawings and documentation 2
Inspection and Test Plans 2
FAT Procedures (for each system) 2
Inspection and Testing Procedures (for each system) 2
Page 253 of 273

PRE-COMMISSIONING Procedures (for each system) 2
COMMISSIONING Procedures (for each system) 2
Configuration Files for Data Transmission Networks System 2
Configuration Files for Public Address/General Alarm & Hotline Systems 2
Configuration Files for Manufactured Execution System 2
IT & Telecommunication and MES Systems Installation Typical Drawings 2
Telecommunication cabinet assembly drawings 2
Table of Calculation for IT & Telecommunication and MES Systems IP‐Traffic Loads 2
SAT Procedures (for each system) 2
iSAT Procedure 2
FAT Reports (for each system) 2
PRE-COMMISSIONING Reports (for each system) 2
COMMISSIONING Reports (for each system) 2
SAT Reports (for each system) 2
iSAT Report 2
15.15SECURITY SYSTEM ENGINEERING
SECURITY SYSTEM ENGINEERING: Documents Description Class
Security Systems Drawings Index 2
Page 254 of 273

Security Systems Identifications And Symbolisation 2
Architecture for Security Systems (including interface requirement to existing security 2

system)
System Block Diagram (including interface requirement to existing security system) 2
Layouts for all security facilities (Fence’ lines, mesh fence, barb wire, etc.), Entry Control 2
Facilities (parking area, gates and barriers, check points, watch and Inspection towers,
etc.), Shelters, Land obstacles (ditch, rampart, and etc.)
Detailed drawings for all elements of security facilities (Fence’ lines, mesh fence, barb 2
wire, etc.), Entry Control Facilities (parking area, gates and barriers, check points, watch
and Inspection towers, etc.), Shelters, Land obstacles (ditch, rampart, and etc.)
Security Systems philosophy (including interface requirement to existing security system) 2
Security Systems Cable Block Diagrams (including interface requirement to existing 2

security system)
Security Systems Power Consumption 2
Security Systems Network Traffic Load Calculation 2
Security Systems Detailed Specification 2
Security Systems Equipment Location Layout 2
Security Systems Interconnection Diagrams 2
Security Systems ACS Cable Schedules 2
Security Systems Manufacturers Data Sheets 1
Security Systems Compliance Statements 2
Page 255 of 273

Security Systems Ex Certifications for all Security Ex equipment 2
Security Systems Detailed Specifications 2
Security Systems Interconnection Diagrams 2
Security Systems Cable Schedules 2
Security Systems Power Distribution SLDs 2
Security System Earthing schematics and Earthing Layout 2
Security System equipment Heat dissipation 2
Security System Cables data sheets 1
Security system Material Criticality Report 2
Security System Cable Routing Drawings and Cable Tray Layout Drawings 2
Security System MCT /JB/Tagging (Labels) Schedules 2
Security System Cable Termination Drawings 2
Security System Mechanical Supports and Interface Drawings 2
Technical Room Floor Plan Layout showing Security System cabinets/equipment 2
Security System Constructions/Installation Specifications/ Methods of Statements 2
Security System Material Requisitions +TBE/TBC for: 2
CCTV System
Security System Material Take Offs/BOM 2
Page 256 of 273

15.16PAINTING, PROTECTIVE COATINGS, INSULATION AND CATHODIC

PROTECTION ENGINEERING
PAINTING, PROTECTIVE COATINGS, INSULATION AND CATHODIC Class

PROTECTION ENGINEERING: Documents Description
Painting, Protective Coating, Insulation System Specification 2
Painting, Protective Coating, Insulation System Design 2
Application Procedures 2
Material Selection Report 2
Material selection diagram 2
Material Contingency Philosophy 2
Cathodic Protection Philosophy 2
Cathodic Protection design calculation report 2
Cathodic protection drawings 2
AC mitigation study report 2
CP Parallelism effect study report 2
Specification for Pin Brazing 2
Specification for Corrosion Monitoring System 2
Corrosion Management Report 2
Corrosion Risk assessment Report 2
Page 257 of 273

Data Sheets for: 1
Anodes;
MMO anode;
Cathodic Protection Test station;
AC polarization cell replacement;
Cables, Junction boxes;
Sacrificial anode Magnesium and Zinc anode;
Overvoltage protection devices;
Transformer rectifier;
Cathodic Protection Station;
Ground bed anode;
permanent reference electrodes;
Coupons;
Bonding Box;
Transducers;
And the like;
CP standard drawing schematics (layout of test station, sacrificial anodes, protectors, 2

CPS, ground beds Anode)
Cathodic Protection typical drawings (cased crossing, CP test stations, AC mitigation, 2

Polarization replacement Cell, CP Deep well installation details, CP drain point test
facility, CP isolating joint test facility, CP road/river crossing test facility, CP shallow
horizontal ground bed, CP Pin Braze details, CP temporary Mg Anode, CP reference
Anode, CP coupon Anode, Bonding Box Installation details, Foreign service pipeline
crossing, CP crossing AC Overhead Power line)
Installation Drawings (temporary protection, Permanent ICCP) 2
Plan of disposition of electrochemical protection facilities 2
Page 258 of 273

Material Take Offs 2
Surface preparation and coating procedure / painting specifications; 2
15.17ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING: Documents Description Class
Spill Prevention & Control Plan 2
Waste Management Plan 2
Project Environmental Management Plan 1
15.18PROCUREMENT & SUBCONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Procurement & Subcontracts: Documents Description Class
Contracting Strategy per Each Work Stage and Work Package 1
Procurement Plan 1
Procedures and forms for procurement, logistics materials handling, management of 2

materials and equipment etc.
Prequalification and evaluation procedure 2
Tender and Bidder Lists 2
Preliminary and final unpriced Bid Evaluations 2
Purchase order requisitions with all attachments, at call for tender stage and at award
2
stage, and all further revisions thereof
Unpriced purchase orders and subcontracts with attachments 3
List of Long Lead Items 2
Page 259 of 273

LLI Supply and Transportation Plans and Schedules 2
Non-LLI List 2
Non-LLI Supply Plan and Schedule 2
VENDOR/SUBCONTRACTOR Schedules 2
Procurement Status Reports 2
Monthly order statement (requisition sending date, order date, expected delivery, delivery 3
date)
Monthly statement of requisitions (expected issue date, revision). 3
Expediting Reports 2
Spare parts storage and preservation information 3
VENDOR/SUBCONTRACTOR Manufacturing Quality Plans 3
VENDOR/SUBCONTRACTOR Manufacturing Quality Control Manuals 3
Inspection Plan and Schedules 2
Inspection Reports 2
Factory/Site Test Reports 2
Factory/Site Inspection Status Report 2
Incoming Control Acts 2
COMMISSIONING and start up spare parts lists and follow up 2
Page 260 of 273

Two Years Operation and Capital priced Spare Parts List in SPIR and follow up 2
Lists of special tools and follow up 2
Transportation Plan and Procedures 2
Transportation Route Review Reports 2
Freight Forwarding and Inspection Procedure 2
Import/Export Documentation Handling Procedure 2
Shipping Forecast 3
Shipping Progress Reports 3
Copy of Bill of Lading 3
Delivery Certificates (over, shortage, damage reports) 3
List of Claims for Damages 2
Material Traceability Procedures 2
VENDOR/SUBCONTRACTOR mobilisation plan/schedule 2
VENDOR/SUBCONTRACTOR Quality Assurance Record Book 2
VENDORS/SUBCONTRACTORS data and drawings (general arrangements, detail 1

drawings, data Sheets, Performance Curves, Cross Section Drawings, Bill of Materials,
Nameplate Drawings, Lubrication Schedules, ICOM Manuals for any rotating equipment
supplied as part of packages)
VENDOR/SUBCONTRACTOR cross-section drawings with Bill of Materials for 2

valves;
Page 261 of 273

VENDOR/SUBCONTRACTOR nameplate Drawings for vessels, valves and packages; 2
VENDOR/SUBCONTRACTOR lubrication Schedules for valves and packages; 2
VENDOR/SUBCONTRACTOR Installation, Commissioning, Operation, Maintenance 2

Manuals;
VENDOR/SUBCONTRACTOR Systems schematics and P&IDs for packages 2
VENDORS/SUBCONTRACOTRS FINAL DOCUMENTATION 1
Page 262 of 273

15.19CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Class
CONSTRUCTION: Documents Description
Construction Method Statements including but not limited to: 1
Geotechnical, topographical surveys;
Pipeline route marking and staking;
Main line welding;
Tie-in and golden welding;
HDD, thrust boring, micro-tunnelling and other applicable crossing methods;
Cold bending;
Field joints coating;
Pipeline weights installation;
Holiday testing;
Pipe excavation and backfilling;
Pipe stringing and lowering;
HVAC equipment installation;
Electrical equipment installations;
Cathodic Protection;
Earth grounding system;
Lighting system;
Control System equipment installation;
Telecommunication Equipment installation;
Construction Coordination Procedure 1
Construction Organization Chart with description of roles and responsibilities 2
Page 263 of 273

Class
Mobilisation/Demobilisation schedules 2
Pipeline Construction Specifications 2
Pipeline Welding Specifications 1
Construction Manual 2
Constructability Review Report 2
Lifting and Rigging Procedure 1
Field reports 3
Subcontract plans 2
Construction Check sheets 2
Construction Check sheet Matrix 2
Construction and Fabrication sequence plans 2
Field HSE Manuals and procedures 2
Quality control procedures 1
Construction, inspection, testing procedures 1
Ground bed installation procedure 2
General and specific construction procedures 2
Heavy lift procedures at WORKSHOP & WORKSITE 1
Page 264 of 273

Class
Materials receiving reports 3
Materials reconciliation registers 3
Valve hydro test procedure 1
SAT for valves (2” and more) 1
PRE-COMMISSIONING procedures and documentation 1
Temporary Attachment Removal Procedure 2
Material Traceability Procedure 2
Construction, inspection, testing reports 2
Paint and coating application procedure 1
Insulation specification and application procedure 1
Construction equipment list and PRE-COMMISSIONING equipment list 2
Structural fabrication drawings 3
As built/ as installed documents 2
Dimensional control procedure 2
Heat treatment procedure/report 2
PMI (positive material identification) procedure (where applicable) 2
DCVG (direct current voltage gradient) procedure 2
Page 265 of 273

Class
Field drawings 2
Alignment Sheets Master 2
Quality control organisation chart 2
VENDORS / SUPPLIERS certification reports/update plans vendors 2
VENDORS/SUPPLIERS “as-installed” drawings 3
Work permit system/ Work permit procedures 2
Entry permit , when applicable, with all required documents 2
Safety in WORKSITE/SITE procedures 2
Hook-up procedure for all disciplines 1
Hook-up task sheets / job cards for all disciplines 1
FAT and SAT procedures 1
Weighing procedure 2
Weight controls 2
Arrangements for Mitigation of Risks Related to Technogenic Activation of Exogenous 1

Geological Processes, as well as Technogenic Land Suffusion and Subsidence
Operation and Control Schemes 2
Interconnection and Termination Drawings 2
Page 266 of 273

Class
Construction Working Environment Area Limit Spec 2
Construction Job Sites and Labour Force Calculation 2
Construction Organization and Equipping of Job Sites 2
Construction Job Sites Servicing 2
Construction Progressive Labour Management Methods 2
Construction Work-rest Schedule 2
Construction Employees Security and Work Conditions 2
Solutions on Engineering and Technical activities for Civil Defence 2
Solutions on Engineering and Technical Arrangements to Prevent Natural and 2

Technogenic Emergency Situations
Isolation requirements and accessibility review 2
Construction Fire water demand calculation 2
Tie-ins and Construction Objects Safety Evaluation 2
Civil interface points location drawing 2
15.20PRE-COMMISSIONING & COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTS
PRE-COMMISSIONING & COMMISSIONING: Documents Description Class
PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING and Start Up Execution Plan 1
Page 267 of 273

Sub-System List 2
Sub-System Battery Limits on P&ID's & HVAC 2
Sub-System Battery Limits on Material Handling 2
Sub-System Battery Limits on Safety Plan 2
Sub-System Battery Limits on SLD's 2
Sub-System Battery Limits on PCS/SSS 2
Sub-System Battery Limits on F&G 2
Sub-System Battery Limits on Telecoms 2
Start-Up Sequence (SUS) by Sub-Systems 2
PRE-COMMISSIONING & Commissioning General Procedure 2
PRE-COMMISSIONING Execution Plan, including, amongst other things :-
PRE-COMMISSIONING Organization & Mob Plan (WORKSITE & WORKSHOP).
As-Pre-commissioned / As-Built Drawings Procedure. 2
Flange Management (Included in the Bolting Procedure).
Blind Management & follow up Table (from precom until start-up).
Final Vessel & Equipment Inspection & testing Procedures (organization of vessel
inspection by Vendor/Construction/precom/comm & COMPANY).
Final Relief Valve Testing Procedure & Schedule (PSV certifications management (up to
Start-Up)).
Cold Wire Loop testing / Point to Point Loop Testing (loop test procedure including Loop
Pack development procedure)
RFCC management
Page 268 of 273

COMMISSIONING Management Procedure (“CMP”), including, amongst other things

:-
COMMISSIONING Execution Plan.
COMMISSIONING Organization & Mobilization plan (Includes CV's & Job

Descriptions).
COMMISSIONING Meetings & reporting.
Management of COMMISSIONING Certificates (RFSUC, RFHOC, etc.) as per 1

CONTRACT.
Planning, Progress, Reporting & control.
Manhour Management.
Functional Loop Test (energized).
C & E test procedures.
Functional test procedures.
Witnessing during PRE-COMMISSIONING / COMMISSIONING.
VENDOR Drawing's Updating / As-Built & Manuals Control.
COMMISSIONING Consumables (All First Fill / Oils / Grease,…) & Tools / Radios
COMMISSIONING procedure & lists)
COMMISSIONING & Start-Up Spares control 1 Handover to COMPANY.
Final Documentation Handover & milestones.
Contingency Procedure for Carry-Over.
Non Commissionable Sub-System List.
PRE-COMMISSIONING / COMMISSIONING dossier preparation procedure, List &

Schedule.
PRE-COMMISSIONING / COMMISSIONING Database preparation 2
PRE-COMMISSIONING / COMMISSIONING Punch List Procedure (Including 1

VENDOR Packages, FT & IFT)
Page 269 of 273

PRE-COMMISSIONING / COMMISSIONING Battery limits/ Interface & Coordination 1

Procedures
Equipment Preservation, mothballing / de-mothballing, Procedure 2
PRE-COMMISSIONING Check sheets 1
PRE-COMMISSIONING Check sheets’ Matrix 1
COMMISSIONING Check sheets 1
COMMISSIONING Check sheets’ Matrix 1
Dossiers - PRE-COMMISSIONING 2
Dossiers - COMMISSIONING 2
Energization Procedure 1
VENDOR Mobilization Management Plan 2
Piping General PRE-COMMISSIONING Procedure 2
Cleaning/Dewatering/Reinstatement General Procedure, List & Schedule. 2

Hydrotesting General Procedure, List & Schedule
Pneumatic testing Procedure 2
Hydrotesting specific Procedures 1
Gross Leak Test General Procedure, List & Schedule 2
Gross Leak Test Specific Procedures 2
Factory Test General Procedure, List & Schedule 2
Page 270 of 273

Factory Test Specific Procedures 2
Site Test General Procedure, List & Schedule 2
Site Test Specific Procedures 2
Pre-Start-Up Activity General Procedures, List & Schedule 2
Pre-Start-Up Activity Specific Procedures 2
Utility consumption statements and stock recommendations for construction and Start- 2
Up needs
Operational Test General Procedure, List & Schedule 2
OTP specific procedures (One per test). 2
Drying/Purging General Procedure, List & Schedule 2
Drying /Inerting / Purging Specific Procedures 2
Performance Test General Procedure, List & Schedule 2
Performance Test Specific Procedures 2
2 year Defect Correction Period Procedure 2
NOTE:
Any foregoing references to “COMMISSIONING Documents” are those documents to be produced

by CONTRACTOR for the WORK after the WORK, or any completed part or section thereof, has
passed into COMPANY’S care and Custody and said WORK, or any part or section thereof, has been
“stared-up” and is under COMPANY’S control.
For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be the case that all such documentation shall be produced by
CONTRACTOR as part of his Detail Design and Engineering for the WORK.
Page 271 of 273

16 ATTACHMENT III H: COMPANY ITEMS

16.1 INTRODUCTION
16.1.1 The following activities and provisions are outside of the scope of
CONTRACTOR’s WORK and shall be carried out by COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR is responsible for maintaining the proper interface(s).
16.1.2 Notwithstanding the information given below on work to be executed by the

COMPANY it shall remain the specific responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to
check and verify with the COMPANY the precise scope of the work by the
COMPANY and to obtain from the COMPANY all relevant information and
documentation related thereto. The COMPANY shall not accept any adverse
consequences whatsoever for noncompliance with the foregoing by the
CONTRACTOR.
16.1.3 COMPANY ITEMS, mentioned in Clause 16.2 shall be made available for
CONTRACTOR’s pick up from COMPANY’s warehouse within the Contract
Area. Site Acceptance Tests (SAT) or VENDOR assistance during installation are
not included into the COMPANY’s scope. VENDOR ASSISTANCE during PRE-
COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING, START-UP and PERFORMANCE
TEST are included into the CONTRACTOR’s scope.
16.1.4 The design documentation for the COMPANY ITEMS, mentioned in items 16.2
necessary for the Basic Design WORK by CONTRACTOR will be available to
CONTRACTOR at the EFFECTIVE DATE.
16.2 COMPANY ITEMS.

16.2.1 It is CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to take over from COMPANY’s warehouse
the COMPANY ITEMS, namely, Junction Boxes and cables from Junction Box to
X-mas Tree, required for Well Pads #2, #8, #10 and #12 for the Dammam Water
Supply Wells (WSW19, WSW20, WSW21, WSW23, WSW24, WSW25).
16.2.2 ESPs will be provided and installed by COMPANY.
16.2.3 VSDs will be provided and installed by COMPANY to foundations built by

CONTRACTOR.
16.2.4 This provision partially cover the total amount of equipment items required on each
of the mentioned Well Pads, so it is CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to procure all
the remaining equipment’s and accessories as it has been described on
CONTRACTOR’s scope of WORK.
16.2.5 CONTRACTOR is responsible for design, procurement, construction of foundation

and supporting structures for VSD Panels and Junction Box as well as for 6 kV
cable installations from Sub-Station to VSD Panels and cable termination, cable
Page 272 of 273

installation from VSD panel to Junction Box and from Junction Box to X-mas tree
of water supply wells.
Page 273 of 273


SECTION III SCOPE OF WORK - 12.11.2018 - Without WIW 215

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

SECTION III SCOPE OF WORK - 12.11.2018 - Without WIW 215

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

EPC for Dammam Decentrilised WIF, WQ (Phase 2), Iraq

SECTION III - SCOPE OF WORK

1.1 DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................................................... 7

1.2 ACCRONYMS / ABBREVIATIONS ..................................................................................................................... 7

1.4 WORK OVERVIEW .......................................................................................................................................... 11

1.5 PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK ...................................................................................................................... 13

1.6 STANDARD AND CODES PHILOSOPHY ..................................................................................................... 1415

2.1 SUMMARY OF THE SCOPE OF WORK ............................................................................................................ 15

2.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE SCOPE OF WORK: OVERVIEW .................................................................................. 17

2.3 SCOPE OF WORK LIMITS ................................................................................................................................ 23

2.4 DAMMAM WATER INJECTION SYSTEM .................................................................................................... 2423

2.5 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: GENERAL OVERVIEW ....................................................................................... 24

2.6 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: CIVIL WORKS .................................................................................................... 26

2.7 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: PIPING WORKS .................................................................................................. 32

2.9 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: ELECTRICAL WORKS .................................................................................... 4039

2.10 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: EQUIPMENT AND PACKAGES ........................................................................... 42

2.12 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: CP DESIGN CRITERIA .................................................................................... 4544

2.13 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: TECHNICAL SECURITY REQUIREMENTS ........................................................ 45

2.14 ENGINEERING PROTECTION ...................................................................................................................... 4746

2.15 TECHNICAL PROTECTION .......................................................................................................................... 4746

2.16 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: FIREFIGHTING AND SAFETY DEVICES ............................................................ 48

2.17 TRAINING FOR COMPANY’S OPERATION PERSONNEL................................................................................ 48

2.18 RESPONSIBILITIES OF PARTIES ..................................................................................................................... 48

2.19 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES.......................................................................................................... 5251

2.20 WORK BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE (WBS) ................................................................................................. 5453

2.21 BATTERY LIMITS & POINT OF INTERFACE ............................................................................................... 5554

2.22 INTERFACE MANAGEMENT ....................................................................................................................... 5654

2.24 CONTRACTOR’S CAMPS ............................................................................................................................. 5857

2.25 SITE FOR CONTRACTOR’S CAMPS............................................................................................................. 5958

2.27 WASTE MANAGEMENT .............................................................................................................................. 6059

2.28 DESIGN OF THE WORK AND THE FACILITIES ........................................................................................... 6159

2.29 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL .................................................................................... 6362

2.30 PLANNING, SCHEDULING AND COORDINATION ..................................................................................... 6463

2.31 CONSTRUCTABILITY .................................................................................................................................. 6564

2.32 STANDARDIZATION ................................................................................................................................... 6665

2.33 DOCUMENT CONTROL ............................................................................................................................... 6766

2.34 TECHNICAL AUDITING AND REVIEWS ..................................................................................................... 6867

2.35 SCOPE STATEMENT NOT EXHAUSTIVE .................................................................................................... 6867

2.36 CONTRACTOR TO PROCURE SECURITY SERVICES .................................................................................. 6968

2.37 CONTRACTOR’S COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITY PROCEDURES ............................................................. 6968

3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................................................... 7069

3.1 MANAGEMENT, PROJECT CONTROL AND COORDINATION .................................................................... 7069

3.2 PROJECT EXECUTION PLAN ....................................................................................................................... 7271

3.3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES ........................................................................................................................... 7675

3.4 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................................... 7877

3.5 SERVICES AND SUPPORT TO COMPANY ................................................................................................... 7877

3.6 INSPECTION SERVICES............................................................................................................................... 8281

4 ENGINEERING ....................................................................................................................................................... 8483

4.1 COMPANY REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................................................... 8483

4.2 GENERAL ENGINEERING ........................................................................................................................... 8786

4.3 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................... 8786

4.4 SURVEYS ..................................................................................................................................................... 9291

4.5 DETAILED DESIGN...................................................................................................................................... 9493

4.6 SIMOPS .................................................................................................................................................... 123122

4.7 PRE-COMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING ENGINEERING............................................................. 124123

4.8 ENGINEERING FINAL DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................................. 126125

4.9 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLETION ACTIVITIES ................................................................. 128127

5 PROCUREMENT ................................................................................................................................................ 129128

5.1 SCOPE OF WORK ..................................................................................................................................... 129128

5.2 CONTRACTOR PROCUREMENT PLAN ................................................................................................... 131130

5.3 PURCHASING DOCUMENTATION .......................................................................................................... 133132

5.4 ENQUIRIES, VENDORS AND PURCHASE ORDER .................................................................................. 134133